'C*>
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
NORTH CAROLINA STATE COLLEGE
19 5 8-1960
STATE COLLEGE RECORD
Vol. 57, No. 6, February, 1958
Published monthly rth Carol - College of Agriculture and
Engineering. Entered as Second-Class Matter October 16, 1917, at the Post
Office at Raleigh. X. C. Under the Act of August 24, 1912.
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL CATALOG
1958-1960
NORTH CAROLINA STATE COLLEGE
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2010 with funding from
NCSU Libraries
http://www.archive.org/details/graduateschoolca1958nort
m
g
1
\
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
CATALOG
1958-1960
NORTH CAROLINA STATE COLLEGE
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA
Summer Sessions
1958
First Session
June 10
June 11
June 16
June 20
June 27
July 4
July 11
July 16
July 17-18
THE COLLEGE CALENDAR
Registration. Late registration fee of $5.00 payable by
all registering after June 10.
First Day of Classes
Last Day for Registration
Last Day for Dropping Courses without Failure
Last day for accepting theses for candidates expecting
degrees in July.
Holiday
Last day for taking final oral examination for candi-
dates for the master's and doctoral degrees in July.
Last Day of Classes
Final Examinations
Second Session
July 22
July 23
July 28
July 31
August 7
August 21
August 26
August 27-28
Registration. Late registration fee of $5.00 payable by
by all registering after July 22.
First Day of Classes
Last Day for Registration
Last Day for Dropping Courses without Failure
Last day for accepting theses for candidates expecting
degrees in August.
Last day for taking final oral examination for candi-
dates for the master's and doctoral degrees in August.
Last Day of Classes
Final Examinations
Fall Semester
1958
September 8
September 11
September 12
September 15
September 19
General Faculty Meeting, 3 p.m.
Freshman Registration
Upperclass Registration. Late registration fee of
$5.00 payable by all who register after September 12.
Classes Begin
Last Day for Registration. Last day for refund less
$5.00 registration fee. Last day for filing application
for admission to candidacy for students expecting to
complete requirements for the Master's degree in Jan-
uary.
•Applications for admission to the Graduate School, accompanied by full credentials in the
form of transcripts of academic records, should be filed in the office of the Graduate Dean
at least thirty days in advance of the semester in which admission is sought.
September 26 Last Day to Add a Course
October 3 Last Day to Drop a Course without Failure. Last day
for taking qualifying examinations for students ex-
pecting to receive doctorate at the May commencement.
November 8 Mid-Term Reports
November 26 Thanksgiving Holiday Begins at 1 p.m.
December 1 Classwork Resumes
December 2 Last Day to Withdraw from School without Failures
December 16 Christmas Holiday Begins at 6 p.m.
January 5, 1959 Classwork Resumes. Last day for accepting theses for
candidates expecting degrees at the January commence-
ment.
January 12 Last day for taking final oral examinations for candi-
dates for the Master's degree in January.
January 17 Last Day of Classes
January 19 Last day for taking final oral examinations for candi-
dates for the Ph.D. degree in January.
January 19-24 Final Examinations
January 26 Awarding of Degrees
Spring Semester
1959
January 30
February 2
February 6
February 13
February 20
March 21
March 25
April 2
April 3
April 27
May 11
May 18
May 23
May 24
May 25-30
Registration. Late registration fee of $5.00 payable
by all who register after January 30.
Classes Begin
Last Day for Registration. Last day for refund less
$5.00 registration fee. Last day for filing application
for admission to candidacy for students expecting to
complete requirements for the Master's degree in May.
Last Day to Add a Course
Last Day to Drop a Course without Failure
Mid-Term Reports
Easter Holiday Begins at 6 p.m.
Classwork Resumes
Last Day for Withdrawing from School without Failures
Last day for accepting theses far candidates expecting
degrees at the May commencement.
Last day for taking final oral examinations for candi-
dates for the Master's degree in May.
Last day for taking final oral examination for candi-
dates for the Ph.D. degree in May.
Last Day of Classes
Commencement
Final Examinations
Fall Semester
1959
September 14
September 17
September 18
September 21
September 25
October 2
October 9
November 14
November 25
November 30
December 1
December 16
January 4, 1960
January 11
January 18
January 23
January 25
January 25-30
February 1
General Faculty Meeting
Freshman Registration
Upperclass Registration. Late registration fee of
$5.00 payable by all who register after September 18.
Classes Begin
Last Day for Registration. Last day for refund less
$5.00 registration fee. Last day for filing application
for admission to candidacy for students expecting to
complete requirements for the Master's degree in Feb-
ruary.
Last Day to Add a Course
Last Day to Drop a Course without Failure. Last day
for taking qualifying examinations for students expect-
ing to receive doctorate at the May commencement.
Mid-Term Reports
Thanksgiving Holiday Begins at 1 p.m.
Classwork Resumes
Last Day to Withdraw from School without Failures
Christmas Holiday Begins at 6 p.m.
Classwork Resumes
Last day for accepting theses for candidates expecting
degrees at the February Commencement.
Last day for taking final oral examination for candi-
dates for the Master's degree in February.
Last Day of Classes
Last day for taking final oral examinations for candi-
dates for the Ph.D. degree in February.
Final Examinations
Awarding of Degrees
Spring Semester
1960
February 5
February 8
February 12
February 19
February 26
March 26
April 13
Registration. Late Registration Fee of $5.00 payable
by all who register after February 5.
Classes Begin
Last Day for Registration. Last day for refund less
$5.00 registration fee. Last day for filing application for
admission to candidacy for students expecting to com-
plete requirements for the Master's degree in May.
Last Day to Add a Course
Last Day to Drop a Course without Failure
Mid-Term Reports
Easter Holiday Begins at 6 p.m.
April 21 Classwork Resumes
April 22 Last Day for Withdrawing from School without
Failures
May 2 Last day for accepting theses for candidates expecting
degrees at the May Commencement.
May 16 Last day for taking final oral examinations for candi-
dates for the Master's degree in May.
May 23 Last day for taking final oral examinations for candi-
dates for the Ph.D. degree in May.
May 28 Last Day of Classes
May 29 Commencement
May 30-June 4 Final Examinations
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
NORTH CAROLINA STATE COLLEGE
William Clyde Friday, B.S., LLB., President
William M. Whyburn, A.B., M.A., Ph.D., LL.D., Vice-President, Graduate
Studies and Research
William Donald Carmichael, Jr., S.B. Comm., Vice-President and Finance
Officer
Carey Hoyt Bostian, A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Chancellor
J. G. Vann, Assistant Controller and Business Manager
Harlan C. Brown, B.A., B.S., A.M.. Librarian
J. J. Stewart, B.S., M.A., Dean of Student Affairs
Kenneth D. Raab, B.A., M.A., Director of Admissions and Registration
E. Glenn Overton, B.A., M.A., Assistant Director of Admissions and Regis-
tration
Joseph J. Combs, M.D., College Physician
The Graduate School
William M. Whyburn, Ph.D., Vice-President, Graduate Studies and Research
Donald Benton Anderson, Ph.D., Dean, N. C. State College
Patsy J. Haywood, B.S., Assistant to the Dean
Joyce L. Poole, Secretary
The Administrative Board
Donald Benton Anderson, Ph.D., Dean
James S. Bethel, D.F., Professor of Wood Technology — Term expires Au-
gust, 1960
John Lincoln Etchells, Ph.D., Professor of Animal Industry, Botany and
Horticulture — Term expires November, 1958
Ralph Eigil Fadum, S.D., Professor of Civil Engineering, Head of Depart-
ment — Term expires October, 1961
Roy Lee Loworn, Ph.D., Professor of Field Crops and Director of Research
in the School of Agriculture — Term expires December, 1958
Edward Anne Murray, Ph.D., Professor of Textile Chemistry and Director
of Instruction — Term expires October, 1960
Clarence Cayce Scarborough, Ed.D., Professor of Agricultural Education
and Head of Department — Term expires October, 1959
Newton Underwood, Ph.D., Professor of Physics — Term expires November,
1959
The Executive Council
The Executive Council is made up of the members of the Advisory
Boards of each of the three units of the Consolidated University. The
President, the Vice-Presidents, the Chancellors and the Graduate Deans
are ex-officio members of the Executive Council.
THE ADMINISTRATIVE BOARD AT THE UNIVERSITY OF
NORTH CAROLINA
George Alexander Heard, Ph.D., Dean
Wayne Alexander Bowers, Ph.D., Professor of Physics
Richard Percival Calhoon, M.A., Professor of Personnel Management
Frederic Neill Cleaveland, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Political Science
and Research Associate in the Institute for Research in Social Science
John Nathaniel Couch, Ph.D., D.Sc., Kenan Professor of Botany
Everett Wesley Hall, Ph.D., Kenan Professor of Philosophy
George Sherman Lane, Ph.D., Kenan Professor of Germanic and Compara-
tive Linguistics
Clifford Pierson Lyons, Ph.D., Professor of English
Augustus Taylor Miller, Jr., Ph.D., M.D., Professor of Physiology
Guy Berryman Phillips, Litt.D., Professor of Education and Director of
the Summer Session
Rupert B. Vance, Ph.D., LL.D., Kenan Professor of Sociology and Research
Professor in Institute for Research in Social Science
William Leon Wiley, Ph.D., Kenan Professor of French
John Joseph Wright, M.P.H., Professor of Epidemiology, School of Public
Health
THE ADMINISTRATIVE BOARD AT THE WOMAN'S COLLEGE
Franklin H. McNutt, Ph.D., Dean
Helen Barton, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics
Victor M. Cutter, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
Marc Friedlaender, Ph.D., Professor of English
Vance T. Littlejohn, Ph.D., Professor of Business Education
Ethel L. Martus, M.S., Professor of Physical Education
Mereb E. Mossman, M.A., Professor of Sociology
Charles E. Prall, Ph.D., Professor of Education
Irwin V. Sperry, Ed.D., Professor of Home Economics
GRADUATE FACULTY *
at
NORTH CAROLINA STATE COLLEGE
Clark Lee Allen, Professor of Economics and Head of Department.
Ph.D.. Duke University.
Donald Benton Anderson, Professor of Botany and Head of Division of
Biological Sciences. Dean of the Graduate School.
Ph.D.. Ohio State University.
Clifton A. Anderson, Professor of Industrial Engineering and Head of
Department.
Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Richard Loree Anderson, Professor of Experimental Statistics.
Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Roy Nells Anderson, Professor of Education, Head of Department of Occu-
pational Information and Guidance.
Ph.D., Columbia University.
Antonios Antonakos, Assistant Professor of Physics.
Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
•Membership in the graduate faculty may be in either of two categories: (1) Full status or
(2 1 Associate status. Full status permits a faculty member to engage in any and all
phases of the graduate programs of the college. Associate members may teach courses at
the graduate level and participate in the planning of graduate student programs. They may
not serve as chairmen of advisory committees or assume responsibility for the direction of
the research studies of graduate students.
Jay Lawrence Apple, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology.
Ph.D., N. C. State College.
Clarence Monroe Asbill, Jr., Professor of Textile Machine Design and De-
velopment.
B.S., Clemson College.
William B. Askren, Jr., Assistant Professor of Psychology.
Ph.D., Purdue University.
Leonard William Aurand, Research Associate Professor of Animal Industry.
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State College.
William Wyatt Austin, Jr., Professor of Metallurgical Engineering and
Head of Department of Mineral Industries.
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University.
Ernest Ball, Professor of Botany.
Ph.D., University of California.
Clifford W. Barber, Professor of Poultry.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
William John Barclay, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Ph.D., Stanford University.
Warren Sandusky Barham, Research Associate Professor of Horticulture.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
Frederick Schenck Barkalow, Jr., Professor of Zoology and Head of Zoology
Faculty.
Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Key Lee Barkley, Professor of Psychology and Director of Applied Experi-
mental Psychology Laboratory.
Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Elliott Roy Barrick, Professor of Animal Industry.
Ph.D., Purdue University.
William Victor Bartholomew, Professor of Soils.
Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Edward Guy Batte, Professor of Animal Industry.
D.V.M., Texas A & M.
Ernest Oscar Beal, Assistant Professor of Botany.
Ph.D., State University of Iowa.
Kenneth Orion Beatty, Jr., Professor of Chemical Engineering.
Ph.D., University of Michigan.
William Callum Bell, Research Professor of Ceramic Engineering in En-
gineering Research.
Ph.D., Ohio State University.
James Samuel Bethel, Professor of Wood Technology.
D.F., Duke University.
Charles Edwin Bishop, Reynolds Professor of Agricultural Economics and
Head of Department.
Ph.D., University of Chicago.
William Lowry Blow, Assistant Professor of Poultry Science.
Ph.D., N. C. State College.
Thomas Nelson Blumer, Associate Professor of Animal Industry.
Ph.D., Michigan State College.
John Francis Bogdan, Professor of Textiles and Applied Research Tech-
nologist.
B.T.E., Lowel Textile Institute.
Henry Dittimus Bowen, Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering.
Ph.D., Michigan State College.
Thomas Glenn Bowery, Research Associate Professor of Chemistry.
Ph.D., Rutgers University.
Charles Raymond Bramer, Professor of Civil Engineering.
E.M., Michigan College of Mining and Technology.
Bartholomew Brandner Brandt, Professor of Zoology.
Ph.D.. Duke Univer-
Charles H. Brett, Research Associate Professor of Entomology.
Ph.D.. Kansas State College.
Richard Bright, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering.
M.S.. State University of Iowa.
Charles A. Brim, Assistant Professor of Field Crops.
Ph.D., University of Nebraska, m
Marvin L. Brown, Jr., Associate Professor of History and Political Science.
Ph.D.. University of Pennsylvania.
Roberts Cozart Bullock, Professor of Mathematics.
Ph.D., University of Chicago.
George Charles Caldwell. Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
Ph.D.. University of North Carolina.
Kenneth Stoddard Campbell, Professor of Textile Chemistry.
B.S., Bates College.
Malcolm Eugene Campbell, Dean of the School of Textiles.
B.S., Clemson College.
Robert Gordon Carson, Jr., Professor of Industrial Engineering and Di-
rector of Instruction for School of Engineering.
Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Roy Merwin Carter, Professor of Wood Technology.
M.S., Michigan State College.
David Marshall Cates, Assistant Professor of Textile Chemistry.
Ph.D., Princeton University.
John Wesley Cell, Professor of Mathematics and Head of Department.
Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Douglas Scales Chamblee. Associate Professor of Field Crops.
Ph.D., Iowa State College.
John Montgomery Clarkson, Professor of Mathematics.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
Albert J. Clawson, Assistant Professor of Animal Industry.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
Carlyle Xewton Clayton, Professor of Plant Pathology.
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Fred Derward Cochran, Professor of Horticulture and Head of Department.
Ph.D., University of California.
Columbus Clark Cockerham, Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics.
Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Nathaniel Terry Coleman, Reynolds Professor of Soils.
Ph.D., N. C. State College.
Dean Wallace Colvard, Professor of Animal Industry and Dean of the
School of Agriculture.
Ph.D.. Purdue University.
Norval White Conner, Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Director
of Department of Engineering Research.
M.S.. Iowa State College.
Freeman Waldo Cook, Assistant Professor of Poultry Science.
MS.. N. C. State College.
John Oliver Cook. Assistant Professor of Psychology.
Ph.D.. New York University.
William Earl Cooper, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology.
Ph.D., Louisiana State University.
Harold Maxwell Corter, Professor of Psychology, Director of Psychological
Clinic.
Ph.D.. Pennsylvania State College.
Gertrude Mary Cox, Professor of Experimental Statistics; Director, Insti-
tute of Statistics.
M.S.. Iowa State College.
William R. Davis, Assistant Professor of Physics.
Doktor der Naturwiss, University of Hannover, Germany.
10
Emmett Urcey Dillard, Assistant Professor of Animal Industry.
Ph.D., University of Missouri.
Jesse Seymour Doolittle, Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
M.S., Pennsylvania State College.
Preston William Edsall, Professor of History and Political Science and
Head of Department.
Ph.D., Princeton University.
Don Edwin Ellis, Professor of Plant Pathology and Head of Plant Pathol-
ogy Faculty.
Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
John Lincoln Etchells, Professor of Animal Industry, Botany, and Horti-
culture.
Ph.D., Michigan State College.
Harold J. Evans, Research Professor of Botany.
Ph.D., Rutgers University.
Ralph Eigil Fadum, Professor of Civil Engineering, Head of Department.
S.D., Harvard University.
Abdel Aziz Fahmy, Special Lecturer in Mineral Industries.
Ph.D., Sheffield University, England.
Virgil Moring Faires, Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
M.S., M.E.. University of Colorado.
Istvan Ferenczi, Visiting Professor of Geological Engineering.
Ph.D., Francis Joseph I University.
Alva Leroy Finkner, Professor of Experimental Statistics.
Ph.D., N. C. State College.
James Walter Fitts, Professor of Soils and Head of Department.
Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Jack Fleischer, Assistant Professor of Experimental Statistics.
M.S., N. C. State College.
Daniel Fromm, Assistant Professor of Poultry Science.
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University.
M. Mason Gaffney, Assistant Professor of Economics.
Ph.D., University of California.
Monroe Evans Gardner, Professor of Horticulture.
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
Henry Wilburn Garren, Associate Professor of Poultry.
Ph.D., University of Maryland.
John Bernard Gartner, Research Professor of Horticulture.
Ph.D., Michigan State College.
Robert Theodore Gast, Assistant Professor of Entomology.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
Dan Ulrich Gerstel, Research Professor of Field Crops.
Ph.D., University of California.
George Wallace Giles, Head of Department and Professor of Agricultural
Engineering.
M.S., University of Missouri.
Edward Walker Glazener, Professor of Poultry Science and Head of De-
partment.
Ph.D., University of Maryland.
Charles F. Goldthwaite, Visiting Professor of Textile Chemistry.
B.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
Lemuel Goode, Assistant Professor of Animal Industry.
M.S., University of West Virginia.
Arnold H. E. Grandage, Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics.
Ph.D., N. C. State College.
Walton Carlyle Gregory, Reynolds Professor of Field Crops.
Ph.D., University of Virginia.
Daniel Swartwood Grosch, Professor of Genetics.
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Harry Douglass Gross, Assistant Professor of Field Crops.
Ph.D., Iowa State College.
11
Elliott Brown Grover, Abel C. Lineberger Professor of Yam Manufactur-
ing; Head, Department of Yarn Manufacturing, School of Textiles.
B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
George Albert Gullette, Professor of Social Studies and Head of Department.
Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Frank Edwin Guthrie, Assistant Professor of Entomology.
Ph.D.. University of Illinois.
Frank Arlo Haasis, Professor of Plant Pathology.
Ph.D.. Cornell University.
William Cullen Hackler, Associate Professor of Mineral Industries.
Ph.D.. N. C. State College.
Robert John Hader, Professor of Experimental Statistics.
Ph.D.. N. C. State College.
Dame Scott Hamby, Professor of Textiles.
B.S., Alabama Polytechnic Institute.
Charles Horace Hamilton, Head of Department and Professor of Rural
Sociology.
Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Clarence H. Hanson, Research Associate Professor of Field Crops (Coop.
USDA).
Ph.D.. N. C. State College.
Karl P. Hanson, Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Head of De-
partment.
M.S., University of Michigan.
James W. Hardin, Assistant Professor of Botany.
Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Reinard Harkema, Professor of Zoology.
Ph.D.. Duke University.
Cleon Wallace Harrell, Associate Professor of Economics.
M.A., University of Virginia.
Walter Joel Harrington, Professor of Mathematics.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
Lodwick Charles Hartley, Professor of English and Head of Department.
Ph.D., Princeton University.
Paul H. Harvey, Reynolds Professor of Field Crops and Head of Depart-
ment.
Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Francis Jefferson Hassler, Research Professor of Agricultural Engineering.
Ph.D.. Michigan State College.
William Walton Hassler, Assistant Professor of Zoology.
Ph.D., University of Tennessee.
Arthur Courtney Hayes, Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry.
M.S.. N. C. State College.
Frank Lloyd Haynes, Jr., Associate Professor of Horticulture.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
Teddy Theodore Hebert, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology.
Ph.D., N. C. State College.
Robert Raymond Hentz, Associate Professor of Chemistry.
Ph.D., University of Notre Dame.
C Addison Hickman, Professor of Economics and Dean of the School of
General Studies.
Ph.D., State University of Iowa.
Charles Horace Hill, Associate Professor of Poultry.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
Thomas I. HInes, Professor of Industrial and Rural Recreation and Head
of Department.
M.A., University of North Carolina.
Hedwig Hirschmann, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology.
Ph.D.. University of Erlangen (Germany).
12
George Burnham Hoadley, Professor of Electrical Engineering and Head
of Department.
D.Sc, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Abraham Holtzman, Associate Professor of History and Political Science.
Ph.D., Harvard University.
John William Horn, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering.
M.S.C.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Ivan Hostetler, Professor of Industrial Arts Education and Head of De-
partment.
Ed.D., University of Missouri.
Gerald Blaine James, Associate Professor of Agricultural Education.
Ed.D., University of Illinois.
Herman Brooks James, Professor of Agricultural Economics and Director
of Instruction for School of Agriculture.
Ph.D., Duke University.
John Mitchell Jenkins, Jr., Professor of Horticulture.
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Elmer Hubert Johnson, Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology.
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Ernest Sigurd Johnson, Professor of Furniture Manufacturing and Man-
agement.
M.F., Duke University.
Joseph Clyde Johnson, Associate Professor of Psychology.
Ed.D., Peabody College.
Guy Langston Jones, Associate Professor of Field Crops.
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ivan Dunlavy Jones, Professor of Horticulture.
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Eugene J. Kamprath, Assistant Professor of Soils.
Ph.D.. N. C. State College.
Joseph Wheeler Kelly, Associate Professor of Poultry Science.
Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Arthur Kelman, Professor of Plant Pathology.
Ph.D., N. C. State College.
Richard Adams King, Professor of Agricultural Economics.
Ph.D., Harvard University.
James Bryant Kirkland, Professor of Agricultural Education and Dean of
the School of Education.
Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Glenn Charles Klingman, Professor of Field Crops.
Ph.D., Rutgers University.
Richard Bennett Knight, Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
M.S., University of Illinois.
William Wurth Kriegel, Professor in charge of Ceramic Engineering.
Dr.Ing., Technische Hochschule, Hanover, Germany.
Walter Michael Kulash, Professor of Entomology.
Ph.D., Massachusetts State College.
Arthur Irish Ladu, Professor of English.
Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
John Harold Lampe, Professor of Electrical Engineering and Dean of the
School of Engineering.
Dr.Eng., John Hopkins University.
Forrest Wesley Lancaster, Professor of Physics.
Ph.D., Duke University.
James Giacomo Lecce, Assistant Professor of Animal Industry.
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
John Francis Lee, Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Graduate
Administrator.
M.S., Harvard University.
13
James Edward Legates, Reynolds Professor of Animal Industry.
PhJ>., low* Staxe College.
Samuel George Lehman, Emeritus Professor of Plant Pathology.
PhJX, Washington University.
Jack Levine, Professor of Mathematics.
Ph.D., Princeton University.
Paul E. Lewis, Associate Professor of Mathematics.
Ph.D.. University of Illinois.
Richard Charles Lewontin, Assistant Professor of Genetics.
Ph-D. t Columbia University.
Clarence Earl Libby, Professor of Pulp and Paper Technology.
Ch.E., University of Maine.
John S. Little, Visiting Professor in Industrial Engineering.
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Robert W. Llewellyn, Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering.
M.S.. Purdue University.
Richard Henry Loeppert. Associate Professor of Chemistry.
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Roy Lee Lovvorn, Professor of Field Crops and Director of Research in
the School of Agriculture.
Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin.
Edward McLean Lowry, Assistant Professor of Zoology.
Ph.D.. University of Missouri.
George Blanchard Lucas, Research Associate Professor of Plant Pathology.
Ph.D., Louisiana State University.
Henry Lawrence Lucas, Jr., Reynolds Professor of Experimental Statistics.
Ph.D.. Cornell University.
James Fulton Lutz, Professor of Soils.
Ph.D., University of Missouri.
Joseph Thomas Lynn, Associate Professor of Physics.
M.S., Ohio State University.
Glenn C. McCann, Assistant Professor of Rural Sociology.
Ph.D.. Washington State College.
Charles B. McCants, Assistant Professor of Soils.
Ph.D.. Iowa State Colle.ee.
Ralph J. McCracken, Associate Professor of Soils.
Ph.D.. Iowa State Co'.'.e-e.
Charles Russell McCullough, Professor of Civil Engineering.
M.S.. Purdue University.
Patrick Hill McDonald, Research Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
Ph.D.. Northwestern University.
William McGehee, Visiting Professor of Psychology.
Ph.D.. Peabody College.
John Joseph McNeill. Assistant Professor of Animal Industry.
Ph.D.. University of Maryland.
Woodrow Wilson McPherson, Professor of Agricultural Economics.
Ph.D.. Harvard University.
Francis Edward McVay. Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics.
Ph.D.. University of North Carolina.
T. Ewald Maki, Professor of Forest Management.
Ph.D.. University of Minnesota.
Carroll Lamb Mann, Jr., Professor of Civil Engineering.
C.E.. Prir.ceton Univ..
Thurston Jefferson Mann, Professor of Field Crops.
Ph.D.. Cornell University.
Lee Roy Msrtin. Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics.
Ph.D., Harvard University.
David Dickenson Mason, Professor of Experimental Statistics.
Ph.D.. X. C. Str.-e College.
Gennard Matrone, Research Professor of Animal Industry.
Ph.D.. N. C. State Co'letre.
14
Selz Cabot Mayo, Professor of Rural Sociology.
Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Jefferson Sullivan Meares, Professor of Physics.
M.S., N. C. State College.
*Adolph Mehlich, Research Associate Professor of Soils.
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arthur Clayton Menius, Jr., Professor of Physics and Head of Department.
Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Gordon Kennedy Middleton, Professor of Field Crops.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
Howard G. Miller, Professor of Psychology and Head of Department.
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University.
Philip Arthur Miller, Associate Professor of Field Crops.
Ph.D., Iowa State.
William Dykstra Miller, Associate Professor of Forestry.
Ph.D., Yale University.
Walter Joseph Mistric, Assistant Professor of Entomology.
Ph.D., A and M College of Texas.
Adolphus Mitchell, Professor of Engineering Mechanics.
M.S., University of North Carolina.
Theodore Bertis Mitchell, Professor of Entomology.
D.S., Harvard University.
Robert James Monroe, Professor of Experimental Statistics.
Ph.D., N. C. State College.
Elmer Leon Moore, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology.
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Robert Parker Moore, Professor of Field Crops.
Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Charles G. Morehead, Assistant Professor of Occupational Information
and Guidance.
Ed. D., University of Kansas.
Donald Edwin Moreland, Assistant Professor of Field Crops.
Ph.D., N. C. State College.
Carey Gardner Mumford, Professor of Mathematics.
Ph.D., Duke University.
W. Ray Murley, Associate Professor of Animal Industry.
Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Edward A. Murray, Professor of Textile Chemistry and Director of In-
struction in the School of Textiles.
Ph.D., University of Texas.
Raymond LeRoy Murray, Professor of Physics and Graduate Administrator.
Ph.D., University of Tennessee.
Howard M. Nahikian, Professor of Mathematics.
Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Richard Robert Nelson, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology.
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nelson Leonard Nemerow, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering.
Ph.D., Rutgers University.
Slater Edmund Newman, Assistant Professor of Psychology.
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Lowell Wendell Nielsen, Professor of Plant Pathology.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
Stuart Noblin, Professor of History and Political Science.
Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Charles Joseph Nusbaum, Reynolds Professor of Plant Pathology.
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Felix Alexander Nylund, Associate Professor of Agricultural Education.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
*On leave 1957-58, 1958-59.
15
Bernard Martin Olsen, Associate Professor of Economics.
Ph.D.. University of Chicago.
John Clark Osborne, Research Professor of Animal Industry and Head of
Veterinary Section.
D.V.M., Michigan State College.
Hubert Vern Park, Professor of Mathematics.
Ph.D.. University of North Carolina.
John Mason Parker, III, Professor of Geology.
Ph.D.. Cornell University.
•Walter John Peterson, Reynolds Professor of Chemistry and Head of
Department.
Ph.D.. University of Iowa.
Lyle L. Phillips, Assistant Professor of Field Crops.
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Walter Henry Pierce, Professor of Agricultural Economics.
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Frederick Phillips Pike, Professor of Chemical Engineering.
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert McLean Pinkerton, Professor of Aeronautical Engineering.
B.Sc, Bradley University.
George Waverly Poland, Associate Professor of Modern Languages and
Head of Department.
Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Daniel Townsend Pope, Research Associate Professor of Horticulture.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
Joseph Alexander Porter, Jr., Associate Professor of Textiles.
M.S., North Carolina State College.
John William Pou, Professor of Animal Industry and Head of Department.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
Richard Joseph Preston, Professor of Forestry and Dean of the School of
Forestry.
Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Thomas Lavelle Quay, Professor of Zoology.
Ph.D., N. C. State College.
Robert Lamar Rabb, Assistant Professor of Entomology.
Ph.D., N. C. State College.
Harold Arch Ramsey, Assistant Professor of Animal Industry.
Ph.D., N. C. State College.
Preston Harding Reid, Assistant Professor of Soils.
Ph.D., N. C. State College.
Willis Alton Reid, Professor of Chemistry.
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Ladislas Francis Reitzer, Assistant Professor of History and Political
Science.
Ph.D., School of International Studies, Geneva, Switzerland: University of Chicago.
Philip Morrison Rice, Professor of History and Political Science and Di-
rector of Summer Sessions.
Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Robert Barton Rice, Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
M.E., Tufts College.
** Jackson Ashcraft Rigney, Professor of Experimental Statistics, Head of
Department.
M.S., Iowa State College.
William Milner Roberts, Professor of Animal Industry and Head of Dairy
Manufacturing Section.
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cowin Cook Robinson, Professor of Chemistry.
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
• On leave 1957-58.
•• On leave 1956-57. 1957-58.
16
Harold Frank Robinson, Professor of Experimental Statistics.
Ph.D., Nebraska University.
Paul James Rust, Associate Professor of Psychology and English.
Ph.D., University of Washington.
Henry Ames Rutherford, Head, Department of Textile Chemistry.
II. A., George Washington University.
Joseph Neal Sasser, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology.
Ph.D., University of Maryland.
George Howard Satterfield, Professor of Chemistry.
M.A., Duke University.
Clarence Cayce Scarborough, Professor of Agricultural Education and
Head of Department.
Ed.D., University of Illinois.
Robert Johnson Schramm, Assistant Professor of Horticulture.
Ph.D., Duke University.
George William Schneider, Research Professor of Horticulture.
Ph.D., Rutgers University.
Edward Martin Schoenborn, Jr., Professor of Chemical Engineering, Head
of Department.
Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Herbert Temple Scofield, Professor of Botany and Head of Botany Faculty.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
John Frank Seely, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering.
M.S., North Carolina State College.
Francis Webber Sherwood, Professor Emeritus of Animal Industry.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
William Edward Shinn, Chester H. Roth Professor of Knitting; Head,
Knitting Department, School of Textiles.
M.S., N. C. State College.
John William Shirley, Professor of English and Dean of the Faculty.
Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Raymond Olin Simmons, Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
Ph.D., Purdue University.
Charles Smallwood, Jr., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering.
M.S., Harvard University.
William Wesley Garry Smart, Jr., Research Assistant Professor of Animal
Industry and Experimental Statistics.
Ph.D., North Carolina State College.
Michael V. Smirnoff, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering.
Ph.D., University of California.
Benjamin Warfield Smith, Associate Professor of Genetics.
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Clyde Fuhriman Smith, Professor of Entomology and Head of Entomology
Faculty.
Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Frank Houston Smith, Research Associate Professor of Animal Industry.
M.S., N. C. State College.
George Wallace Smith, Professor of Engineering Mechanics and Head of
Department.
D.Sc, University of Michigan.
George Waddel Snedecor, Professor of Experimental Statistics.
M.S., University of Michigan, D.Sc, State College.
Rufus Hummer Snyder, Professor of Physics.
Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Marvin Luther Speck, Reynolds Professor of Animal Industry.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
17
William Eldon Splinter, Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering.
PhJ).. Michigan Slate University.
Hans Heinrich Anton Stadelmaier, Research Associate Professor of Mineral
Industries.
M.S., Technische. Hochschule. Stuttgart, Germany.
William A. Stephen, Extension Beekeeper in Entomology.
M.A., University of Toronto, Toronto, Canada.
Stanley G. Stephens, Reynolds Professor of Genetics and Head of Genetics
Faculty.
Ph.D.. Edinburgh University. Scotland.
William Damon Stevenson, Jr., Professor of Electrical Engineering.
M.S., University of Michigan.
Hamilton Arlo Stewart, Professor of Animal Industry and Assistant Di-
rector of Research in the School of Agriculture.
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Paul Porter Sutton, Professor of Chemistry.
Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University.
Walter Earl Thomas, Associate Professor of Animal Industry.
Ph.D.. Cornell University.
Donald Loraine Thompson, Associate Professor of Field Crops.
Ph.D., Iowa State College.
George Stanford Tolley, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics.
Ph.D.. University of Chicago.
Edwin Harrison Tompkins, Jr., Assistant Professor of Mathematics and
Electrical Engineering.
Ph.D., N. C. State College.
William Douglas Toussaint, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics.
Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Samuel B. Tove, Research Associate Professor of Animal Industry-
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
James Richard Troyer, Assistant Professor of Botany.
Ph.D., Columbia University.
Lester Curtis Ulberg, Associate Professor of Animal Industry.
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Newton Underwood, Professor of Physics.
Ph.D., Brown University.
Robert Phillip Upchurch, Research Assistant Professor of Field Crops.
Ph.D., University of California.
Mehmet Ensar Uyanik, Professor of Civil Engineering.
Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Cornelius Henricus Maria van Bavel, Associate Professor of Soils.
Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Jan van Schilfgaarde, Research Associate Professor of Agricultural Engi-
neering.
Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Richard J. Volk, Assistant Professor of Soils.
Ph.D.. N. C. State College.
David Rudger Walker, Assistant Professor of Horticulture.
Ph.D.. Cornell University.
Arthur W. Waltner, Professor of Physics.
Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Frederick Gail Warren, Associate Professor of Animal Industry.
Ph.D.. Pennsylvania State College.
Sterling B. Weed, Assistant Professor of Soils.
Ph.D.. N. C. State College.
Joseph Arthur Weybrew, Reynolds Professor of Agronomy and Chemistry.
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Raymond Cyrus White, Associate Professor of Chemistry.
Ph.D.. West Virginia University.
18
Larry Alston Whitford, Associate Professor of Botany.
Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Benjamin Lincoln Whittier, Edgar and Emily Hesslein Professor of Fabric
Development and Construction; Head, Department of Fabric Devel-
opment and Construction, School of Textiles.
B.S., Williams College.
Rudolph Willard, Visiting Lecturer in Iudustrial Engineering.
Ph-D., Yale University.
Carlos Frost Williams, Professor of Horticulture.
M.S., N. C. State College.
Evan James Williams, Professor of Statistics.
D.Sc, University of Melbourne.
Nash Nicks Winstead, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology.
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Sanford Richard Winston, Professor of Sociology, Head of Department.
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lowell Sheridan Winton, Professor of Mathematics.
Ph.D., Duke University.
George Herman Wise, Reynolds Professor of Animal Industry; Head,
Animal Nutrition Section.
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Milton B. Wise. Assistant Professor in Animal Industry.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
Willie Garland Woltz, Professor of Soils.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
David Allen Young, Associate Professor of Entomology.
Ph.D., University of Kansas.
Talmage Brian Young. Associate Professor of Industrial Arts Education.
Ph.D., University of Florida.
Bruce J. Zobel, Associate Professor of Forestry.
Ph.D., University of California.
19
THE GH \Dl \TE SCHOOL OF THE UNIVERSITY OF
NORTH CAROLINA
STATE COLLEGE DIVISION
William M. Whyburn. Vice-President, Graduate Studies and Research
Donald Benton Anderson, Dean, Raleigh
ORGANIZATION
The Graduate School of the Consolidated University of North Carolina
is composed of three divisions, one at each of the three units of the Univer-
sity System. Each branch of the Consolidated Graduate School is admin-
istered by a Graduate Dean who works in close association with the Vice-
President in charge of Graduate Studies and Research. The Graduate
Council is composed of representatives of the Administrative Boards of
each of the three units of the Consolidated University. At State College
the Graduate Dean is assisted in all matters of policy by an Administrative
Board of seven members, five of whom are elected by the faculties of the
degree granting schools, the remaining two being appointed by the Chan-
cellor after consultation with the Dean.
Graduate instruction at State College is organized to provide opportunity
and facilities for advanced study and research in the fields of Agriculture,
Engineering. Forestry, Technological Education, and Textiles. The purpose
of these graduate programs is to develop in advanced students a more
adequate comprehension of the scope of knowledge in these special fields of
learning and an understanding of the requirements and responsibilities
essential for independent research investigations. In all of the graduate pro-
grams emphasis is placed upon a high level of scholarship rather than upon
the satisfaction of specific course or credit requirements.
Facilities. — The full resources of the Consolidated University of North
Carolina are made available to all graduate students enrolled at any one
of the three branches of the Graduate School. Exceptional facilities for
graduate study are provided at State College. New buildings furnish mod-
ern well equipped laboratories for graduate study in specialized areas of
Agriculture, Engineering, Forestry, and Textiles. One of the new buildings
houses a nuclear reactor. Research facilities are available in the new re-
actor building for graduate students in physics, engineering and the
biological sciences.
The North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station and the Department
of Engineering Research are integral parts of the College. The staff, re-
search facilities, equipment, and field studies of these organizations con-
tribute in a very important way to the graduate programs of the College.
The presence of the Institute of Statistics on the State College Campus
makes available to graduate students unusual opportunities in this impor-
tant phase of research study.
The state of North Carolina, extending from the Atlantic Ocean westward
about 500 miles to the high Appalachian Mountains, possesses an excep-
tional range of climatic and topographic environments. The coastal plain,
the piedmont, and the mountains provide a rich pattern of agricultural and
industrial activities which offer unusual opportunities for research study
and employment.
20
State College is located in Raleigh, a city of 85,000, situated on the
boundary separating the broad coastal plains on the east from the rolling
terrain of the piedmont on the west, about midway between the northern and
southern boundaries of the state. Raleigh is 29 miles from Chapel Hill, the
location of the University of North Carolina, and 26 miles from Durham,
the home of Duke University. The libraries and other facilities of the three
institutions make this area one of the important centers of research op-
portunity in the South.
The College Library
The N. C. State College Library has excellent holdings in materials
essential for research study in the graduate curricula offered by the
college.
As of July 1, 1957 the College Library held more than 165,400 vol-
umes of books and bound journals, and more than 12,000 bound volumes of
documents. The books and journals have been selected to reflect strongly
the scientific and technological interests of the College, and the documents
represent a most important increment of the whole collection. They include,
in addition to the publications of the Federal government, all publications
of the various Agricultural Experiment Stations, most of the publications
of the Engineering Experiment and Engineering Research Stations, and
publications of the various research stations from all over the world.
The depository status of the College Library may be described as follows :
1. The Library is a complete depository for all unclassified publications of
the Federal government that are available for distribution. This in-
cludes, of course, publications of the U.S.D.A., Geological Survey, Na-
tional Bureau of Standards, Department of Interior, etc. Since 1923, the
year the library was designated as a depository, our document holdings
in the fields of our special interest are almost 100% complete.
2. The Library is a "selective" depository for the publications of the
Carnegie Institution of Washington. The Library has excellent files of
these valuable monographs.
3. The Library is a depository for all unclassified and declassified publi-
cations of the Atomic Energy Commission.
4. The Library receives on exchange the publications of many foreign
countries — especially publications dealing with the agriculture sciences
and with engineering.
The resources of the College library together with the generous assistance
given to us by our sister institution, the University Library at Chapel
Hill, and inter-library loan service available from other scientific libraries
make the D. H. Hill Library of the North Carolina State College a highly
satisfactory adjunct of the graduate program of the College.
A reciprocal arrangement has been made with the library at the Uni-
versity of North Carolina and the Duke University Library whereby their
facilities are available to our faculty and graduate students who may wish
to deal with these libraries directly.
Identification certificates may be secured at the office of the director of
the State College Library.
21
Research Program at the Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies
..rolina State College as a unit of the Consolidated University of
North Carolina is one of the sponsoring institutions of the Oak Ridge
Institute of Nuclear Studies located at Oak Ridge, Tennessee. Through
this cooperative association with the Institute our graduate research pro-
gram has at its disposal the facilities of the National Laboratories in Oak
Ridge and of the research staffs of these laboratories. When master's and
doctoral candidates have completed their resident work, it may be possible,
by special arrangement, for them to go to Oak Ridge to do their research
problems and prepare their theses. In addition, it is possible for the staff
members of this university to go to Oak Ridge for varying periods, usually
not less than three months, for advanced study in their particular fields.
Institute of Statistics
The development of the Institute of Statistics has made an important
contribution to the graduate program at State College. The Institute is
organized as a part of the Consolidated University of North Carolina with
a section at State College and a section at the University at Chapel Hill.
By utilizing the combined strengths of the two groups in most c -
work, the Institute draws upon the excellent background of theory and
the experience of application found in few institutions in the world. The
instructional program is backed by an active responsibility in consulting
with institutional and contract research projects and by an increasing
volume of research in statistics and methodology.
At the request of the Southern Regional Education Board's Advisory
Commission or. -. Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Oklahoma State
\ the University of Florida, and North Carolina State College
have joined in a continuing program of graduate summer sessions in sta-
. held at the four institutions in rotation. In 1958. the host is Okla-
homa State. The courses at North Carolina State College will be offered by
the Department of Experimental Statistics. Each of the sponsoring institu-
tions will accept the credits earned by students in the summer sessions as
residence credit. The courses are arranged to provide consecutive work in
successive summers. Information regarding these courses may be obtained
from any of the cooperating statistical departments or the Deans of the
Graduate Schools.
-J
THE GRADUATE DEGREES
The Graduate School of State College offers work leading to the Master
of Science degree in the specialized branches of Agriculture, Education,
Engineering, Forestry and Textiles; the Professional Master's degree in
Agriculture, Technological Education and Forestry; and the Doctor of
Philosophy degree in certain fields of Agriculture, Engineering, and For-
estry.
A graduate student is expected to familiarize himself with the require-
ments for the degree for which he is a candidate and is held responsible for
the fulfillment of these requirements. This applies to the last dates on which
theses may be accepted, the dates for examinations, the proper form of
theses, and all other matters regarding requirements for degrees.
ADMISSION
Admission may be to full graduate standing, provisional or in an un-
classified status. All applications for admission to the Graduate School
must be accompanied by official transcripts from all colleges previously
attended.
Full Graduate Standing. For admission in this category a student must
have a Bachelor's degree from a recognized college or university regarded
as standard by a regional or general accrediting agency and at least a
B grade average in the undergraduate major.
Provisional admission may be granted to applicants who lack under-
graduate work considered essential for graduate study in the major field.
Course work, without graduate credit, will be required to make up such
deficiencies before admission to full graduate status can be granted.
Graduates from non-accredited institutions may be granted provisional
admission when their academic records warrant. Additional course work will
be required of such students when deficiencies in their previous training are
apparent.
Graduates from accredited institutions whose scholastic records are below
the standards for admission to full graduate standing may be admitted
provisionally when unavoidable extenuating circumstances affected their
undergraduate averages or when progressive improvement in their under-
graduate programs warrant. All such students are required to take the
Graduate Record Examinations and to submit scores to the Graduate Office
in support of their application. The National Teacher's Examination may
be substituted for the Graduate Record Examination if recommended by
the department head. Information as to the dates on which the Graduate
Record and the National Teacher's Examinations are given may be ob-
tained at the Graduate Office.
Graduate students admitted on a provisional status may attain full
graduate standing when the deficiencies responsible for their provisional
status have been corrected. They also must have maintained a satisfactory
academic record in all course work taken as a part of their graduate
program.
Unclassified graduate students are not candidates for graduate degrees.
They may take courses for graduate credit, but may not apply more than 10
credits earned while in the unclassified status to any program leading to an
23
advanced degree at this institution. Unclassified graduate students are ex-
pected to meet the same admission requirements that apply to graduate
students in full standing.
Applications for admission to the Graduate School should be on file in the
Graduate Office at least thirty days in advance of the registration date for
the term in which the student wishes to enroll in the Graduate School.
Students who apply for admission to the Graduate School without having
allowed sufficient time for the study of completed transcripts, or prior to
the receipt of their scores on the Graduate Record Examinations, may be
admitted as unclassified students. When evaluation of completed transcripts
or satisfactory performance on the Graduate Record Examinations warrant,
such students may be transferred during the semester to full or provisional
status. Unless transcripts or Graduate Record Examination scores are
received within a reasonable time after admission or when evaluation of
transcripts or scores on the Graduate Record Examinations indicate un-
satisfactory qualifications for graduate study, no graduate credit may be
received for course work.
The Office of Registration must have written authorization from the
Dean of the Graduate School before any graduate student will be given
a permit to register. This permit will be sent by the Graduate Dean at
the time the student is notified of his acceptance.
A full-time graduate load is considered to be 15 credits per semester. This
course load restriction is made so that graduate students may have time
for reading and contemplation well beyond the limits set for satisfactory
undergraduate work. In exceptional cases one or two additional credit hours
may be added to the roster if necessary in order to get prerequisite work
which is not taught in subsequent terms, provided the corresponding ad-
justment in course load is made in the other terms. Rosters with additional
credit hours beyond 15 should be accompanied by a special note from the
head of the major department indicating the reasons for the additional
work.
Full-time employees of the College may register for one course in each
semester. Registration for two courses will be permitted (a) when a reduc-
tion in the service obligation of the employee releases time that may be
devoted to graduate study or (b) when the total credits do not exceed
four. Staff members whose service obligations are reduced in any given
semester will be permitted a proportionate increase in graduate course
work.
Employees of the College having academic rank higher than that of in-
structor may register for graduate work for credit to be transferred to
other institutions. They may not undertake programs for graduate degrees
in the Consolidated University of North Carolina.
Graduate assistants on half-time appointments are permitted a maximum
course load of 9 credits per semester unless corresponding adjustments are
made in their service obligations during the same semester. If the appoint-
ment is for the academic year of 9 months, half-time assistants are re-
stricted to a maximum of 18 credit hours of work during the 9 months of
their appointment. Half-time graduate assistants whose appointments are
for 12 months may not exceed a total of 24 credits during the 12 month
period of their appointment.
24
A member of the senior class of State College may, upon approval of the
Dean of the Graduate School, register for courses in the 500 group for
graduate credit to fill a roster of studies not to exceed 15 credits in any
semester. Not more than 6 hours of graduate credit may be acquired by
an undergraduate student. Courses listed with numbers in the 600 series
are not open to undergraduates.
All regularly enrolled graduate students must take a physical examina-
tion. Preferably this should be given by the family physician on forms pro-
vided by the College. When this is not done the examination may be taken
at the College during registration. A fee of $5.00 will be charged for the
examination when it is given by the College physician.
Admission to Candidacy for Graduate Degrees
Admission to the Graduate School does not constitute admission to can-
didacy for a graduate degree. Application for admission to candidacy for
graduate degrees must be submitted to the Administrative Board of the
Graduate School. Applications of students preparing for the Master's
degree may not be filed before the satisfactory completion of one full semes-
ter of graduate study and must be presented before the end of the first week
of the last semester in residence. Approval of the application will be de-
termined by the quality of the scholastic record and on the certification
by the major department that the student is qualified to continue advanced
work. Admission to candidacy for the doctorate is granted upon satisfac-
tory completion of the qualifying or preliminary examinations.
MASTEK OF SCIENCE DEGREE
The Master of Science degree is awarded at State College after comple-
tion of a course of study in specialized fields in Agriculture, Education,
Engineering, Forestry or Textiles; demonstration of ability to read a
modern foreign language; completion of a satisfactory thesis and of com-
prehensive examinations in the chosen field of study.
In addition to complying with these requirements, the candidate for
the Master of Science degree is expected to achieve high levels of scholar-
ship. Graduate study is distinguished from undergraduate work by its
emphasis upon independent research. The graduate student is more inter-
ested in the significance of facts than in the accumulation of data. He is
concerned with the materials of learning and the organization and inter-
pretation of these materials.
A graduate student's program of study is planned so as to provide a
comprehensive view of some major field of interest and to furnish the
training essential for successful research in this field and related areas
of knowledge. As great a latitude is permitted in the selection of courses
as is compatible with a well-defined major interest. The program of course
work is selected with the object of making possible a reasonable mastery
of the subject matter in a specialized field. Training in research is pro-
vided to give the student familiarity with the methods, ideals, and goals
of independent investigation. Since there are many possible combinations
of courses, the administration of graduate programs calls for personal
supervision of each student's plan of work by a special advisory committee
25
e graduate f:. ee page 27.) The program of course work to
be followed by the student as a part of the requirements for the Master's
degree and the thesis problem selected must be approved by the student's
advisory committee and the Dean of the Graduate School.
-1. For the master of Science degree a minimum of thirty
semester credits is required.
i Not more than 6 of the academic credits required for a graduate
degree will be accepted from other institutions.
3. No graduate credit will be awarded for excess undergraduate credit
from any other institution.
All work credited toward a master's degree must be completed within
six calendar years.
5. No graduate credit is allowed for courses taken by correspondence.
A maximum of 6 semester credits may be obtained in extension study in
the field of Education provided the extension courses are taught by a
member of the Graduate Faculty and provided the courses are given gradu-
ate ranking by the Graduate School. Courses taken by extension are ac-
cepted for graduate credit only when the student has been admit* e I ::
the graduate school and when notice of registration is filed with the
Graduate Office. Courses taken in extension study do not reduce the resi-
dence requirements unless they are a part of an approved program of work
undertaken at an off-campus center approved by the Graduate School. Cred-
it for extension courses reduces the amount of credit that may be trans-
ferred from other institutions by the amount of graduate credit granted.
Residence. — Students engraged in a course of study leading to the Ifa
of Science degree are required to be in residence at the College, pursuing
graduate work, one full academic year unless enrolled in an approved
off -campus program of graduate study. Resident students are not permitted
to complete the requirements for the Master of Science degree in a shorter
period of time.
Residence credit is based on the number of credits carried in a given
term. During a regular semester, residence credit is calculated in the fol-
lowing manner:
Semester Credits Residence Credit
3-5 44 semester
6-8 % semester
9-11 % semester
12-15 1 semester
Six summer schools of six weeks in residence at the College are suf-
ficient to fulfill the residence requirement. In a six weeks' summer session
residence credit earned is determined by the following schedule:
Semester Credits Residence Credit
6 % semester
less than 6 i 4 semester
The thirty semester credit hour requirement for the Master's degree
represents the minimum quantity of work acceptable. The credit hours re-
quired of graduate students usually exceed the minimum requirements.
Inadequate preparation and thesis research frequently make additional
work necessary.
Courses of Study. — The program of the student shall contain at least
eight semester credits in courses of the 600 group, no more than six of
which may be allowed for research study. Graduate students may use not
more than six semester hours of course work of the 400 level for credit on
programs leading to the Master's degree. To be acceptable for graduate
credit, courses bearing a 400 number must fall in other than the student's
major field of interest.
During the first tei'm in residence an advisory committee of at least
three faculty members, one representing the field of the minor, will be
appointed by the Dean, after consultation with the head of the major
department, for each student engaged in a program of work leading
to the Master's degree. The advisory committee will meet with the student
and prepare a program of course work to meet the requirements of the
student's graduate objectives. Four copies of the program, prepared on
forms provided for this purpose, must be approved by each member of the
committee, by the head of the major department and the Dean of the
Graduate School. After approval in the Graduate Office, three copies
will be returned to the department head, one for his files, one for the chair-
man of the advisory committee and one for the student.
The courses taken by a graduate student shall constitute a well-rounded
but unified plan of study. This is interpreted to mean that the program of
research and course work shall be divided between a major and a minor
field. While there are no inflexible rules which govern the number of
credit hours that must constitute the major and minor, in general, it is
expected that approximately two-thirds of the course work will fall in the
major and one-third in the minor. The detailed course requirements for
each graduate student program are left to the judgment of the advisory
committee.
Class Work. — A graduate student is expected to show greater initiative
in exploring the possibilities of the subject matter presented in the courses
he takes than is the undergraduate. He is also expected to recognize the
significance of facts and to assume a responsibility for relating data to
theoretical concepts. In preparation, attendance, and in all the routine of
class work the graduate student is subject to the regulations observed in
other divisions of the college.
Grades. — A minimum grade of C must be made on all formal course
work to obtain graduate credit. An average of B must be obtained on all
course work taken as a part of the student's graduate program. Failure
to maintain a B average in any term will place the student upon proba-
tion. Any student whose academic record fails to meet the B average
requirement for two consecutive terms will not be permitted to continue
a graduate program without the written approval of the Dean.
Grades in research and seminar courses are given in terms of S (satis-
factory) or U (unsatisfactory) in place of the symbols used for formal
course work.
The grade Incomplete may be used in research or laboratory
courses when circumstances beyond the control of the student have pre-
vented completion of the work by the end of the academic term. An in-
complete grade may be given only after approval by the Dean and must
27
be converted to one of the usual symbols before the end of the next
afyd4»mic semester in which the student is in residence.
Language Requirements, — A reading knowledge of at least one modern
foreign language is required of candidates for the Master of Scier.ee degree.
Ordinarily this language will be German, though French may be used
where this language is important in the field of the student's major interest.
Substitution of some other modern foreign language for the German or
French requires written approval of the Department Head and the Dean
of the Graduate School.
The language requirement must be satisfied before a student can be ad-
mitted to candidacy.
Proficiency in languages is determined by the Department of Modern
Languages on the basis of a traditional reading knowledge examination.
Students whose language preparation is adequate may take their language
examination by appointment at any time during the academic year. The
Department of Modern Languages offers course work to assist graduate
students who desire to improve their comprehension of foreign languages
': .:: - ; ._:■-- •• :•: ir. ^r.-..:._r :; ri.u.rvi : ^: :. i .::-.: r ; :::r":; jradnafa
students who expect to complete the requirements for the Master off Science
:-,_•--•.- -' .:"..: :r.:-: ~::'r. -.':.■- }"t ::' ::.r Ir:ir::r.rr.: ::' V. . - ::\ l;:-.;.:..:-
soon after registration to formulate plans for meeting the language re-
;_-.r-. : 7-:- : ::.:? :r_rfe.
Students whose native language is other than English may meet the
foreign language requirement for the Master of Science degree by dem-
onstrating a satisfactory mastery of English. Examinations in English
,.-i — ....--: '-y -.':.- Er.^hsh Z er ?.r:r .er.:.
Thesis. — A candidate for the Master of Science degree must prepare a
thesis representing an original investigation. The subject of the thesis
must be approved by the Head of the Department in which the major work
is done and by the student's advisory committee. Three copies of the thesis
in final form and an abstract must be filed in the Graduate Office at least
one month before the degree is awarded. The abstract will be published by
the College. Detailed instructions as to form and organization of the th cuui
may be obtained at the Graduate Office.
Examinations. — All candidates for the Master of Science degree must
pass, with a grade of A, 8, or C, all formal course work specified as a part
of the requirements for the degree. Graduate credit for research and
seminar courses is granted when a grade of S is recorded in the Registra-
tion Office. In addition, the candidate must pass a comprehensive oral
examination that is held to satisfy the examining committee that the
candidate possesses a reasonable mastery of knowledge in the major and
minor fields and that this knowledge can be used with promptness and
accuracy. This examination may not be held until all other requirements
except completing the course work of the las: -i n t l ' M ire satisfied but
must be taken not later than two weeks before the end of the semester in
which the degree is to be awarded. Application for the comprehensive oral
examination must be filed with the Graduate Dean by the chairman of the
advisory committee at least one week prior to the date on which the
examination is to be held.
The oral e x am in ation will be conducted by an examining committee
:■
appointed by the Graduate Dean. The chairman of the examining com-
mittee will be the chairman of the student's advisory committee. At least
two additional members will be appointed to represent the major and minor
fields. The comprehensive oral examination is open to all faculty members
who care to attend but the decision as to the candidate's fitness rests
solely with the examining committee.
At the discretion of the examining committee, written examinations
covering the subject matter in the major and minor fields also may be
required of the candidate. Written examinations, when required, may not
he held earlier than the end of the first month of the last semester in
residence, and not later than one week before the comprehensive oral
examination.
The final examinations for candidates for the Master's degree may not
be held until the thesis, in complete and final form, bearing the signature
of the chairman of the student's advisory committee, has been submitted
to the Graduate Office.
MASTER'S DEGREE IN A PROFESSIONAL FIELD
This degree is offered for students who are interested in the more
advanced applications of fundamental principles to specialized fields rather
than in the acquisition of the broader background in the advanced scientific
studies which would fit them for careers in research. Students working
for this degree ordinarily will terminate their graduate work at this point.
Examples of the types of degrees that may be awarded upon the com-
pletion of the course of study in a professional field are:
Master of Agricultural Education
Master of Forestry
Master of Agricultural Engineering
The degree is not offered in the Schools of Engineering and Textiles.
The chief characteristics of these degrees is that the changes made in
requirements permit, in greater measure, the satisfaction of what are
represented as professional needs than do the requirements for the con-
ventional Master of Science degree. The most important modification in
the requirements is the greater emphasis upon the applied rather than
the basic sciences.
Language Requirements. — The candidate for a Master's degree in a
professional field is exempt from the requirements of a reading knowledge
of a modern foreign language.
Thesis Requirements. — In the School of Education the thesis requirement
for the Master's degree in each of the specialized fields may be waived by
the department in which the degree is sought. When the thesis requirement
is waived the student must complete the course Introduction to Educational
Research, or departmental course in research and a problem report. A thesis
is required for the professional degree in Agriculture and Forestry.
Other Requirements. — The other requirements for the Master's degree
in a professional field are the same as for the Master of Science degree.
THE MASTER OF AGRICULTURE DEGREE
This plan is offered for the students who are interested in advanced
training in the broad field of agriculture but whose responsibility is not
29
in research. The requirements for the degree are designed to provide an
opportunity for professional training without narrow specialization to
those who plan to devote their lives to some phase of practical agricul-
ture. Among the individuals interested would be agricultural extension
workers and foreign students who are in action or educational programs.
The proposed plan differs from the plan for the Master of Science degree
in the following principal respects:
1. A total of 36 semester credits is required.
12. A minimum of four semester credits in special problems is required.
Not more than six semester credits in special problems will be al-
lowed. This work replaces the research thesis requirement of the
Master of Science degree.
3. There are no specific requirements as to courses in the 600 group.
4. A reading knowledge of a modern foreign language is not required.
In all other respects the requirements for the Master of Agriculture
degree are the same as those for the Master of Science degree.
30
SUMMARY OF PROCEDURES FOR THE MASTER'S DEGREE
1. Letter of inquiry from prospective student to Graduate Office or
Department Head.
2. Mailing of proper forms to student by Graduate Office or Department
Head.
3. Receipt of application form and transcript by Graduate Office.
4. Application with transcript sent to Department Head for study.
5. Department Head recommends acceptance of prospective student stating
curriculum in which he will work and the degree sought.
6. Assuming the prospective student meets the minimum scholastic
standards, notice of acceptance is mailed to him by the Graduate
Office. "When the student's academic record fails to meet the minimum
scholastic standards of the Graduate School, provisional admission
may be granted upon submission by the student of evidence of a
satisfactory performance on the Graduate Record or National Teacher's
Examinations. The National Teacher's Examination is accepted only
when approved by the Department Head and the Graduate Dean.
7. Permit to register is sent by the Graduate Office to the Registrar.
8. Student arrives, reports to the Department Head, is assigned an
adviser, and makes out a roster of courses in consultation with de-
partmental adviser.
9. Advisory committee of 3 or more faculty members, one of whom repre-
sents the minor field, appointed before the end of the first semester
of graduate study by the Graduate Office after consultation with the
Department Head.
10. Plan of work prepared by the advisory committee in consultation with
the student and submitted in quadruplicate to the Graduate Office by
the end of the first semester in residence.
11. Plan of work approved by the Graduate Dean and three copies returned
to the Department Head. One copy is kept in department files, one
goes to the adviser, and one is given to the student.
12. A thesis subject is selected and an outline of the proposed research
submitted to the Department Head and to the student's advisory com-
mittee. Students preparing themselves for the professional degree
in specialized fields of Education should consult the chairman of
their committees with reference to their problem report.
13. Student passes language examination. Students preparing themselves
for the master degree in a professional field are not required to pass a
language examination. The language requirement must be satisfied
before admission to candidacy can be granted.
14. Student applies for admission to candidacy for the Master's degree.
Application must be filed before the end of the first week of the last
semester in residence and may not be filed before the language re-
quirement is satisfied.
15. Application is reviewed by the head of the major department and by
the Administrative Board and if approved the student becomes a can-
didate for the degree.
16. A copy of a preliminary draft of the thesis is submitted to the
31
chairman of the student's committee for criticism. No thesis is required
of candidate for the master's degree in specialized fields of Education.
17. Corrected draft of the thesis submitted to members of the student's
advisory committee for additional suggestions and criticisms.
18. Three copies of the thesis in final form approved by each member of the
students advisory committee and signed by the adviser are submitted
to the Graduate Office at least one month prior to awarding of the
degree.
19. Permission for student to take final examination requested of Graduate
Office by chairman of student's advisory committee at least one week
before the examination is to be held. Permission will not be granted
until thesis in final and complete form has been received in the Gradu-
ate Office.
20. Permission granted by Graduate Dean — date is set and examining
committee appointed.
21. Report of the examination sent to the Graduate Office at least two
weeks prior to the date the degree is to be awarded.
22. Graduate Office certifies to the Registration Office and to the General
Faculty that all requirements for the degree have been met and
recommends the awarding of the degree.
THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
The degree of Doctor of Philosophy is offered in the following depart-
ments:
Agricultural Economics
Agricultural Engineering
Animal Industry
Botany (in the fields of physiology and ecology)
Ceramic Engineering
Chemical Engineering
Civil Engineering
Electrical Engineering
Engineering Physics
Entomology
Experimental Statistics
Field Crops
Forestry
Genetics
Nuclear Engineering
Plant Pathology
Rural Sociology
Soils
Zoology (in the fields of ecology and wildlife conservation.)
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
The Doctor's degree symbolizes the fact that the recipient is capable of
undertaking original research and scholarly work at the highest levels
without supervision. Therefore, the degree of Doctor of Pholosophy is not
granted on a basis of the successful completion of a given amount of course
work, but rather upon the demonstration by the candidate of a compre-
32
hensive knowledge and high attainments in scholarship and research in a
specialized field of study. These attainments are determined by the quality
of the dissertation which the candidate prepares to report the results of
original investigations and by passing successfully a series of rigorous
and comprehensive examinations on the special and related fields of study.
Residence. — A minimum of six full semesters of work beyond the Bache-
lor's degree is required for the Doctor of Philosophy Degree. Ordinarily,
students who have the Master's degree will require two additional years of
full time study to meet the requirements of the Doctor of Philosophy degree.
At least one of these years must be spent in continuous residence at the
Consolidated University of North Carolina.
The amount of credit granted for work accomplished at other institutions
will be determined by the Dean after consultation with the student's ad-
visory committee at the time the plan of graduate work is filed.
Course of Study. — At the time of admission the student should, with the
advice of the chairman of the department, elect a major field. During the
first semester in residence an advisory committee of at least five members
will be appointed by the Graduate Dean, after consultation with the De-
partment Head, to prepare with the student a plan of graduate work.
Four copies of the program thus outlined, signed by all members of the
advisory committee are referred to the Graduate Dean for approval. When
approved three copies are returned to the Department Head, one being
retained in the department files, a second copy is given to the chairman of
the advisory committee, and the third copy is given to the student. The
subject of the dissertation must appear on the plan of work, and any sub-
sequent changes in the subject of the thesis or in the plan of graduate
work must be reported to the Graduate Office for approval.
There are no definite requirements in credit hours for the Doctor's
degree. Emphasis is placed upon a comprehensive knowledge of a well
defined and recognized field and related subjects. There shall be a major
and one or two minor areas of specialization. The minor field ordinarily
will consist of at least twenty semester credit hours. These may fall in
an allied department or in the major department. A minor in the depart-
ment of the major is permitted only when the department offers recognized
divisions of study other than that designated as the major field.
Languages. — A reading knowledge of scientific literature in two modern
foreign languages is required for the Doctor of Philosophy degree. German
and French usually meet the language requirements. Substitution of an-
other modern language for German or French will be permitted only
when the language substituted is of greater importance in the prosecution
of the research study. Substitution of another modern language for German
or French requires the written approval of the Department Head and the
Graduate Dean. The language requirements must be satisfied before the
qualifying examinations can be taken.
Proficiency in languages is determined by the Department of Modern
Languages on the basis of a traditional reading knowledge examination.
Students whose language preparation is adequate may take their language
examination by appointment at any time during the academic year. The
Department of Modern Languages offers course work to assist graduate
students who desire to improve their comprehension of foreign languages
33
but no course work in language is required of graduate students. Graduate
students who expect to complete the requirements for the Ph.D. degree
should confer with the Head of the Department of Modern Languages
soon after registration to formulate plans for meeting the language re-
quirement of this degree.
Students whose native tongue is some language other than English
may use English as one of the languages required for the Doctor of
Philosophy degree. When English is submitted in partial fulfillment of
the language requirements, the native language may not be used to satisfy
the language requirements. Examinations in English will be given by the
English Department, and a statement certifying the candidate's proficiency
in English must be filed in the Graduate Office before the qualifying
examination may be taken.
The Dissertation. — The doctoral dissertation presents the results of the
candidate's original investigations in the field of his major interests. It
must represent a contribution to knowledge adequately supported by data
and written in a manner consistent with high standards of excellence in
scholarship. Detailed instructions relating to the thesis may be obtained
in the Graduate Office.
Publication of the results obtained in the thesis investigation is expected.
Each copy of the thesis must be accompanied by an abstract of approxi-
mately 500 words. The abstract will be published by the College.
The dissertation will be examined by all members of the examining
committee and must receive their approval to be acceptable to the Graduate
Office. Approval of the committee is indicated by the signature of the
chairman of the examining committee upon the title page of the thesis.
Three copies of the dissertation in final form and bearing the signature of
the chairman of the student's advisory committee must be presented to the
Graduate Office not later than one month before the date on which the
degree is to be awarded.
North Carolina State College now has an agreement with University-
Microfilms, Inc. of Ann Arbor. Michigan by which all doctoral dissertations
are microfilmed and abstracts of the dissertations are published in Disser-
tation Abstracts.
Examinations. — Not earlier than the end of the second year of graduate
study and not later than the end of the third week of the academic year
in which the degree is expected each doctoral student is required to pass
general comprehensive examinations (known as the qualifying or prelimi-
nary examinations). The examinations are given by an examining committee
of graduate faculty- members appointed by the Graduate Dean after con-
sultation with the head of the department in which the student's major work
has been taken. The examining committee usually consists of the student's
advisory committee and a representative of the Graduate School, but may
include other members of the Graduate Faculty. The examinations are open
to all members of the Graduate Faculty who may care to attend.
Authorization for the qualifying examination is requested of the Graduate
School by the chairman of the student's advisory committee when the major
part of the student's program of course work has been completed and
when, in the judgment of the committee, the student is prepared to devote
the greater part of his time to the prosecution of his research study. Mem-
34
bers of the examining committee will be notified of their appointment by
the Graduate Office. Official printed forms will be supplied to the chairman
of the examining committee for a report of the results of the examination.
The examination consists of two parts: (1) written examinations pre-
pared separately by each member of the examining committee and (2) an
oral examination held before the entire examining committee. Upon re-
ceiving authorization for holding the qualifying examination, the chairman
of the examining committee will request examination questions from each
member of the examining committee. Each set of questions will be given to
the student by the chairman of the examining committee in any order that
may seem appropriate. The questions together with the student's answers
will be returned to the members of the committee for grading. The questions
may cover any phase of the course work taken by the student during the
period of his graduate study or any subject logically related and basic to
an understanding of the subject matter of the major and minor areas of
study. They should be designed to measure the student's mastery of these
subject matter fields and the adequacy of his preparation for research
investigations.
Upon satisfactory completion of the written examinations the student
must pass an oral examination before the entire examining committee. This
examination usually follows the written examination within a week. The
members of the examining committee will be notified by the Graduate School
of the time and place arranged for the oral examination. The oral examina-
tion is designed to test the student's ability to relate factual knowledge to
specific circumstances. In the oral examination the student is expected to
use his knowledge with accuracy and promptness and to demonstrate that
his thinking is not limited to the facts learned in course work.
When the examining committee consists of five members, a unanimous
vote of approval is required for passing the preliminary examination. Ap-
proval may be conditioned, however, upon the completion of additional work
in some particular field to the satisfaction of the committee. In case a single
dissenting vote is cast in a five member committee, the course of action
to be taken will become a matter for decision by the Administrative Board.
Upon receiving the approval of the examining committee the student is
admitted to candidacy for the doctorate.
A final oral examination is also required. An interval of at least eight
months must elapse between admission to candidacy and the final oral exami-
nation. This examination is held after the dissertation has been completed
and consists in a defense by the candidate of the methods used and the
conclusions reached in his research study. The examination is conducted by
an examining committee. The examining committee usually consists of the
student's advisory committee, plus a representative of the Graduate School,
although this procedure is not always adopted. The examining committee is
appointed by the Graduate Dean after consultation with the head of the
student's major department.
The final oral examination may not be held until the dissertation in com-
plete and final form, bearing the signature of the chairman of the student's
advisory committee as evidence of committee approval has been submitted
to the Graduate Office.
Failure of a student to pass either the preliminary or the final examin-
35
ation terminates his graduate work at this institution unless nUtertnac
recommended by the examining committees. No re-examination may be
given until at least one full semester has elapsed since the first examir
Only one re-examination is permitted.
Admission to Candidacy. — A student is admitted to candidacy upon
successfully passing the preliminary examinations. The language re :_::--
mcntn must be fulfilled before permission to take the preliminary exam-
ination will be granted. ::n to candidacy must be obtained before
the end of the third week in the academic year in which the deg.
expected; i.e.. nearly two semesters before the degree is awarded.
Thesis Regulations. — A booklet containing detailed instructions about
the form of dissertation may be obtained at the Graduate Office.
Further information about graduate work at State College may be
secured from D. B. Anderson, Dean of the Graduate School, X. C. State
College, Raleigh. X. C
SUMMARY OF PROCEDURES FOR THE DEGREE OF
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
1. Letter of inquiry from prospective student to Graduate Office or
Departmental Head.
2. Mailing of proper forms ;: student by Graduate Office or Department
Head.
3. Receipt of application forms by Graduate Office.
oplicatior. ftnseript sent :: Department Head f:r study.
5. Department Head recommends acceptance of prospective student
ting curriculum in b he will work.
ing the prospective student meets the minimum scholastic
standards, notice of a. is m ailed to him by the Graduate Office,
7. Permit to register is sent by Graduate Office to the Registrar.
8. Studer.: "orts to the Department Head, is assigned an
adviser, and makes oat a roster of courses in consultation with depart-
mental adviser.
9. Advisory committee of a: leas: f.ve members is appointed ir - . the frs:
term of graduate study by the Graduate Dear, after :cr.sultati:r. -vith
Department Head.
10. Plan of work prepared by the advisory committee in consultation with
the student and submitted in quadruplicate to the Graduate Office by
the end of the first er.ce.
11. Plan of work approved by the Graduate Dear, and three erties re-
turned to the Department Hea 77 is kept in department files,
one goes to the adviser, and one is riven to the student.
12. A dissertation subje;- is seiected and an outline of the proposed re-
search submitted to the Department Head and the student's advisory
committee.
13. Student passes language examinations. These are usually in German
and French, though other i.r _:= r y :e a::etted ~kh the "written
approval of the Department Head and the Dean of the Graduate
School. Foreign studens may submit a reading knowledge of English
in partial fulfillment of the language requirement.
36
14. The chairman of the student's advisory committee requests permission
to hold the qualifying examination. This must be done not earlier than
the end of the second year of graduate study and not later than 8 months
before the date at which the degree is to be awarded.
15. Permission to take qualifying examination granted by Graduate Dean
if the student's record is in order. A date is set and examining com-
mittee appointed. The examination consists of two parts — a written
and an oral.
16. A report of the examination is sent to the Graduate Office. If favorable,
the student is admitted to candidacy.
17. A copy of a preliminary draft of the dissertation is submitted to the
chairman of the student's committee for criticism.
18. Corrected draft of the dissertation submitted to members of the stu-
dent's advisory committee for additional suggestions and criticisms.
19. Three copies of the dissertation in final form approved by each mem-
ber of the students advisory committee and signed by the adviser
are submitted to the Graduate Office at least one month prior to award-
ing of the degree.
20. Eight months after admission to candidacy or later, permission for the
candidate to take the final oral examination is requested of the Graduate
School by the chairman of the candidate's advisory committee. Requests
should be filed at least one week before the date of the examination.
21. Permission granted by Graduate Dean if the student's record is in
order, a date is set and examining committee appointed.
22. Report of the examination sent to the Graduate Office at least one
week prior to the date at which the degree is to be awarded.
23. Graduate Office certifies to the Registration Office and to the General
Faculty that all requirements for the degree have been met and rec-
ommends the awarding of the degree.
TUITION AND FEES FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS
FIRST SEMESTER
In-State Students
Out-of-State Students
Fees*
Tuition
Total
Fees*
Tuition
Total
$67.00
$75.00
$142.00
$67.00
$250.00
$317.00
50.50
37.50
88.00
50.50
125.00
175.50
42.25
18.75
61.00
42.25
62.50
104.75
SECOND SEMESTER
In-
■State Stuc
lents
Out-of-State Students
Fees*
Tuition
Total
Fees*
Tuition
Total
$61.00
$75.00
$136.00
$61.00
$250.00
$311.00
44.50
37.50
82.00
44.50
125.00
169.50
36.25
18.75
55.00
36.25
62.50
98.75
Course Load
7 cr. hrs. or more
6 cr. hrs. or less
3 cr. hrs. or less
Course Load
7 cr. hrs. or more
6 cr. hrs. or less
3 cr. hrs. or less
♦The Athletic Fee of $10 in the first semester and $5 in the second semester will be re-
funded if the student presents his identification card to the business office within
10 days after the date of registration.
Students who are not living in the campus area and whose professional
responsibilities prevent their participation in the activities supported by
the non-academic fees will be exempt from payment of non-academic fees.
37
Special Arrangements: School teachers and students who register for
special Saturday courses only will be charged the tuition rate prevailing
in the Extension Division for such courses. Non-residents of North Carolina
who register for special Saturday courses will pay the rate charged by the
Extension Division for such courses.
-tantships: Graduate students who have received appointments as
teaching or research assistants will be charged, during the period of their
employment, the tuition rates paid by residents of North Carolina.
Thesis Preparation: Graduate students who have completed all course
work and residence requirements and who are in residence for the purpose of
writing a thesis or dissertation may register for "thesis preparation." The
tuition charge for this registration is $15. Students registering for thesis
preparation will pay all non-academic fees (athletic fees are optional).
Graduate students, not in residence, who have completed all requirements
for the degree sought will be required to register for the term in which the
degree is awarded. The charge for this registration will be S10.
Audits: Students wishing to visit classes without participation in class
discussions, quizzes or examinations must register for this privilege as an
auditor. Visiting classes without registration is not permitted. Graduate
students may register for one course as audit in any semester without
charge when the audit forms a part of course work for which tuition charges
are made. Audits in subjects in which the student has had no previous expe-
rience will be evaluated at full credit value in determining course loads.
Audits taken as repetition of work previously accomplished are considered
at one half their credit value in calculating course loads. With the single
exception of foreign language audits, all audit registrations must fall
". the maximum permissible course loads. Audits are not permitted
students registering for thesis preparation.
While audit registrations are evaluated for purposes of determining
permissive course loads in terms of the above regulations by the Graduate
Office, the Business Office considers all audits, excepting the one permitted
free of charge, in terms of full credit value in calculating the fees for
graduate students.
Diploma Fee: A diploma fee of S12 is charged all students receiving a
master's degree and a fee of SIT is charged all students who receive a
doctorate. A fee of S20 is charged all doctoral candidates for microfilming
their dissertations.
All tuition charges and fees are subject to change without notice.
FEES FOR SUMMER SCHOOL
Registration Fee -S 5.00
Tuition (In-State Students per credit hour) 7.50
Tuition (Out-of-State Students per credit hour) 15.00
Audits (per course) " '
38
In order to draw a clear line between in-state and out-of-state students,
the Administration has ruled that all students whose parents have not been
domiciled in North Carolina for more than six months immediately preced-
ing the day of their first enrollment in the institution shall be termed out-of-
state students, with the following exceptions:
(1) Students twenty-one years of age at the time of their first matricu-
lation who have resided in North Carolina for more than one year
preceding the day of their first enrollment;
(2) Children of regular employees of the Federal Government stationed
in the State of North Carolina; and
(3) Children of regular employees of the Federal Government who are
employed outside of the State, but who through law are permitted
to retain their North Carolina citizenship.
Students cannot claim a change in their resident status after matricu-
lating. Students furnishing incomplete or incorrect information in order to
obtain the special State-resident status shall be liable for dishonorable
dismissal.
Graduate students employed by the College or the Experiment Station
on a part-time basis are not permitted to register for a full-time load of
course work. The Veterans Administration will classify such students
as full-time students when it is officially certified by the Dean of the
Graduate School that the student is engaged in a full-time program of
professional work.
Fellowships and Graduate Assistantships
Graduate Fellowships are funds offered to graduate students to assist
in the support of programs of advanced study. Holders of fellowships have
no service obligations to the College and may devote full time to the prose-
cution of their graduate programs.
The E. G. Moss Felloicship in tobacco research sponsored by the N. C.
State Grange carries a stipend of $2,700 a year for predoctoral appoint-
ments and a stipend of $3,300 a year for postdoctoral appointments. The
award is made annually to an outstanding student under 35 years of age
who holds a Master of Science degree or its equivalent. The holder of this
fellowship must undertake a research project on tobacco in any one of the
following fields: Agricultural Economics, Agronomy, Botany, Chemistry,
Entomology, Genetics, Plant Pathology, Plant Physiology, or Soils.
The Celanese Corporation sponsors a fellowship with a stipend of S1.800
annually, plus tuition and fees, for graduate students with a major in
Textile Chemistry or Textile Physics.
The Honor Society of Phi Kappa Phi Fellowship, State College Chapter,
offers 850 annually, preferably to a member of the Society, to assist in
promoting research and advanced training of worthy students.
Fellowships are also sponsored by the following agencies: the Edward
Orton, Jr. Ceramic Foundation and the Sperry Gyroscope Company.
39
Information relative to stipends, areas of research study supported by
specific fellowships and application forms may be obtained from the
Graduate School or from the heads of the appropriate departments.
Graduate Assistantships are granted to selected students who devote
some part of their time to service duties for the College. Teaching assist-
antships carry a stipend of $2,000 for the academic year and permit the
holder to enroll for sixty per cent of a full course load. The stipends for
research assistantships range from $2,000 to $2,400 for a 12 months' ap-
pointment. The college offers 199 assistantships which require a service ob-
ligation in either teaching or research. Some of these are supported by funds
granted by the following agencies: the American Potash Institute, the
Atomic Energy Commission, the Chilean Nitrate Education Bureau, Inc.,
Hercules Powder Company, the Lilliston Implement Company, the Lilly
Company, the McLean Trucking Company, the North Carolina Department
of Motor Vehicles, the North Carolina State Optometric Society, the Office
of Naval Research, the Pacific Coast Borax Company, the Ralston-Purina
Company, the Tennessee Corporation, the Solvay Process Division of the
Allied Chemical Company, and the Union Carbide Chemicals Company.
Residence Facilities
Dormitory facilties are provided on the campus for unmarried graduate
students. The rental charge for double rooms is $67.50 per semester.
A limited number of apartments are provided for married graduate
students.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
The courses described on the following pages are planned for the academic
years, 1958-59 and 1959-60 unless otherwise indicated. Specific courses may
not be offered, however, if registration for the course is too low or if faculty
or facilities become unavailable.
Courses for which graduate credit may be received are numbered in three
categories. Courses with a number in the 400 series carry no graduate
credit when they fall in the student's major field of interest. Graduate
credit will be allowed for no more than 6 semester hours at the 400 level
in the student's minor area of study.
Courses bearing a number in the 500 series are open to both seniors and
graduate students. All courses in this series carry full graduate credit.
Courses given a 600 series number are open only to graduate students.
AGRICULTURE
AG 401. Principles and Methods of Extension Education 0-3
A study of the background, development, and operation of the Agricultural Extension
Service. Consideration is given to major events leading to the establishment of Agricul-
tural Extension, its objectives, organization, and philosophy. Major emphasis is placed
upon the principles underlying Extension education together with methods of program
building and teaching. Mr. Sloan
40
DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS
Graduate Faculty
Professors: Charles Edwin Bishop, Head; Richard Adams King, Wood-
row Wilson McPherson, Walter Henry Pierce.
Associate Professors : Lee Roy Martin, George Stanford Tolley, William
Douglas Toussaint.
The Department of Agricultural Economics offers programs of study
leading to the Master of Agricultural Economics, the Master of Science
and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Special emphasis is placed upon
the economics of agricultural production and marketing, analysis of
programs and policies affecting agriculture and statistical techniques
which can be used in solving agricultural problems. The curriculum in-
cludes courses in advanced economic theory with special adaptation and
application to agriculture. Collateral fields of study include statistics, rural
sociology, history and political science, economics, education and various
technical fields.
As a part of their advanced training, students are required to prepare
a thesis dealing with a recognized problem in agriculture. This part of the
program affords an opportunity to learn how to apply theory and analyti-
cal techniques in the solution of agricultural problems.
The rapid growth and devolpment of industry and agriculture in North
Carolina and throughout the South has resulted in an increased demand
for well-trained workers throughout the region. This demand far exceeds
the number of qualified workers available to perform the many duties
associated with the complex and technical problems of a developing
economy. Many graduates of the Department of Agricultural Economics are
employed in various agencies of the Federal and State governments en-
gaged in research and education work. Others are engaged in professional
work with commercial organizations dealing in agricultural credit and the
production and marketing of agricultural products.
The Department is located on the second floor of Patterson Hall. It has
a modern and well equipped departmental library, including all of the
major professional journals and USDA publications. Experiment Station
publications from other institutions throughout the United States are kept
on file. In addition to the modern computational and reproduction equip-
ment available in the Department, IBM equipment in the Department of
Experimental Statistics is used extensively on a cooperative basis.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
AGC 413. Farm Appraisal and Finance 0-3
Prerequisite: AGC 303.
The principles of farm appraisal and practical methods used in determining the value of
farms of various types and sizes; credit financing in agriculture, including (1) types,
sources, and cost of credit, (2) repayment plans, (3) methods of determining when and
how credit can be used effectively by farmers; special problems associated with agricul-
tural credit. Mr. Lindsey
AGC 431. Introduction to Agricultural Prices 3-0
Prerequisite: AGC 303.
This course involves an examination of the behavior of agricultural prices as related
to decision making of economic units. Emphasis will be placed upon the role of prices in
the economy; the behavior of agricultural prices; the relation of prices to income, con-
sumption and production of farm products; and to marketing practices which influence
price formation in the exchange of agricultural products. Attention also will be given
to methods of agricultural price analysis. Mr. Pierce
41
Courses for Graduate Students and Advanced Undergraduates
AGC 501. Intermediate Agricultural Economic Theory 3-3
Prerequisite: AGC 212, or equivalent.
This course will deal with the functions of an economic system; theories
of demand and utility; costs and production; competitive and monopolistic
pricing; income distribution. (Advanced students outside agricultural econo-
mics may use this course to prepare for specialized graduate courses in
Agricultural Economics, Econometrics, or Economics.) Staff
AGC 512. Land Economics 3-0
Prerequisite: AGC 212, or equivalent.
The importance of land in past and present societies; the significance
of land as a factor of production in the modern market economy; land
resources, their use, and the conservation problem in the United States;
the institutional setting: tenure, tenancy and the family farm in the
United States and other countries; land policies: background and problems
in Western countries and in underdeveloped areas of the world.
Mr. Toussaint
AGC 521. Economics of Agricultural Marketing 0-3
Prerequisite: AGC 311, or equivalent.
A study of marketing firms as producers of marketing services and
their role in the pricing process; the influence of government policies on
the behavior of marketing firms; methods for increasing the efficiency
of marketing agricultural products. Mr. King
AGC 523. Farm Management II 3-0
Prerequisite: AGC 303, or equivalent.
The application of economic principles in the solution of production
problems on typical farms in the state; methods and techniques of econo-
mic analysis of the farm business; application of research findings to
production decisions; development of area agricultural programs.
Mr. Coutu
AGC 533. Agricultural Policy 0-3
Prerequisite: AGC 212.
The agricultural policy and action programs of the Federal Government
in their economic and political setting; analysis of objectives, principal
means, and observable results under short-term and long-term viewpoints,
and under the criteria of resource use and income distribution, within
agriculture, and between agriculture and the rest of the economy; criticism
of alternative policy proposals; the effects of commodity support pro-
grams on domestic and foreign consumption, and the international aspects
of United States Agricultural Policy; the attempts at world market regu-
lations, and the role of international organizations, agreements, and pro-
grams. Mr. "Williamson
AGC 551. Agricultural Production Economics 3-0
Prerequisite: AGC 212.
An introduction to some of the tools that are applicable to an economic
42
analysis of agricultural production, including: production functions, cost
functions, programming and decision making principles; and the applications
of these principles to farm and regional resource allocation, and to the
distribution of income to and within agriculture. Mr. Seagraves
AGC 552. Consumption, Distribution and Prices in Agriculture 0-3
Prerequisite: AGC 212.
Basis for family decisions concerning consumption of goods and serv-
ices and supply of productive factors; forces determining prices and in-
comes; interrelationships between economic decisions of the household
and the farm. Mr. Henry
AGC 561. Seminar in Contemporary Economic Problems in Agriculture
Max. 6
Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing and consent of the instructor.
Analysis of economic problems of current interest in agriculture. Credit
for this course will involve a scientific appraisal of a selected problem
and alternative solutions. Staff
Courses for Graduate Students Only
AGC 602. Monetary and Fiscal Policies in Relation to Agriculture 0-3
Prerequisite or corequisite: AGC 501, or equivalent.
The essentials of monetary theory necessary in interpreting and evaluat-
ing monetary and fiscal operations and policies as to their effect upon in-
come, employment, and price level; the monetary and fiscal structure, and
the mechanics of monetary and fiscal operations in the United States;
and the relation of monetary and fiscal policies to agricultural income and
prices. Messrs. Tolley, Williamson
AGC 611. Wage, Price and Production Policies in Relation to Agriculture
0-3
Prerequisite: AGC 602.
Theories of wages and employment, collective bargaining, and wage
differentials; industrial organization in the economy; integration, price
and production policies, costs and prices in the cycle, and government
policies and workable competition; direct and indirect effects of labor and
monopoly policies upon the employment of resources, national income and
its distribution, price levels, wages, interest rates, and upon economic
magnitudes in agriculture. Mr. Lindsey
AGC 612. International Trade in Relation to Agriculture 0-3
Prerequisite or corequisite: AGC 602 and 641.
The principles of international and interregional trade; structures of
trade relationships between countries engaged in the import or export of
agricultural products; attempts at stabilizing trade and financial trans-
actions. Mr. Tolley
AGC 621. Research in Agricultural Economics Credits by
Arrangement
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Agricultural Economics, and con-
sent of Graduate Advisory Committee.
A consideration of research methods and procedures employed in the
field of agricultural economics, including qualitative and quantitative
analysis, inductive and deductive methods of research procedure, selection
of projects, planning, and execution of the research project. Staff
AGC 631. Economic and Social Foundations of Agricultural Policy 3-0
Prerequisite: AGC 501, or equivalent.
The study of logical and empirical problems of inquiry into public
policies and programs that affect agriculture; analysis of policy-making
processes, interdependencies among economic, political and social objectives
and action; the study of forces which shape economic institutions and goals
and of the logic, beliefs and values on which policies and programs that
affect agriculture are founded. Mr. McPherson
AGC 632. Welfare Effects of Agricultural Policies and Programs 3-0
Prerequisite: AGC 642.
Description of the conditions defining optimal resource allocation; ap-
plication of the conditions for maximum welfare in appraisal of economic
policies and programs affecting resource allocation, income distribution,
and economic development of agriculture. Mr. Bishop
AGC 641. Economics of Production, Supply and Market Interdependency
3-3
Prerequisite or corequisite: AGC 501. or equivalent.
An advanced study in the logic of, and empirical inquiry into: producer
behavior and choice among combinations of factors and kinds and quanti-
ties of output; aggregative consequences of individuals' and firms' decisions
in terms of product supply and factor demand; factor markets and income
distribution; general interdependence' among economic variables of any
economy. Messrs. Toussaint and Williamson
AGC 642. Economics of Consumption. Demand, and Market Interdepen-
dency 0-3
Prerequisite: AGC 641 and ST 513 or equivalent.
An advanced study in the theory of, and research into, household
behavior; aggregative consequences of household decisions concerning
factor supply and product demand; pricing and income distribution; eco-
nomic equilibrium. Mr. King
AGC 651. (ST 651) Econometric Methods I 0-3
Prerequisites: ST 514, ST 521, and AGC 642.
Decision making under uncertainty. Stochastic elements in economic
theories. Problems of model construction. Special techniques for analyzing
simultaneous economic relations. Graduate Staff
AGC 652. (ST 652) Econometric Methods II 3-0
Prerequisites: ST 513, ST 522, and AGC 641.
Basic concepts of estimation and tests of significance as applied to
economic data. Empirical sampling methods. Non-parametric methods;
sequential testing. Extension of least squares methods to research in
economics; production surfaces. Special topics in variance components
44
and mixed models. Use of experimental designs in economic research. Ele-
ments of multivariate analysis. Techniques for analysis of time series.
Mr. Anderson
AGC 671. Analysis of Economic Development in Agriculture 3-0
Prerequisite: AGC 642.
A theoretical framework for analysis of the causal forces and the struc-
tural interdependencies under conditions of economic change; major prob-
lems likely to be encountered in empirical endeavor. Mr. Martin
DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION
See Education.
DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
Graduate Faculty
Professors: George Wallace Giles, Head, Francis Jefferson Hassler,
In Charge, Agric. Engr. Graduate Studies, David S. Weaver
Associate Professors: Henry Dittimus Bowen, William Eidon Splinter,
Jan van Schilfgaarde
The Department of Agricultural Engineering offers advanced study
leading to the Ph.D. degree in any one of five fields of specialization: Power
and Machinery, Rural Structures, Soil and Water Conservation. Rural
Electrification, or Agricultural Processing.
The Master of Science program in Agricultural Engineering provides
a broad background in science and engineering through advanced study in
Mathematics and Physics. It offers training in the theoretical and
instrumental aspects of engineering research and development as prepara-
tion for teaching and research postions with State and Federal institutions
and industry.
For those individuals interested primarily in existing technologies, a
program of study for the Master of Agricultural Engineering degree
permits selections from a variety of advanced application courses. This
program provides training appropriate for those engaged in the dis-
semination of information either as extension workers with public institu-
tions or sales and service representatives for industry, but it is not in-
tended as preliminary study to the Ph.D. degree.
Extensive research programs in the mechanization of cotton, peanuts
and tobacco, in the curing and drying of forage crops, peanuts and tobacco
as well as in irrigation and land drainage, and in other subjects, under way
in the Department offer unusual opportunities for graduate student re-
search. The Department maintains a complete research shop manned by
competent mechanics available to graduate students.
Admission to full graduate standing requires a Bachelor's degree in
Agricultural Engineering from an accredited curriculum or its equivalent.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
AGE 401. Farm Shop Organization and Management 3-3
Prerequisites: AGE 201 and 202.
The use and care of power tools : planning of school shops and laboratories : selection of
tools, materials, and equipment: shop management; and methods of presenting the subject
matter. Messrs. Howell, Blum
45
Af.E 411. Farm Power and Machinery IIB 3-0
Prerequisite: AGE 211
This course is designed to provide student* in Mechanized Agriculture with a knowledge
of the operations of manufacturing and distributing organizations of farm machinery and
their places in those organizations. ......
Included is a practical course in farm tractors and engines with emphasis on familiarizing
the student with component parts — their application, operation, and maintenance, as well as
with the selection of these units from the standpoint of power, performance, and ratings.
Messrs. Fore, Greene
AGE 451. Curine and Drying of Farm Crops 2-0
Prerequisite: ME SOI.
Physical properties of air, fuels, and crop products as applied to the design of systems
for the removal of moisture from crops. Problems involved in handling and storage in
conjunction with driers. Staff
AGE 4 5?. Senior Seminar 1 credit per Bemester
Students will prepare talks in their particular fields of interest, presenting them to the
gTOup. Also, two or three field trips to selected points of educational opportunities will be
made during the second semester. Maximum of two credits allowed. Mr. Giles and Staff
AGE 461. Farm Power and Machinery IIA 4-0
Prerequisites: AGE 211, EM 321 (Strength of Materials)
A study of the basic principles underlying the functional elements of farm machinery
including analysis of operation, functions of various components, basic studies of processes,
and the service adjustment and operation of current farm equipment. The course also in-
cludes a fundamental study of internal combustion engines and power trains to the various
outlets : basic designs and applications of farm tractors including hitches, power lifts, and
other integral parts. Mr. Bowen
AGE ISL Farm Structures 0-S
Prerequisites: AGE 451 and EM 321.
Space and grouping arrangements, material Tise, and construction techniques to gain
optimum efficiency, use and satisfaction from buildings on the farm. The design of walls
and wall coverings to impair the transfer of heat and moisture. The design of building
elements and their connections to withstand their imposed loads. Staff
AGE 491. Rural Electrification -.-:
Prerequisite: EE 320 (Elements of Electrical EngT.)
A study of the history and development of rural electrification, rates and costs of serving
the farm with electricity: farm wiring and lighting: electric motors: water systems: feed
grinding and other applications of electricity to farming. Also included for study are
materials and desien for rural distribution lines: switches and controls: heat and refrigera-
tion: poultry and dairy equipment: and other applicable uses of electricity in farm processes.
Mr. Weaver
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
AGE 551 Special Problems Credits by Arrangements
Prerequisite: Senior or Graduate standing in Ag. Engr.
Each student will select a subject on which he will do research and write
a technical report on his results. He may choose a subject pertaining to
his particular interest in any area of study in Agricultural Engineering.
Mr. Giles and Staff
AGE 552. Instrumentation for Agricultural Research and Processing 1-0
Prerequisite: EE 320.
Elaboration of the theory and principles of various primary sensing ele-
ments. Relate the output signal of electrical transducers to wheatstone
bridge and potentiometer measuring circuits for calibration of the signal
with the variable under study. Will extend the instruction to include the
principles and mechanisms used for indicating, recording and /or controlling
process variables. Representative equipment will be employed whenever
feasible. Mr. Hassler
46
Courses for Graduates Only
AGE 651. Research in Agricultural Engineering
Credits by Arrangement
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Agricultural Engineering.
A maximum of six credits is allowed toward a Masters degree; no limita-
tion on credits for Doctorate program.
Performance of a particular investigation of concern to Agricultural
Engineering. The study will begin with the selection of a problem and
culminate with the presentation of a thesis. Staff
AGE 652. Seminar 1-1
Prerequisite: Graduate standing.
A maximum of two credits is allowed.
Elaboration of the subject areas, techniques and methods peculiar to
professional interest through presentations of personal and published
works; opportunity for students to present and defend, critically, ideas,
concepts and inferences. Discussions to point up analytical solutions and
analogies between problems in Agricultural Engineering and other tech-
nologies, and to present the relationship of Agricultural Engineering to
the socioeconomic enterprise. Mr. Hassler
AGE 654. Agricultural Process Engineering 3-3
Prerequisites: AGE 451, PY 402, MA 511.
A study of operations employed during processing for maximizing con-
sumer quality and economic gain. Agricultural processing operations are
analyzed on a "unit operations" basis, taking into consideration physical
and chemical changes. Generalized physical theory will be presented as it
relates to idealizations in Agricultural Processing. Mr. Hassler
AGE 661. Analysis of Function and Design of Farm Machinery 3-3
Prerequisites: AGE 462; MA 401; Statistics, PY 401.
Methods and tools used in determining the functional requirements of
machine components; writing of machine specifications in terms of funda-
mental parameters; introduction of the principles of descriminate and in-
descriminate mechanical selection of agricultural products with emphasis
on the theory of servo-systems. Mr. Bowen
AGE 671. Theory of Drainage, Irrigation and Erosion Control 4-4
Prerequisites: AGE 371; EM 430; MA 401.
Emphasis is placed on the physical and mathematical aspects of problems
in conservation engineering and an attempt is made to rationalize proce-
dures which have often come about through experience rather than through
analytical considerations. Examples are presented of cases where such an
analytical approach has already improved, or shows promise of improving,
design criteria and procedures. Mr. Van Schilfgaarde
AGE 681. Analysis of Function and Design of Farm Buildings 4-4
Prerequisites: AGE 481; PY 402.
A study of the functional requirements of farm structures with respect
to man, animals, and crops and development of the means for providing
47
structures which fulfill the functional requirements. Application of the
science and art of engineering in the solution of environmental problems.
Advanced planning in the integration of structural and environmental de-
sign. *■■
DEPARTMENT OF AGRONOMY
See Departments of Field Crops and Soils
DEPARTMENT OF ANIMAL INDUSTRY
Graduate Faculty
Professors: John William Pou, Head, Elliott Roy Barrick, Edward Guy
Batte, John Lincoln Etchells, James Edward Legates. Gennard
Matrone, John Clark Osborne. William Milner Roberts, Maryin
Luther Speck, Hamilton Arlo Stewart, George Herman Wise.
Professor Emeritus: Francis Webber Sherwood.
Associate Professors: Leonard William Aurand. T. N. Blumer, W. Ray
Murley, Frank Houston Smith, W. E. Thomas, Samuel B. Tove,
Lester Curtiss Ulberg, Frederick Gail Warren.
Assistant Professors: Albert J. Clawson, E. U. Dillard, Lemuel Goode,
James Giacomo Lecce, John Joseph McNeill, Harold Arch Ramsey,
W. W. G. Smart, Jr., Milton B. Wise.
The Department of Animal Industry offers the Master of Science and the
Doctor of Philosophy degrees in Animal Industry and in Dairy Manufactur-
ing. The degrees in Animal Industry provide for major programs of work
in the fields of animal husbandry, dairy husbandry, animal nutrition,
animal diseases, and animal physiology.
Students majoring in Animal Husbandry may select options in m ea t
preservation and processing, animal breeding, meat animal nutrition, and
other phases of Animal Husbandry. Dairy Husbandry majors have options
in dairy cattle breeding, dairy cattle nutrition and dairy cattle management
available. For Animal Nutrition majors, specialized work is offered in
mineral metabolism, intermediary metabolism, vitamins, rumen microbiol-
ogy, and other fundamental phases of Animal Nutrition involving either
laboratory animals or livestock. Students with majors in Animal Diseases
are offered specialized work in pathology, parasitology, v~:er:r.3.r~ bac-
teriology and virology, and other phases of Animal Diseases. Animal Phys-
iology majors may take specialized work in physiology of reproduction or
rumen physiology.
Degrees in Dairy Manufacturing provide for programs of work in dairy
chemistry, dairy bacteriology, dairy products and dairy plant management.
In cooperation with other departments, such as Poultry. Statistics, Field
Crops, Soils, and Chemistry, specialized subject matter groups have been
developed to direct graduate work in fields such as Animal Genetic; nd
fundamental phases of Animal Nutrition. Strong supporting departments
48
in Statistics, Chemistry and the Biological Sciences help provide the oppor-
tunities for a broad and thorough graduate training.
Facilities — The Department operates approximately 2,000 acres of land
in order that animals of various types and breeds may be available for
research. In addition, branch stations are located in all major geographic
areas of the state so that the research program may be applied to the
conditions existing throughout the state. The Animal Industry Research
Center which is located adjacent to the campus, serves as an intermediary
between the farms and the laboratories on the campus. At this Research
Center, digestion trials, animal disease research and many phases of the
physiology and nutrition programs are conducted. In addition, a physiology
laboratory and bull barn, with stalls for 20 bulls and with two temperature
control chambers, is used for research in physiology of reproduction and
heat tolerance.
The Department of Animal Industry, with the exception of the Veterinary
Section, is housed in Polk Hall, a three story building located near the
center of the campus. The dairy and the meat processing plants and labora-
tories are located in this building as well as research laboratories for ani-
mal nutrition, radioactive isotope studies, animal physiology, animal breed-
ing, dairy bacteriology, and dairy chemistry. Other facilities include class-
rooms, a scientific journal reading room, and offices for the various teaching,
research, and extension staff members.
The Veterinary Section is located in a new and modern animal disease
laboratory building which provides excellent facilities for research and
teaching in the animal disease field. Included are large animal isolation
units for work in the field of veterinary bacteriology and virology, par-
asitology, physiology, and bacteriology research laboratories, and a Diag-
nostic Laboratory and necropsy room.
Every effort is made to provide an opportunity for the graduate student
to explore the fundamental principles of livestock production and of product
processing. The graduate student roster is composed of men and women
from many states and several countries; also the staff is composed of men
who received their training at various institutions.
The staff and the physical facilities in various sections are adequate to
provide leadership and training for an enrollment of approximately 40
graduate students.
O pportunities —
Those receiving advanced degrees have found employment in other educa-
tional and research institutions, in dairy manufacturing organizations, in
meat processing industries, in feed manufacturing businesses and in other
fields. In the past the demand for well-trained personnel has exceeded the
number that has been available.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
AI 401. Beef Cattle Production 3 or 3
Prerequisite: AI 202.
Fundamental principles of the production of beef; selection, feeding and management of
breeding herds and feeder cattle. Mr. Barrick
49
AI 401. Sheep Production 0-3
Prerequisite: AI 202.
Study of the factors involved in the feeding, breeding, management and marketing of
Lamb, mutton and wooL Mr. Goode
AI 4«J. Pork Production 3 or 3
Prerequisite: AI C02.
Study of production, management and marketing practices involved in the successful
production of swine- Mr. Clawson
AI 404. Dairy Farm Problems 0-3
Prerequisite: AI 201.
Advanced study of practical dairy farm management including farm records, farm
buildings, sanitation, roughage utilization and herd culling. Mr. Murley
AI 406. Animal Industry Seminar 0-1
Review and discussion of special topics and the current literature pertaining to all
phases of Animal Production. Mr. Pou
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
AI 501. Physiology of Domestic Animals 4-0
Prerequisite: ZO 301.
A course in advanced physiology of domestic mammals with special ref-
erence to farm animals. Messrs. Ulberg, Thomas, and Wise
AI 502. Reproduction and Lactation 0-4
Prerequisite: ZO 301.
Anatomy and physiology of the reproductive organs and mammary
gland with detailed coverage of physiological processes involved and factors
controlling and influencing them. Specific applications to farm animals in-
cluding artificial insemination. Messrs.. Mochrie, Myers, and Ulberg
AI 503. Animal Breeding 3-3
Prerequisite: GN 411.
Traits of economic importance in livestock production, and their mode
of inheritance. Phenotypic and genetic relationships between traits. The
place of selection, inbreeding and cross breeding in a program of animal
improvement. Mr. Farthing
AI 505. Diseases of Farm Animals 3-0
Prerequisites: CH 101, CH 203; BO 421 desired.
The pathology of bacterial, viral, parasitic, nutritional, thermal and
mechanical disease processes. Mr. Osborne
AI 507. Topical Problems in Animal Industry Max. 6
Special problems may be selected or assigned in various phases of Ani-
mal Industry. A maximum of six credits is allowed. 5: an
AI 513. Needs and Utilization of Nutrients by Livestock 3-0
Prerequisite: AI 312 or equivalent.
Measurement of nutrient needs of livestock and the nutrient values of
feeds. Nutritive requirements for productive functions. Mr. Wise
Courses for Graduates Only
AI 600. Research in Animal Industry Credits by arrangement
A maximum of six hours is allowed toward the Master's degree; no
limitation on credits in Doctorate programs. Graduate Staff
50
AI 601. Seminar in Animal Nutrition 1-1
Prerequisite: Permission of seminar leaders.
Orientation in philosophy of research, organization for research and
general research methodology. Graduate Staff
AI 602. Advanced Animal Breeding 3-0
Prerequisites: ST 512, GN 512.
A study of the forces influencing gene frequencies, inbreeding and its
effects, and alternative breeding plans. Mr. Legates
AI 603. Animal Nutrition: Mineral Metabolism 3-0
Prerequisite: CH 551.
Role of minerals in the nutrition of animals with emphasis on available
knowledge, a digest of progress already made and directions in which in-
vestigations need to be extended. Mr. Matrone
AI 614. (BO 614) Physiology of Microorganisms. 0-3
Prerequisites: BO 412, CH 551.
A study of the physical structure and chemical composition of micro-
organisms; the influence of physical and chemical agents on growth and
reproduction; the metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins and lipids.
Mr. McNeill
AI 621. (CH 621) Enzymes and Intermediary Metabolism 4-0
Prerequisites: CH 551 and permission of instructor.
A study of the properties of enzymes and enzyme action; intermediary
metabolism of carbohydrates, amino acids, fatty acids, vitamins, purines
and phorphrins; metabolic energy relationships. Mr. Tove.
AI 623. (CH 623) Biological Assay of Vitamins 0-3
Prerequisites: CH 551, ST 512.
Techniques and designs of biological assays for vitamins. The interrela-
tionship of logical principles, design and analysis is emphasized. Staff
BOTANY
A UNIT OF THE DIVISION OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Graduate Faculty
Professors: Herbert Temple Scofield, Head, Donald Benton Anderson,
Ernest Ball, Harold J. Evans.
Professor Emeritus: Bertram Whittier Wells.
Associate Professor: Larry Alston Whitford.
Assistant Professors: Ernest Oscar Beal, James W. Hardin, James
Richard Troyer.
Botany offers work leading to the Master of Science degree in the
special fields of plant physiology, ecology, anatomy, morphology, bacteri-
ology, and systematic botany. Graduate work in preparation for the
Doctorate is offered in the fields of plant physiology, plant ecology, and
morphology.
51
The Botany Faculty is provided with good facilities for teaching and
research. Laboratory space and equipment for graduate study in all phases
of botany are featured. Of special note are the laboratory and greenhouse
facilities for research in plant physiology, particularly mineral nutrition,
and the rapidly growing herbarium which supports study in systematics
and ecology. The reasonably close location of the coast, coastal plain, pied-
mont and mountains gives a wide variety of vegetational types of impor-
tance to research in ecology and systematic botany. The faculty, its facili-
ties and its geographical location should prove very attractive to those
interested in graduate study in botany.
Graduate students terminating their work at the Masters level have a
somewhat limited opportunity as professional botanists. State and Federal
employment is available as well as teaching positions in small colleges
and secondary schools. Those achieving the Ph.D. degree, however, will find
opportunities for teaching positions in colleges and universities, for re-
search positions in federal and state Experiment Stations, and for research
and development work in botanical fields with private industrial or research
institutions.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
BO 403. Systematic Botany 0-3
Prerequisites: BO 101, 102.
A systematic survey of vascular plants emphasizing field identification, terminology and
general evolutionary relationships. Mr. Beal
BO 410. Plant Histology and Microtechnique 3-0
Prerequisites : BO 101, 102 ; CH 203.
Studies of the principal tissues of Angiosperms in terms of the theory and practice of
optical instrumentation, microtechnical preparations, and photomicrography.. Mr. Ball
BO 421. Plant Physiology 4 or 4
Prerequisites: BO 101, 102: CH 203.
An introductory treatment of the chemical and physical processes occurring in higher
green plants with emphasis upon the mechanisms, factors affecting, correlations between
processes, and biological significance. Messrs. Anderson and Scofield.
BO 441. Plant Eeoloey 3-0
Prerequistes : BO 101, 102.
A study of the principles and factors determining the distribution of plants including dis-
cussion of the major groupings of plants into vegetational types.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
BO 512. Morphology of Vascular Plants 2-0
Prerequisites: BO 101, 102.
A study of comparative morphology, ontogeny and evolution of the
vascular plant. Emphasis is placed upon the phylogeny of sexual repro-
duction and of the vascular systems. Mr. Ball.
BO 513. Plant Anatomy 0-3
Prerequisites: BO 101, 102.
A study of the anatomy of Angiosperms and Gymnosperms. The develop-
ment of tissues is traced from their origin by meristems to their mature
states. Mr. Ball.
BO 521. Systematic Botany of Monocot Families 3-0
Prerequisites: BO 101, 102, 403.
A comprehensive survey of the systematics of monocot families with
52
special emphasis on grasses. Terminology, identification, relationships and
economic significance are stressed. Mr. Beal.
BO 523. Systematic Botany of Dicot Families 0-3
Prerequisites: BO 101, 102, 403.
A comprehensive survey of the systematics of dicot families. Emphasis is
given to the history of systematics, its significance and relation to other
disciplines, the principles of plant classification, major systems of classifi-
cation and the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature.
Mr. Hardin.
BO 532, 533. Advanced Plant Physiology 2-2
Prerequisites: BO 421 or equivalent.
A discussion of the physical and metabolic processes of higher green
plants with emphasis upon the theoretical principles which underlie inter-
pretations. Mr. Troyer.
BO 545. Advanced Plant Ecology 0-3
Prerequisites: BO 421, 441 or equivalent.
An advanced treatment of the principles, theories and methods of plant
ecology.
BO 573. Aquatic Botany. 0-3
Prerequisites: BO 101, 102.
A discussion of the taxonomy and ecology of the aquatic plants including
the important fresh-water algae, aquatic bacteria, fungi, water "ferns,"
mosses and liveworts, and the important genera of flowering plants.
Mr. Whitford.
Courses Limited to Graduate Students
BO 614. (AI 614) Physiology of Microorganisms. 0-3
Prerequisites: BO 412, CH 551.
A study of the physical structure and chemical composition of micro-
organisms; the influence of physical and chemical agents on growth and
reproduction; the metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins and lipids.
Mr. McNeill.
BO 635. The Mineral Nutrition of Plants. 0-3
Prerequisite: BO 421 and a course in Biochemistry.
Discussion of the accumulation, translocation and utilization of mineral
elements by higher plants. Emphasis will be placed on the relationships
between these processes and plant metabolism. Mr. Evans.
BO 650. Special Problems in Botany. Credits by arrangement.
Graduate students in field allied to Botany may conduct intensive study
of a problem in some specialized phase of botany. Graduate Staff.
BO 651. Research in Botany. Credits by arrangement.
Graduate student majors in Botany undertake research problems prepara-
tory to writing a Master's Thesis or a Ph.D. Dissertation.
Graduate Staff.
53
BO 661. Botany Seminar. 1-1
Graduate student credit allowed if one paper per semester ■ treser.tei a:
the Seminar.
CERAMIC ENGINEERING
(See Department of Mineral Industries)
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Graduate Faculty
: ; ?.:::. 5::-: znz :.n. Head. Kznkit:-: C?.::n £z a:t\
Jr., Frederick Philips Pike.
Associate Profe I ic ha rt) Bright, John Frank Seelt.
The department offers programs of advanced
to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosc
v --■-.-:. v ■■-: :.:y ar. : v T.-.ty-r.ve ;::;„:t stuier.t
approximately one-third are working toward th
comprises a highly competent staff which see
association between it and its students.
advanced professional study, and to encc
creative activity of a high order.
For those who can qualify, graduate ^
increasing importance since it enables th<
of specialized professional competence i
greater mastery of the sciences which uj
chemical technology. The demand for c
training is greater now than at any time
;:. t'.\e r.ur;-.:er ; ■:: i var
in -'.
new industrial fr r.t: The reter.t hirh
during synthetic fibers and other mate
hundred miles of the College is but one
having had one or more yea
laureate are especially needed fox funds
process development and design, for prod
technical services and sales. Private cons
: r. r ; ; ;::..;" : - r. . \ r. \ ?. ~ e r : : : f :■. I "■" a r. : •
four-year undergraduate program.
At present, major emphasis in the de
studies of unit operations such as fluid fl<
:------•"-::■■'-= ::-■■'' it: \r.. ='•--■; ^-- r: ,
r --.■- -. '■:'.- ■-• : .:~. r'r.-.--- e "•".:."-■. :r:a. ~'.\~-
ment and control, and many other aspec
laboratory devoted exclusively to the sti
terials provides unique facilities for gra<3
B - ~r.g supporting programs of work ai
statistics, physics, chemistry, nuclear <
•■ '■■-■ t-~t:'.v = :■.- i :-. :ther f.e'.is :: e
esearch leading
. Currently, be-
idence of which
res" :
:e intensive ::v ~est: .:-'.. :r. ar.ci
:n:emed
/irry. the lite
54
The Department of Chemical Engineering occupies the entire four-story
east wing of the new Riddick Engineering Laboratories building. Modern,
well-equipped laboratories are provided with all necessary services for both
teaching and research. A wide variety of special facilities such as X-ray
equipment, spectrophotometers, electron microscope, electro-mechanical
testing machine, electronic controllers and recorders, etc., are available for
graduate research.
Assistantships
In cooperation with the Department of Engineering Research, members
of the chemical engineering staff are engaged in conducting a number of
important research projects which are supported by industry, and by State
and governmental agencies. Graduate students assisting on these projects
not only acquire financial assistance but gain valuable research experience
on problems of current interest.
In addition to research assistantships, the department also offers each
year a limited number of graduate assistantships for part-time work in
the department. These may be for teaching, laboratory preparation, etc.,
or for research, as the need arises. Appointments are for one academic
year of nine months for half-time work and at the present carry a stipend
of $2,000. They are renewable upon evidence of satisfactory performance.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
CHE 411 Unit Operations I 0-3
Required of Juniors in Chemical Engineering.
Prerequisites: MA 202, PY 202.
Principles of fluid flow, heat transfer, evaporation, etc., with emphasis on design calcula-
tions.
CHE 412 Unit Operations II 4.0
Required of Seniors in Chemical Engineering.
Prerequisite: CHE 411.
A continuation of CHE 411 with emphasis on the diffusional operations such as absorp-
tion, distillation, extraction, drying, etc.
CHE 415 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 4-0
Required of Juniors in Chemical Engineering.
Prerequisite: CHE 311.
A study of the laws of thermodynamics and their application to chemical engineering
problems. Emphasis on the theory, data and approximation methods as applied to physical
and chemical systems.
CHE 431, 432 Unit Operations Laboratory I and II 3-3
Required of Seniors in Chemical Engineering.
Prerequisite: CHE 411.
_ Laboratory work on typical apparatus involving the unit operations. Experiments are de-
signed to augment the theory and data of the lecture courses and to develop proficiency in
the writing of technical reports.
CHE 453 Chemical Processing of Radioactive Materials 3 or 3
Consideration of the unique procedures required for the bulk manipulation of radioactive
chemicals. Particular attention is given to remote operational procedures of precipitation,
centrifugation, conveying, solvent extraction and ion exchange. Design of apparatus involv-
ing low maintenance and ease of replacement and cleaning by safe methods is considered.
Other topics include decontamination procedures in disposal of wastes.
CHE 460 Seminar 1 or 1
One semester required of Seniors in Chemical Engineering.
Literature survey of selected topics in chemical engineering. Emphasis on written and
oral presentation.
CnE 470 Chemical Engineering Projects 2 or 2
Introduction to research through experimental, theoretical and literature studies of chem-
ical engineering problems. Oral and written presentation of reports.
55
Courses for Graduates and Adraneed Undergraduates
OlE 525 Process Meassrresseat and Control 3 or 3
Prerequisite: CHE 411-
Theory « "** application of methods for measuring, transmitting, re-
_-_-_- .• -.:::. .:r._- - . r. ;:.::.-_- va: :a:l~ 3-- :r'.;r-:;:;. ::e55-:e.
-- •-. 7 ..-., ..__.. level. ; r..vr.::^.::.. r. _-:::: 7- ^"-- C :"r.-.£r;:al :r.5Trv.r..er.-_s
are utilized for study of a wide variety of industrial control problems.
Recorder-controllers are available for simulating industrial control problems
of Tarying difficulty. - -~ ^5"
CHE 527 Chemical Process 1
Prerequisite: SHE 412.
:-£".:: a. .'-" . i e: :r. :~.:: :a:t:r
- :hemical E:
7 :■::- ,_.-::e ? '-751:3.'. Cr.er
Trie arrl::a:::r. ::' ele-::r: :r.
ele ;:r:ar.a'.v5-.s. :le:.r ::la:ir:g
CHE 541 Cellulose Indu- r
I ;e: e >.:.ir 1 rrar.:; ~'r.i~
1 [-:'::: :e ::' ".ar. uia:: ire ar.
;r::_:: ; I .:..:.; :s r.aee: :r.
. :uers. an: ::":
CHE 542 Technology of Pal]
7 .ere :.: ; ::e I rgar.i: I'-en
;:: - - ::' j-1.
;.:'• a :ei :r. :..e rlel:. '. r.= la':
s::lr. a- :.ree:::r. ar. :' ::t:.i::t:
rl:-r ar.al; 5.-. ar. : :"- er.:l:al a
CHE 543 Technology of Pla-
JrvTr -_ -.e::e: 1 rgar.l: Crier:
The properties, methods oi
:t-::.: :.■::::.: level: z ~ -:r. :? ::
0-3
Mr. ?:l:e.
3 or 3
id Paper
3 or 3
;e".".^'.:5= :r.er:vl:il ;:r.ver;::r.
er.:s ir. the ±eli= ::" 57T.:"r.e::c
:::r.i;. Mr. Seely.
3 or 3
::'- e~r::asi= or re;er.;
:er Sfsek :5 devoted to topics
;-ee: pre: :.; e.:::r. ar.i tesv.r.g.
Mr. Seely.
3 or 3
ir.: a::ll:a:l:r.5 ::' S7r.:r.erl:
ress&i. Mr. Seely.
CHE 543 Petroleum Pefinery Engineering
3 or 3
.:r:i:er = . v
ire of petro-
-
•:larl:r.. iso-
Rates
■ I
e.= ::' r. : r.i : rer.e • :; :ea::::r.; r.e:er : zrere::;
"•
CHE 551 Thermal Problems in Nuclear Engineering 3 or 3
Prerequisites: ME 302 or 303; or CHE 411; or equivalent.
The design and operation of nuclear reactors and the utilization of the
power from them involves major problems in nearly every phase of heat
transfer, and many important problems in fluid flow. Possible solutions
to these problems are severely affected by the influences of radiation on
heat transfer media, hazards of handling radioactive substances, etc. The
course considers the thermal problems of nuclear reactor design and the
principles of fluid flow and heat transfer necessary to their solutions.
The course is intended for engineers and science students with back-
grounds in physics and mathematics and elementary thermodynamics.
Mr. Beatty
CHE 553 Separation Processes in Nuclear Engineering 3 or 3
Prerequisite: CHE 412 or equivalent.
A study of the principles and techniques of separation and purification
of chemical components, based upon mass transfer by diffusion. Specific
techniques covered are distillation, extraction, adsorption and ion exchange,
particularly in regard to continuous, counter-current operations. Special
topics include a survey of fuel processing, technology of uranium process-
ing, complexing action of solvents, and halide distillation.
The course is primarily intended for engineers and science students with
backgrounds in mathematics, physics and elementary chemistry but who
have had no previous course in separation processes. Mr. Pike
CHE 570 Chemical Engineering Projects 1 to 3 credits
Prerequisite or concurrent: CHE 412.
A laboratory study of some phase of chemical engineering or allied field.
Courses for Graduates Only
Graduate Staff.
CHE 610 Heat Transfer I 3 or 3
Prerequisite: CHE 411.
An advanced course dealing primarily with heat transfer between liquids
and solids, optimum operating conditions and design of equipment, conduc-
tion, heating and cooling of solids, radiant heat transmission.
Mr. Beatty.
CHE 611 Heat Transfer II 2 or 2
Prerequisite: CHE 610.
An intensive study of recent advances in heat transfer and allied fields.
Mr. Beatty.
CHE 612 Diffusional Operations 3 or 3
Prerequisite: CHE 412.
An advanced treatment of mass transfer particularly as applied to ab-
sorption, extraction, drying, humidification and dehumidification.
Mr. Schoenborn.
CHE 613 Distillation 3 or 3
Prerequisite: CHE 412.
Vapor-liquid equilibria of non-ideal solutions, continuous distillation of
57
binary *od multjcomponait systems, batch distillation, azeotropic and ex-
tractive distillation- Mr. Schoenborn.
CHE 614 Drying of Solids 2 or 2
Prerequisite: CHE 41-
A:. _...-. . ::_rs;- ;'..._- :rera:::r.s ~:~'r. :::!::i.
taon to design of equipment, such as cabinet, tunnel, rotary, drum and spray
driers, Mr. Pike.
CHE 615 Thermodynamics I 3 or 3
Prerequisite: CHE 415.
Advanced topics in chemical engineering thermodynamics including equi-
libria of physical and chemical systems, high pressure systems, genera-
lized properties of hydrocarbons, etc Mr. Beat: 7.
CHE 616 Thermodynamics II 2 or 2
Prerequisite: CHE 615.
An intensive study of recent advances in thermodynamics.
Mr. Bea
CHE 617 Catalysis of Industrial Reaction 3 or 3
Prerecu:;::-:
A study c: the mechanism of cataly; with emphasis on practical appli-
cation to operation and design of industrial processes.
CHE 631. 632 Chemical Process Design 3-3
Prequisite: CHE 412.
Design and selection of process equipment, through solution of compre-
hensive problems involving unit operations, kinetics, thermodynamics,
s:r:-._::\ ::' rr.3.:er:i".s ar.: ::.emisTry.
CHE 641. 642 Advanced Chemical Engineering Laboratory 2-2
?rere-:u:5::e: 'HI -.'.'-.
— ork in a selected field with emphasis on theory,
techniques and performance of equipment. Graduate Staff.
CHE 650 Advanced Topics in Chemical Engineering 1 to 3 credits
per semester
A study of recent developmer.:; in chemical engineering theory and
practice, such as ion exchange, crystallization, mixing, molecular distilla-
* . J .-.:: :r. f.u:r:r.a:::r.. e::. 7 he ::::: "7". vary trim "err; :: term
Graduate Staff.
CHE 660 Chemical Engineering Seminar 1 credit per semester
rature investigations and reports of special topics in chemical engi-
neering and allied fields. Z-::,i .:..:- 5t:.tt.
CHE 6>0 Chemical Engineering Research Credits by arrangement
Independent investigation of an advanced chemical engineering problem.
A report of such an investigation is required as a graduate thesis.
Graduate S:aff.
'-
~r
Chromatographic ap-
paratus for isolation
of insecticide residues
from biological ma-
terial.
Warburg apparatus
for study of inter-
mediary metabolism.
Vfc^.^j
f*
xi
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
Graduate Faculty
Professors: Walter John Peterson, Head, Willis Alton Reid, Cowin
Cook Robinson, George Howard Satterfield, Paul Porter Sutton,
Joseph Arthur Weybrew.
Associate Professors: Thomas Glenn Bowery, Robert Raymond Hentz,
Richard Henry Loeppert, Samuel B. Tove, Raymond Cyrus White.
Assistant Professor: Raymond Olin Simmons.
The Department of Agricultural and Biological Chemistry offers the De-
gree of Master of Science in Agricultural and Biological Chemistry. Before
the master's degree is awarded, a student must have met the requirements
set forth by the Committee on Professional Training of the American
Chemical Society for the baccalaureate degree, either at the institution in
which he received his undergraduate training or at this institution. (Briefly
the minimum course requirements in Chemistry for the bachelor's degree
consist of four basic year courses in general chemistry, analytical chemis-
try, physical chemistry, and organic chemistry, together with at least one
advanced course. Mathematics, comprising the equivalent of two years of
college work, which must include one year of differential and integral cal-
culus, is also required).
Instruction in Agricultural and Biological Chemistry trains students in
this area of chemistry, strongly supported with fundamental training in
the major divisions of chemistry and their applications. Educational, com-
mercial, and research positions are open to men and women trained in the
chemistry of plants, animals, soils, fertilizers, insecticides, foods and feeds,
vitamins and nutrition, and clinical and biophysical chemistry. In the past
the majority of graduates with the degree of Master of Science have con-
tinued their education toward the degree of Doctor of Philosophy with a
major in one of the branches of chemistry.
The Department of Agricultural and Biological Chemistry is adequately
equipped with standard instruments and apparatus available for both
teaching and research. A sizable assortment of specialized equipment is
also available such as: refractometers, incubators, forced air ovens, several
spectrophotometers and photoelectric colorimeters, fluorophotometers, po-
larographs, etc. The spectrographic laboratory is one of the most com-
plete to be found anywhere and is currently providing analyses for 10 ele-
ments on each of 25 plant samples per week.
An up-to-date shop equipped with standard power tools (drill press,
lathes, band saws, etc.) is available to research workers for construction
of special apparatus. Complete glass-blowing facilities are also available.
Complete sets of reference works of more than one hundred chemical
(including biochemical and nutritional) journals in English, German and
French are accessible for student use in the D. H. Hill Library. Current
numbers of the most widely used chemical journals (including all of those
published by the American Chemical Society) are available in the Chem-
istry Library.
59
Research:
Some of the areas of specialization for research studies available include
(1) the isolation, chemical nature, and nutritional significance of certain
growth factors required by bacteria and yeasts; (2) soils and -weather
factors influencing the composition of plants; (3) vitamin and or mineral
studies of plants grown in the South, influence of variety, fertilization, etc;
itamin methodology; (5) nutritional requirements of various farm
animals (in cooperation with the Nutrition Section, Animal Industry De-
partment); (6) mechanisms involved in plant physiological processes; (7)
techniques of spectrograph^ analysis and their applications in research
with plants, soils, and animals; (8) preparation and characterization of
fat acid esters and derived products; (9) others.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
CH 4C1 Special Topics in Inorganic Chemistry '.-'.
Prerequisite: CH 215.
Structure of matter, periodic system, electronic structure and chemical bonding, acids,
bases salts, preparation of elements, halogen compounds, hydrides and carbonyls.
White, Henti-
CH 421-41! Organic Chemistry *-5
Prerequisite: CH 212.
Aliphatic and aromatic compounds, methods of preparation and purification, and identi-
fication of compounds; emphasis on structure and mechanism of organic reactions.
Mr. Reid.
CH 4:5-426 Organic Chemistry S-3
Prerequisite: CH 215.
Structure, preparation, properties, and reactions of aliphatic and aromatic substance*.
Mr. Loeppert.
CH 430 Orcanic Preparations 0-3
Prerequisites: Three years of Chemistry including Organic Chemistry.
Experiments selected to acquaint the student with advanced methods and techniques in
the preparation of organic substances. Mr. Loeppert.
CH 411 Introductory Biochemistry 3-0 or 0-3
Prerequisite: CH 203.
The fundamental biochemistry of living matter. Mr. Satterfield.
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
CH 527. Advanced Survey of Organic Chemistry 0-3
Prerequisites: Three years of Chemistry including Organic Chemis:ry.
Underlying principles, interpretation of mechanisms, limitations in the
use of organic reactions. Mr. Reid.
CH 528 Qualitative Organic Analysis 3-0
Prerequisites: Three years Chemistry including Organic Chemistry.
A study of class reactions, functional groups, separation, identification
and preparation of derivatives. Mr. Reid.
CH 529 — Quantitative Organic Analysis 0-3
Prerequisites: Three years of Chemistry including Organic Chemistry.
Quantitative determination of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, the halogens,
sulfur and various functional groups in organic materials, with emphasis on
semimicro methods. Mr. Loeppert.
60
CH 531-532 Physical Chemistry 3-3
Prerequisites: CH 215, PY 202, MA 202.
An intensive study of the states of matter, solutions, colloids, homogene-
ous and heterogeneous equilibrium, reaction kinetics, electrolysis, conduc-
tance, oxidation reactions, ionic equilibrium. Mr. Sutton.
CH 531 L-532 L Physical Chemistry Laboratory
Prerequisites: CH 215, PY 202, MA 202.
Laboratory course to accompany lecture work in physical chemistry.
Mr. Sutton.
CH 533 Physical Chemistry 3-0
Prerequisite: CH 532.
An intensive study of the structure of atoms and molecules, an intro-
duction to chemical statistics and selected subjects in chemical thermo-
dynamics. Mr. Hentz.
CH 537 Instrumental Methods of Analysis 0-4
Prerequisites: Three years of Chemistry including CH 532.
Physical methods of chemical analysis, the instruments employed and the
theoretical basis for their operation. Graduate Staff.
CH 542 Colloid Chemistry 0-3
Prerequisite: CH 426.
Adsorption, preparation, properties, constitution, stability, and applica-
tion of sols, gels, emulsions, foams, and aerosols; dialysis, Donnan mem-
brane equilibrium. Mr. White.
CH 543 Radiochemistry 0-3
Prerequisites: CH 215 or 212, PY 520.
Chemical techniques applied to separation of radioactive elements and
preparation for counting. Applications of radioactivity to chemistry.
Mr. Hentz.
CH 551 General Biological Chemistry 5-0
Prerequisites: CH 422, or equivalent of three years of Chemistry.
The chemical constitution of living matter. Biochemical processes as well
as compounds are studied; lectures, laboratory.
Messrs. Peterson, Simmons.
CH 552 Physiological Chemistry 0-3
Prerequisite: CH 551.
Digestion, absorption, metabolism, secretions, and excretions. Laboratory
will include analysis of blood and urine. Mr. Satterfield.
CH 555 Plant Chemistry 0-3
Prerequisite: CH 551.
Composition of plants, properties, nature, and classification of plant
constituents, changes occurring during growth, ripening, and storage of
plants or plant products. Mr. Simmons.
CH 561 Chemistry of Carbohydrates and Lipides 3-0
Prerequisites: CH 422 or equivalent of three years of chemistry.
Classification, composition, distribution, biosynthesis, and metabolism of
61
lipides and carbohydrates: n •; r.theses. deterioration. | ;.-... prop-
-. and fhomWl reactions ire also considered.
Messrs. Robinson, Simmons.
CH 562 Chemistry- of Proteins and Nucleic Acids 0-3
Prerequisites: CH 422. 551, or equivalent of three years of Chemistry.
Composition, distribution, structure, properties, and metabolism of amino
. proteins and nucl-. Messrs. Pe:ers;n. Simmons.
CH 572 Chemistry of the Vitamins 0-3
Prerequisites: CH 422, or equivalent of three years of Chemistry.
cry, nomenclature, properties, distribution, effects of deficiencies,
vitamin va. Mr. SatterfielcL
Courses for Graduates Only
lH 601 Advanced Organic Chemistry 3-0
Pre: ' -'
Alicylic and heterocyclic compounds, macromolecules, standard type re-
actions. Messrs. Eeid, Loeppert, Robinson.
CH 602 Advanced Organic Chemistry 0-3
Prerequisites: CH 422, = 2
:.'. aspects of Organic Chemistry; relations between
chemical constitution and properties. Mr. Loeppert.
CH 621 (AI 621) Enzymes and Intermediary Metabolism 4-0
Prerequisites: CH 551 and permission of Instructor.
A study of the properties of enzymes and enzyme action, intermediary
olism of carbohydrates, amino adds, fatty acids, vitamins, purines
and porphrins, metabolic energy relationships. Mr. Tove.
CH 623 (AI 623) Biological Assay of Vitamins 0-3
: --: ::-: ."": :r a: ;::. si 5:1.
: designs of icichgdcai assays cf vitamins, the interrelati:n-
ship of logical principles, design, and analysis is emphasized.
Mr. Sherwood.
CH 631. Chemical Research .Credits :; :.r: ar.gemer.t
Prerequisites: -.'. nemfstPT eredita in Chemistry. Open to all graduates.
Ste:i.-.'. prCc'.ems that -■".'.'. famish materia", for a thesis. A maximum cf
- se:v.e.-:er ;r-;d:ts is a'C:~ed t:--cr: a Master's degree, n: limitation on
credits in Doctorate programs. iuate StarT.
CH 641 Seminar Credits by arrangement
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Chemistry.
Required of graduate students specializing in Chemistry.
r: egress reports in research, and special problems of
'-"■' re-" ' • --= --- r ^v;--- ; ; - ; d i - ; c: 5 s ce d .
A maximum of two semester credits is allowed toward the -Caster's De-
gree, but tny number toward the Doctorate. Graduate Staff.
CH 631 Special Topics in Chemistry Max. 3
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Chemistry.
heal study of some special problems in one of the branches of Chem-
62
istry, involving original investigation together with a survey of pertinent
literature. Graduate Staff.
CH 671, 672 Advanced Physical Chemistry 3-3
Prerequisite: CH 532.
The work of 671 will involve a thorough review of the fundamental
principles of physical chemistry with extension and application of these to
the study of the solid state. In 672 there will be laid down the elements of
statistical mechanics and kinetic theory, in terms of which certain topics
from 671 will be more exhaustively developed. Solution of problems will
play an important role in 671. Mr. Sutton.
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
Graduate Faculty
Professors: Ralph Eigil Fadum, Head, Charles Raymond Bramer,
Charles Russell McCullough, Carroll Lamb Mann, Jr., Mehmet,
Ensar Uyanik.
Associate Professors: Nelson Leonard Nemerow, Charles Smallwood,
Jr., Michael V. Smhinoff.
Assistant Professor: John William Horn.
The Department of Civil Engineering offers programs of graduate study
leading to the degree of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy.
Graduate course work is available in the specialty fields of sanitary engi-
neering, soil mechanics and foundation engineering, structural engineering,
and transportation engineering. Whereas the Master of Science program
would normally include course work in only one of these specialty fields,
a program of study leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree would
encompass course work in a related combination of these fields.
Laboratory facilities for sanitary engineering research work include an
hydraulics laboratory, a chemical laboratory and a biological laboratory.
For work in soil mechanics and foundation engineering, a fully-equipped
laboratory with modern soil-testing equipment is available.
Facilities for structural engineering research include a well-equipped
physical testing laboratory and in addition an air-conditioned structural
models laboratory.
Transportation engineering facilities include a bituminous laboratory,
an airphoto interpretation laboratory, a photogrammetry laboratory, and a
traffic engineering laboratory provided with traffic control devices.
In addition to these facilities, equipment for research is made available
by the Department of Engineering Research.
Some unique opportunities for research are offered the graduate student
in civil engineering by reason of the location of North Carolina State Col-
lege in the State's capital city. There are a number of cooperative research
endeavors with municipal and state governmental agencies that enable the
student to gain valuable experience through an application of his knowledge
and skill to practical engineering problems.
63
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
CE 425. Structural Analysis II 8-0
Prerequisites: CE 324 and EM 321.
Required of seniors in Civil Engineering.
Deflection of beams and trusses; indeterminate stress analysis by moment area, slope
deflection and moment distribution.
CE 427. Structural Design I 4-0
Prerequisite: EM 321.
Required of seniors in Civil Engineering and Civil Engineering Construction Option.
Analysis and design of reinforced concrete building elements; design of tension, compression
and simple flexural members of steel and of timber.
CE 42j. Structural Design II 0-8
Prerequisite: CE 427.
Required of seniors in Civil Engineering.
Design specifications; connection details; independent and complete design of engineering
structures.
CE 429. Elements of Structural Design II 0-8
Prerequisite: CE 427.
Required of seniors in Civil Engineering Construction Option.
Design of tension, compression and flexural elements of steel and timber ; solution of
problems in erection, forms, shoring and falsework.
IE 443. Foundations. 0-3
Prerequisite: CE 427.
Required of seniors in Civil Engineering Construction Option.
Identification and classification of soils: geological aspects of foundation engineering;
methods of investigating subsoil conditions: control of water; types of foundations and con-
ditions favoring their use; legal aspects of foundation engineering.
1. Project Plarning and Control I S-0
Prerequisite: CE 362.
Required of seniors in Civil Engineering Construction Option.
Analysis of construction plant layout requirements and performance characteristics of
equipment.
CE 462. Project Pfenning and Control II 0-3
Prerequisite: CE 461.
Required of seniors in Civil Engineering Construction Option.
Scheduling, analysis and control of construction projects.
CE 464. Legal Aspects of Contracting 0-3
Prerequisite: Senior standing.
Required of seniors in Civil Engineering Construction Option: elective.
Legal aspects of construction contract documents and specifications; owner-engineer-
contractor relationships and responsibilities ; bids and contract performance ; labor laws.
(_ E I8L Hydrology and Draining 2-0
Prerequisite EM 312.
Required of seniors in Civil Engineering.
Occurrence and distribution of rainfall; runoff, surface and ground waters; design of
drainage and control structures.
CE 4-2. Water and Sewage Work*
Prerequisite: Senior standing.
Required of seniors in Civil Engineering.
Water supply analysis and design, including population estimates, consumption, source
selection, aqueducts, distribution systems and pumping stations: elements of water treat-
ment; collection and disposal of sewage; elements of sewage treatment.
CE 4»5. Elements of Hydraulics and Hydrology. 8-0
Prerequisite: EM 312.
Required of seniors in Civil Engineering Construction Option.
Elements of fluid mechanics, hydraulics and hydrology, with application to problems in
construction engineering.
CE 492. 493. Professional Practice I, II 1-1
Prerequisite: Senior standing.
Required of seniors in Civil Engineering and Civil Engineering Construction Option.
Professional engineering soc-eties and their functions: professional standards; topics of
current interest to the civil engineer.
64
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
CE 507. Airphoto Analysis I 3-0
Prerequisite: Junior standing.
Engineering evaluation of aerial photographs, including analysis of soils
and surface drainage characteristics. Mr. McCullough.
CE 508. Airphoto Analysis II 0-3
Prerequisite: CE 507.
Engineering evaluation of aerial photographs for highway and airport
projects. Mr. McCullough.
CE 510. Advanced Surveying 3 or 3
Prerequisite: CE 202.
Elements of astronomical, geodetic and photogrammetric surveying;
coordinate systems and map projections. Mr. Smirnoff.
CE 514. Municipal Engineering Projects. 0-3
Prerequisite: Senior Standing in Civil Engineering.
Special problems relating to public works, public utilities, urban planning
and city engineering. Messrs. Horn, Smallwood.
CE 515. Transportation Analysis. 3-0
Prerequisite: CE 306.
An analysis of transportation operations and transportation facilities.
Mr. Horn.
CE 516. Transportation Engineering Design 3-0
Prerequisite: CE 306.
The basic elements of traffic and transportation engineering design.
Mr. Horn.
CE 521, 522. Advanced Structural Design I, II 3-3
Prerequisite: CE 425.
Complete structural designs of a variety of projects; principles of limit
and prestress design. Mr. Uyanik and Mr. Bramer.
CE 524. Analysis and Design of Masonry Structures 0-3
Prerequisite: CE 425.
Analysis and design of arches, culverts, dams, foundations and retaining
walls. Mr. Bramer.
CE 531. Experimental Stress Analysis. 3-0
Prerequisite: CE 425.
Principles and methods of experimental analysis; dimensional analysis;
applications to full-scale structures. Mr. Bramer.
CE 532. Structural Laboratory 0-3
Prerequisite: CE 531.
Test procedures and limitations and interpretation of experimental re-
sults. Mr. Bramer.
CE 544. Foundation Engineering 3 or 3
Prerequisite: CE 442.
Subsoil investigations; excavations; design of sheeting and bracing sys-
65
terns; control of water; footing; grillage and pile foundations; caisson and
cofferdam methods of construction; legal aspects of foundation engineer-
jm Mr. Fadum.
CE 5 47. Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics. 3 or 3
Prerequisite: EM Q
Physical and mechanical properties of soils governing their use for engi-
neering purposes; stress relations and applications to a variety •::" funda-
mental problems. Mr. Fadum.
CE 54?. Soil Testing for Engineering Purposes 3 to 6
Prerequisite: CE 442 or CE 547.
Qualitative and quantitative soil testing procedures for. engineering
rurr;-es. Mr. Fadum ar.i Mr. McCullough.
CE 570. Sanitary Microbiology. 3 or 3
Prerequisite: BO 412.
Dynamics of disinfection and barter: :5:2s;;: -&7 of vrater ar. i
sewage and of sewage treatment processes. Mr. Xemerow.
CE 571. Theory of Water and Sewage Treatment 3-0
Prerequisite: Senior standing.
Study of the physical and chemical principles underlying water and
sewage treatment processes; diffusion of gases, solubility, equilibrium and
ionization, anaerobic and aerobic stabilization processes, sludge conditioning
and disposal. Mr. Small— ■: ;-d.
CE 572. Unit Operations and Processes in Sanitary Engineering. 0-3
Prer CE 571.
^ses ar.i :tera:::r.s ir. sanitary engineering: sei:mer.:ati:r. aerati:r.
filtration, adsorption, coagulation, softening, sludge digestion, aerobic
;.: ..-::..:: :: se~ age. Messrs. Xemercw ar.i Small— ;;.f.
CE 57:?. Analysis of Water and Sewage 3-0
: results. Messrs. Nemer:~ ar.i 5mail-::i.
591. 592. Civil Engineering Seminar 1-1
I ■ :uss: — ; :-.r 1 re; :::-.:- u':;'e ::-::: ::v;. ,.- _ -. . . lied fields.
'.-::.' ..-- S:..~.
CE 59?. Civil Engineering Projects Credits by arrangement
Courses for Graduates Only
CE 601. Transportation Planning ;.;
Transportation p lanning as related to urban planning and land usage.
Mr. Horn.
66
CE 602. Advanced Transportation Engineering Design 0-3
Prerequisite: CE 516.
Corequisite: CE 601.
The planning and design of major traffic and transportation engineering
projects. Mr. Horn.
CE 603. Airport Planning and Design 0-3
Prerequisite: CE 515.
Corequisite: CE 601.
The analysis, planning and design of air transportation facilities.
Mr. Horn.
CE 604. Urban Planning and Mass Transportation 3 to 6
Prerequisite: CE 515.
Corequisite: CE 601.
The analysis, planning and design of mass transportation facilities.
Mr. Horn.
CE 621, 622. Advanced Structural Analysis I, II 3-3
Prerequisite: CE 425.
Analysis of rigid frames and continuous structures; treatment of re-
dundant members and secondary stresses. Mr. Bramer.
CE 624. Theory and Design of Arches, Thin Shells and Domes 0-3
Prerequisite: CE 621.
Corequisite: EM 602.
Analysis and design of hinged and rigid arches of both frame and rib
construction; and of thin shells and domes.
Mr. Bramer and Mr. Uyanik.
CE 626. Structural Connections 0-3
Prerequisite: CE 621.
Analysis of stresses in simple, rigid and semi-rigid connections; critical
review of specifications. Mr. Bramer and Mr. Uyanik.
CE 641, 642. Advanced Soil Mechanics 3-3
Prerequisite: CE 442.
Corequisite: CE 547.
Theories of soil mechanics; failure conditions; mechanical interaction
between solids and water, and problems in elasticity pertaining to earth-
work engineering. Mr. Fadum.
CE 643. Hydraulics of Ground Water 3 or 3
Prerequisite: CE 442 or CE 547.
Principles of ground water hydraulics; theory of flow through idealized
porous media; the flow net solution; seepage and well problems.
Mr. Fadum.
CE 671. Advanced Water Supply and Sewerage. 4-0
Prerequisite: CE 482.
Problems relating to the design of water supply and sewerage works.
Mr. Small wood.
67
CE 672. Advanced Water and Sewerage Treatment 0-4
Prerequisite: CE 4^2.
Problems relating to the treatment of water and sewage.
Mr. Smallwood.
CE 673. Industrial Water Supply and Waste Disposal 3 or 3
Corequisite: CE 571.
Water requirements of industry and the disposal of industrial wastes.
Mr. Nemerow.
CE 674. Stream Sanitation 3 or 3
Corequisite: CE 571.
Biological, chemical and hydrological factors that affect stream sanita-
tion and stream use. Mr. Nemerow.
CE 69S. Civil Engineering Research Credits by arrangement
Independent investigation of an advanced civil engineering problem; a
report of such an investigation is required as a graduate thesis.
Graduate Staff.
DAIRY MANUFACTURING
Dairy Manufacturing is organized as a unit of the Department of Animal
Industry. For a list of the faculty and a description of the resources of the
Department, consult the section of the catalog under Animal Industry.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
DM 400. Dairy Plant Experience Maximum 6
Prerequisite: Approval of Adviser.
Practice in processing dairy products, including market milk, ice cream, cheese, butter
and concentrated milks; application of laboratory control; and practice in dairy equipment
maintenance. Required of all Dairy Manufacturing majors, unless proof of equivalent
experience can be shown. Staff.
DM 401. Market Milk and Related Products 0-3
Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor.
Principles and information on the production, processing, distribution, and public health
control of fluid milk and related products. Mr. Roberts.
DM 402. Cheese 0-3
Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor.
Principles and practice in the manufacture and curing of various types of cheese: im-
portance and propagation of cheese starters. Mr. Warren.
DM 403. Ice Cream and Related Frozen Dairy Foods 3-0
Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor.
Choice, preparation, and processing of ingredients and freezing of ice cream and other
froxen desserts. Mr. Warren.
DM 404. Butter and Dairy By-Prodncts 0-3
Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor.
A study of the fundamentals of buttenr.aking, and the principles of manufacturing
concentrated and dried milks. ilr. Warren.
DM 405. Dairy Mechanics 1-0
Prerequisite: Approval of Instnictor.
Laboratory practice in the operation and maintenance of dairy plant equipment and
refrigeration systems; malfunctions of electrical systems; installation of sanitary milk
lines, and water lines. Mr. Blanton.
DM 404J. Jodjinit Dairy Products 0-1
Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor.
Milk and dairy products judging according to official standards and commercial grades.
Mr. Warren.
68
DM 407. Dairy Bacteriology I 4_0
Prerequisite: General Bacteriology BO 412.
Applications of the principles of bacteriology to tho production of quality milk and main-
tenance of quality in processing milk and milk products; various desirable and undesirable
activities of bacteria in milk; methods of enumerating bacteria; detecting cerU.n groups of
bacteria of particular importance, and the relationship of bacteria in milk to pub.ic health.
Mr. Speck.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
DM 501. Advanced Dairy Technology 3-0
Prerequisite: DM 401.
The functions and operations of a dairy control laboratory; a compre-
hensive study of methods of analyses of dairy products and related non-
dairy products; the application and interpretations of methods for quality
and composition control of dairy products. Mr. Warren.
DM 504. Dairy Plant Management 0-4
Prerequisite: DM 401.
Business and factory management practices as used in the dairy plant.
Mr. Roberts.
DM 506. Dairy Bacteriology II 0-3
Prerequisite: DM 407 or equivalent.
A detailed study of bacteria particularly involved in the dairy industry
regarding their physiology, morphology, and cultural characteristics with
application to practical dairy farm and plant problems. Mr. Speck.
DM 508. Dairy Chemistry 3-0
Prerequisite: CH 103 or 203, DM 401.
A qualitative study of the physical, colloidal and chemical properties of
milk and its constituents. Mr. Aurand.
Courses for Graduates Only
DM 601. Seminar in Dairy Manufacturing 1 Credit Per Term
Prerequisite: Graduate Standing in Dairy Manufacturing.
Scientific articles, progress reports in research and special problems of
interest are reviewed and discussed.
A maximum of two credits is allowed toward the Master's Degree, but
any number toward the Doctorate. Staff.
DM 602. Advanced Dairy Chemistry 4 or 4
Prerequisite: DM 508.
A quantitative study of the physical, colloidal, and chemical properties of
milk and its constituents. Mr. Aurand.
DM 603. Advanced Dairy Bacteriology 4 or 4
Prerequisite: DM 506.
Industrial fermentations used or applicable in the utilization of surplus
milk and milk products. The student conducts various fermentations and
makes the requisite chemical and biological measurements in order to
determine yields and efficiency of the process. Mr. Speck.
69
DM 604. Topical Problems in Dairy Manufacturing 1 to 3 Credits
Per Term
Prerequisite: Graduate Standing in Dairy Manufacturing.
Special problems in various phases of Dairy Manufacturing. Problems
may be selected or assigned. A maximum of six credits is allowed. Staff.
DM 605. Research in Dairy Manufacturing Credit by arrangement
Prerequisite: Graduate Standing in Dairy Manufacturing.
A maximum of six credits is allowed toward the Master's Degree; no
limitation on credits in Doctorate Programs. Graduate Staff.
DIESEL ENGINEERING
See Department of Mechanical Engineering
DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS
Graduate Faculty
Professors: Clark Lee Allen, Head, C. Addison Hickman.
Associate Professors: Cleon Harrell. Bernard M. Olsen.
Assistant Professor: M. Mason Gaffney.
No graduate degrees are currently offered in Economics at North Caro-
lina State College. Graduate programs leading to advanced degrees in this
field are offered at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. The
courses listed below are eligible for graduate credit when they form a part
of an appoved graduate program in other departments, and Economics may
serve as a minor field.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
EC 401, 402. Principles of Accounting 3-3
Fundamental principles of accounting theory and practice: the analysis and recording of
business transactions; explanation and interpretation of the structure, form, and use of
financial statements.
EC 414. Tax Accounting 3 or S
Prerequisite: EC 312 or EC 401.
An analysis of the Federal tax laws relating to the individual and business. Determining
and reporting income. Payroll taxes and methods of reporting them. Actual practice in the
preparation of income tax returns.
EC 425. Industrial Management 3^)
Prerequisite: Junior standing.
Principles and techniques of modern scientific management : relation of finance, marketing,
industrial relations, accounting, and statistics to production: production planning and con-
trol; analysis of economic, political, and social influences on production.
EC 426. Personnel Management 0-8
Prerequisite: Junior standing.
The scientific management of manpower, from the viewpoint of the supervisor and the
personnel specialist. A study of personnel policy and a review of the scientific techniques
regarding the specific problems of employment, training, promotion, transfer, health and
safety, employee services, and joint relations.
EC 431. Labor Problems 2 or 2
Prerequisite: Junior standing.
An economic approach to labor problems including wages, hours, working conditions,
insecurity, substandard workers, minority groups, social security, and public policy relative
to these problems.
70
EC 432. Industrial Relations 2 or 2
Prerequisite: Junior standing.
Collective bargaining. Analysis of basic labor law and its interpretation by the courts and
governmental agencies. An examination of specific terms of labor contracts and their im-
plications for labor and management. An examination of labor objectives and tactics and
management objectives and tactics. Problems of operating under the labor contract.
EC 442. Evolution of Economic Ideas 3 or 3
Prerequisite: The basic course in Economics required by the degree-granting school.
An analysis of the development of economic thought and method during the past two
centuries. Economics considered as a cumulative body of knowledge, in a context of emerg-
ing technology, changing institutions, pressing new problems, and the growth of science.
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
EC 501. Intermediate Economic Theory 3 or 3
Prerequisite: The basic course in Economics required by the degree-
granting school.
A systematic theoretical treatment of the functioning of a modern econ-
omy with special emphasis upon the pricing system.
Messrs. Allen, Shen.
EC 502. Money, Income, and Employment 3 or 3
Prerequisite: The basic course in Economics required by the degree-
granting school.
A study of the methods and concepts of national income analysis with
particular reference to the role of monetary policy in maintaining full em-
ployment without inflation. Messrs. Allen, Olsen.
EC 503. Advanced Accounting 3 or 3
Prerequisite: The basic course in Economics required by the degree-
granting school, and EC 401, 402.
Problems of asset valuation, such as depreciation, replacements, amorti-
zation, etc., as found in all types of business organizations; branch ac-
counting, consolidations, installment selling. Messrs. Fails, Shulenberger.
EC 504, 505. Principles of Cost Accounting 3-3
Prerequisite: The basic course in Economics required by the degree-
granting school, and EC 401, 402.
Cost finding, materials costs, labor costs, overhead costs, etc., with an
introduction to standard cost procedures. Mr. Shulenberger.
EC 510. Public Finance 3 or 3
Prerequisite: The basic course in Economics required by the degree-
granting school.
A study of fiscal policy, and analysis of the fiscal devices of government,
including expenditure, taxation, and borrowing. Mr. Gaffney.
EC 514. International Economics 3 or 3
Prerequisite: The basic course in Economics required by the degree-
granting school.
An analysis of international economic relations, including trade, invest-
ment, and the payments problem, with continuing consideration of policy.
Messrs. Allen, Gaffney.
EC 515. Investments 0-3
Prerequisite: The basic course in Economics required by the degree-
granting school.
71
Types of investment; investment market; investment analysis; invest-
ment channels; investment fluctuations; investment policies and practices.
Mr. Moen.
EC 51>. Principles of Insurance 2 or 2
Prerequisite: The basic course in Economics required by the degree-
granting school.
Risk as an element of all agricultural and industrial activity; discussion
of such risks as can be covered by insurance with the appropriate forms of
insurance, e.g.. employer's liability, workmen's compensation, fire, life, and
other forms. Mr. Shulenberger.
EC 519. Monetary Theory 3 or 3
Prerequisite: EC 319 or EC 502.
A study of the forces determining the value of money: the role of money
in economic growth and in the maintenance of economic stability; and a
consideration of monetary policy. Mr. Olsen.
EC 521. Office Management 3 or 3
Prerequisite: Open to seniors and graduate students only.
The application of scientific management principles of office problems
including: office planning and layout, equipment, filing, correspondence,
selection, training and supervision of office employees, promotions and wage
increases, office costs and budgets. Mr. Fails.
EC 525. Seminar in Special Economic Topics Max. 6
Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of the instructor.
Topics presented by a special lecturer. This course will be offered from
time to time as distinguished visiting scholars r.re available.
EC 531. Management of Industrial Relations 3 or 3
Prerequisite: The basic course in Economics required by the degree-
granting school.
A seminar course designed to round out the technical student's program.
Includes a survey of the labor movement, organization and structure of
unions, labor law and public policy, the union contract, the bargaining
process, and current trends and tendencies in the field of collective bargain-
ing. Messrs. Wood, Bartley.
EC 540. Economic Growth and Development 3 or 3
Prerequisite: The basic course in Economics required by the degree-
granting school.
An introduction to the theory of economic growth and development, with
special application to the presently under-developed areas of the world.
Mr. Olsen.
EC 5 IS. Economics of Welfare 3 or 3
Prerequisite: The basic course in Economics required by the degree-
granting school.
n
An analysis of the efficiency of our economy, including resource allocation,
rate of growth, degree of stability, and income distribution.
Mr. Gaffney.
EC 550. Mathematical Models in Economics 3 or 3
Prerequisite: The basic course in Economics required by the degree-
granting school, and MA 202 or MA 212, and consent of instructor.
An introductory study of economic models emphasizing their formal
properties. The theory of individual economic units is presented as a special
case in the theory of inductive behavior. Mathematical discussions of the
theory of the consumer, the theory of the firm, and welfare economics will
show the relevance of such topics as constrained maxima and minima, set
theory, partially and simply ordered systems, probability theory, and game
theory to economics. Mr. Harrell.
EC 555. Introduction to Linear Programming 3 or 3
Prerequisite: The basic course in Economics required by the degree-
granting school, and consent of instructor.
Recent developments in the theory of production, allocation, and organi-
zation. Optimal combination of integrated productive processes within the
firm. Applications in the economics of industry and of agriculture.
Mr. Harrell.
Courses for Graduates Only
EC 601. Advanced Economic Theory 3 or 3
Prerequisite: EC 501.
A rigorous examination of contemporary economic theory, with special
regard to such fields as general equilibrium theory, growth theory, and
organization theory. Messrs. Hickman, Allen.
EC 603. History of Economic Thought 3 or 3
Prerequisite: EC 442 or 501.
A systematic analysis of the development and cumulation of economic
thought, designed in part to provide a sharper focus and more adequate
perspective for the understanding of contemporary economics.
Messrs. Hickman, Olsen.
EC 605. Research in Economics Credits by arrangement
Prerequisite: Graduate standing.
Individual research in economics, under staff supervision and direction.
Mr. Allen.
EC 655. Special Topics in Programming 3 or 3
Prerequisites: The basic course in Economics required by the degree-
granting school, MA 202, MA 403, or EC 555, and consent of the instructor.
A lecture and research course devoted to recent literature in program-
ming theory and its applications. Mr. Harrell.
73
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
Graduate Faculty
Professors: James Bry.-nt Kirkland, Dean, Roy Nels Anderson, Key
Barkley, Harold Maxwell Corter. 7 :-: has I. Hines, Ivan Hostetler,
Clarence Cayce Scarborough.
Associate Professor- : i ,".o-:is. Clyiz ,::-::;: P.-.vl James
Rust, Talmaoe B
Professor;: Slater Newman, J. 0. Cook. Charles G. Mom
Herbert E. Spee
The School of Education offers graduate programs leading to the Master s
degree in Agricultural Education, Industrial Arts Education, Industrial
Education, Occupational Information and Guidance, and Industrial Psy-
chology. Graduate students in education may pursue programs leading to
the Master of Science degree or to the Master's degree in a professional
field. Both degrees are recognized by the State Department of Educ-
The Master of Science Degree
The Master of Science degree is regarded as a research degree and as
-.-.; ....:: :: :':: further graduate study. Pr: grams leading :: the Mastei of
Science degree are planned to include a major (20 credit hours) in some
specialized area of education and a minor (10 or more credit hours 1 in some
other fieid such as psychology or agricultural economics. If two mine: an
chosen, a minimum of 6 credits will be required in each.
eading knowledge of one modern foreign language is required.
-■■:.::.._ ar. :rig:r.; '. ir.vesrigat::r. in. the ma; :r held must :e
r: ■:-; ared.
The Master's Degree in a Professional Field.
The professional degree is designed to rr.ee: the needs ::' students ..
? ::r teaming ir. the secondary s:h::ls. The pro-
. :y meetmg the ::; :':: this degree diners :".:::: that
expected for the Master of Science in that a wider latitude is permitted in
the choice of course work outside the major.
A problem may be substi: Cor a thesis if, ir. the opinion of the
s::::ier.-.'s advi-ry . : mmittee. this alternative ::r. tributes maximally :; the
student's objective.
A knowledge of a foreign language is not required to meet the require-
:. .' :'.:e rr : res si — .'. '-: _. :-:-.
A total of at least thirty credit hours i; required, a: least eight boon
of which must be in course work at the 600 level. Net more than six
= ■::■■.-»: '.'. .:rs -■■--;'.'. re anerrer at "he 4d C level ar.i all ::* these must tall
outside of the major field.
Research Facilities
The S:h:ol of Education is located in Tompkins Hall where well equipped
la v - r.-- he - ar. : res ear. h fa: nities are r . • ■ • '. :' . gr d ...:e s:r ly.
The Department of Industrial Arts has a well equipped laboratory for
students to secure practical experience and to carry out experimental and
research programs. The laboratory has been rated as -
"4
Southeast. In addition, the Department utilizes the industrial arts facilities
of the public schools for research work.
The Department of Psychology carries on its major research and service
activities through the Industrial Psychology Center. The Center is staffed
and equipped to provide general industrial psychology research and serv-
ices such as personnel selection, personnel evaluation, attitude surveys, or-
ganization planning, management and supervisory training and other
industrial psychology research and service activities. The Department also
maintains an applied experimental laboratory in which graduate training
and research are carried on.
The Department of Occupational Information and Guidance utilizes the
facilities of the public schools, Public Employment Bureau, business and
industrial establishments, Welfare Agencies and Vocational Rehabilitation
Centers as laboratories in which students can acquire practical experience
while working for the Master's degree.
The Department of Agricultural Education utilizes the resources of the
School of Agriculture and the Experiment Station. In addition, the School
has a well equipped farm shop laboratory.
Holders of advanced degrees in education are much in demand to fill re-
sponsible positions in the secondary school system of the State. Teachers
with advanced degrees qualify for Graduate Teacher's Certificates which
automatically place them in higher salary brackets.
GENERAL COURSES
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
ED 501. Education of Exceptional Children 3-0
Advanced undergraduates or graduates. Prerequisite: six hours in educa-
tion or psychology.
Discussion of principles and techniques of teaching the exceptional child
with major interest on the mentally handicapped and slow learner. Prac-
tice will be given in curriculum instruction for groups of children, indi-
vidual techniques for dealing with retarded children in the average class-
room. Opportunity for individual work with an exceptional child will be
provided. Mr. Corter.
ED 502. Analysis of Reading Abilities 3 or 3
Prerequisites: Six hours in education or psychology.
A study of tests and techniques in determining specific abilities; a study
of reading retardation and factors underlying reading difficulties.
Mr. Rust.
ED 503. Improvement of Reading Abilities 3 or 3
Prerequisites: Six hours of education or psychology.
A study of methods used in developing specific reading skills or in over-
coming certain reading difficulties; a study of methods used in developing
pupil vocabularies and work analysis skills; a study of how to control vo-
cabulary burden of reading material. Mr. Rust.
75
ED 505. Group Dynamics in Teaching 3
Prerequisites: Six hours in education or psychology.
A study of group methods in teaching with special reference in role
playing, conference techniques, and group dynamics in their application to
teaching and an understanding of the student's behavior. Mr. Miller.
ED 509. Workshop in Special Education Maximum 6 Credits
Prerequisite: ED 501 and six hours in Psychology (Summer only)
The workshop in Special Education provides opportunity for group proj-
ects in all aspects of special education, and group participation in devel-
opment of individual projects. Public relations, library facilities, occupa-
tional surveys, methods and materials, development of new programs, units
of work and room planning are examples of projects. Project materials are
collected, mimeographed, and distributed to class members to serve as a
handbook for future use. Materials are frequently tried out in the practi-
cum. Specific subject matter areas to meet formal certification require-
ments for special education are also taught in small groups.
Mr. Corter.
ED 510. Advanced Driver Education 3 (Summer only)
Prerequisite: ED 410.
The study of course content in present day driver education courses:
Evaluation of research literature in driver education; a study of existing
driver education programs at both secondary and college levels; and evalua-
tion of psychological and educational research in accidents.
ED 552. Industrial Arts in the Elementary School 3 (Summer only)
Prerequisites: Twelve credits in education and consent of instructor.
This course is organized to help elementary teachers and principals under-
stand how tools and materials and industrial processes may be used to
vitalize and supplement the elementary school children's experiences. Prac-
tical children's projects along with the building of classroom equipment.
Mr. Hostetler.
Courses for Graduates Only
ED 615. Introduction to Educational Research 3-0
Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education.
An introductory course for students preparing for an advanced degree.
The purposes are: to assist the student in understanding the meaning and
purpose of educational research and the research approach to problems; to
develop students' ability to identfy educational problems, and to plan and
carry out research to solve these problems; to aid in the preparation of the
research report. Special attention is given to tools and methods of research.
Consideration is also given to the educator as a consumer of research.
Mr. Morehead.
AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION
Courses for Graduates and Advanced L'ndergraduates
ED 554. Planning Programs of Vocational Agriculture 3 or 3
Prerequisite: ED 411.
76
Consideration of the community as a unit for planning programs in
agricultural education; objectives and evaluation of community programs;
use of advisory groups; school an community relationships; organization
of the department and use of facilities.
Messrs. Scarborough and James.
ED 558. Special Problems in Vocational Agriculture Max. 6
Prerequisite: ED 411. Credits.
Current problems in agricultural education. Opportunities for students
to study particular problems under the guidance of the staff.
Graduate Staff.
ED 563. Effective Teaching 3 or 3
Prerequisite: ED 411.
A study of the factors involved in the teaching-learning process; the
role of the teacher; the importance of identifying student problems. De-
termining objectives, student participation, interpretation and use of
source materials, selection and organization of subject matter; coordinating
classwork, supervised farming programs. Farm mechanics and FFA.
Messrs. Scarborough and James.
ED 568. Adult Education in Agriculture 3 or 3
Prerequisite: ED 411.
This course is designed to meet the needs of teachers as leaders in adult
education. More emphasis is being given to working with adults as part of
the community program of vocational agriculture. This course will give
the teacher an opportunity to study some of the basic problems and values
in working with adult goups. Particular attention will be given to the
problem of fitting the educational program for adults into the high school
program of vocational agriculture, as well as to methods of teaching adults.
Messrs. Scarborough and James.
Courses for Graduates Only
ED 616. Advanced Problems in Agricultural Education 3 or 3
Prerequisite: ED 558.
Group study in current and advanced problems in the teaching and ad-
ministration of agricultural education; evaluation of procedures and con-
sideration for improving. Graduate Staff.
ED 617. Philosophy of Agricultural Education 3 or 3
Prerequisite: ED 554.
An examination of current educational philosophies and their relation
to agricultural education. Principles and practices involved in the leadership
of a teacher of agriculture and in making his work effective in a rural
community. Study of leaders in the field. Mr. Scarborough.
ED 618. Seminar in Agricultural Education Max. 2
credits
A critical review of current problems, articles, and books of interest
to students of agricultural education. Graduate staff.
77
Research in Agricultural Education Ma:-:.
crei'.'s
Individual direction in research on a specific problem of concern to the
student. Generally, the student is preparing his thesis or research problem.
Graduate staff.
ED 664. Supervision in Aerie- dacation 3 or 3
Prerequisite: ED 563.
Organization, administration, evaluation and possible improvement of
present supervisory practice; theory, principles and techniques of effective
.a: ..f. -: - r. : .- '■>.-
Messrs. Kirk'.ar.d. 5:ar': :r:ugh.
INDUSTRIAL ARTS
AND
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION
■ -rses for i Undergraduates
v-
-:
.::: '. : : :-
D 4SZ. Cmwntatmm Pull fin ia ladmUial Art*
Piereqant&es: PST 3M or six credits in Fdiwlin a.
iBStraetMdsl Aids sad Deiices
••.-_-- :' . - • - r _ - -. - i - : - - i ■;;■:.:.:•. ::' ::_-:r.::.::i! i ■ -' i z : ~
it i-: rr-2
Courses for Graduates ar. d Advanced Uncereracaates
0. Desrirn for Industrial Aria Teachers 3 or 3
"-
ED 516. Community Occupational Surveys 0-2
Prerequisites: Six credits in Education and consent of instructor.
Methods in organizing and conducting local surveys and evaluation of
findings in planning a program of vocational education.
Graduate Staff.
ED 521. Organization of Related Study Materials 2 or 2
Prerequisite: ED 422.
The principles of selecting and organizing both technical and general
related instructional material for trade extension and diversified occupa-
tions classes. Graduate Staff.
ED 525. Trade Analysis and Course Construction 2-0
Prerequisites: ED 344, PSY 304.
Principles and practices in analyzing occupations for the purpose of
determining teaching content. Practice in the principles underlying indus-
trial course organization based on occupational analysis covering instruction
in skills and technology and including course outlines, job sequences, the
development of industrial materials and instructional schedules.
Graduate Staff.
ED 527. Philosophy of Industrial Education 0-2
Prerequisites: ED 344, PSY 304.
A presentation of the historical development of industrial education; the
philosophy of vocational education; study of Federal and State legislation
pertaining to vocational education; types of programs, trends and prob-
lems. Graduate Staff.
ED 528. Principles and Practices in Diversified Occupations. 2 or 2
Prerequisite: ED 422.
A study of the development, the objectives, and principles of diversified
occupations. The organization, promotion and management of programs in
this area of vocational education. Graduate Staff.
ED 552. Industrial Arts in the Elementary School 3 or 3
(See description on page 76).
I A 570. Laboratory Problems in Industrial Arts Max. 6
Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of instructor.
Courses based on individual problems and designed to give advanced
majors in industrial arts education the opportunity to broaden or intensify
their knowledge and abilities through investigation and research in the
various fields of industrial arts, such as metals, plastics, or ceramics.
Graduate Staff.
IA 575. Special Problems in Industrial Arts Max. 6
Prerequisite: One term of student teaching or equivalent.
The purpose of these courses is to broaden the subject matter experiences
in the areas of industrial arts. Problems involving experimentation, investi-
gation and research in one or more industrial arts areas will be required.
Graduate Staff.
79
IA 580. Modern Industries 2-0
Prerequisites: Twelve credits in Industrial Arts and consent of the in-
structor.
Elective course for advanced undergraduate and graduate students in
industrial arts. Designed to assist teachers in guiding students to sources
of information relative to various modern industries. Mr. Hostetler.
ED 595. Industrial Arts Workshop 3 credits
Prerequisite: One or more years of teaching experience.
A course for experienced teachers, administrators and supervisors of
industrial arts. The primary purpose will be to develop sound principles and
practices for initiating, conducting and evaluating programs in this field.
Enrollees will pool their knowledge and practical experiences and will do
intensive research work on individual and group problems.
(Offered in Summer School only.) Mr. Hostetler.
Courses for Graduates Only
ED 610. Administration and Supervision of Vocational Education 2 or 2
Prerequisites: PSY 304, ED 344, 420, 440, or equivalent.
Administrative and supervisory problems of vocational education; prac-
tices and policies of Federal and State offices; organization and administra-
tion of city and consolidated systems. Graduate Staff.
ED 614. Modern Principles and Practices in Secondary Education 2 or 2
Prerequisite: Twelve hours in Education.
Foundations of modern programs of secondary education; purposes,
curriculum, organization, administration, and the place and importance of
the high school in the community in relation to contemporary social force.
Graduate Staff:
ED 619. Seminar in Industrial Arts Education 1-1
Prerequisite: Graduate Standing.
Presentation of current literature in the field of Industrial Arts Educa-
tion; review and discussion of student papers and research problems.
Mr. Hostetler.
ED 624. Research in Industrial Arts Education Max. 6
Prerequisites: Eighteen credits in Education and permission of instructor.
The student will be guided in the selection of one or more research
problems and in the organization of the problems, methods of gathering
data, procedure for analyzing data, and best practice for interpreting and
reporting data. Mr. Hostetler.
ED 627. Research in Industrial Education Max. 6
Prerequisites: Eighteen credits in Education and permission of instructor.
The student will be guided in the selection of one or more research
problems and in the organization of the problems, methods of gathering
data, procedure for analyzing data, and best practice for interpreting and
reporting data. Graduate Staff.
80
ED 630. Philosophy of Industrial Arts 2 or 2
Prerequisite: Twelve hours in Education.
Required of all graduate students in Industrial Arts Education.
Current and historical developments in industrial arts; philosophical
concepts, functions, scope, criteria for the selection and evaluation of
learning experiences, laboratory organization, student personnel programs,
community relationships, teacher qualifications, and problems confronting
the industrial arts profession. Mr. Hostetler.
ED 635. Administration and Supervision of Industrial Arts 2 or 2
Prerequisite: Twelve hours in Education.
A study of the problems and techniques of administration and supervision
in the improvement of industrial arts in the public schools. Selection of
teachers and their improvement in service and methods of evaluating
industrial arts programs. Mr. Hostetler.
OCCUPATIONAL INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE
Special facilities are provided in the School of Education for mature
students and individuals who have had teaching or personnel experience
and who hold a Bachelor's Degree to enroll for courses leading to a Master's
Degree in Occupational Information and Guidance, or a Master of Science
Degree in this area. Graduate work in Occupational Information and Guid-
ance gives preparation for such positions as counselor in secondary schools,
colleges, or community agencies; school guidance director; employment
counselor; placement worker; business or industrial personnel worker; and
for personnel work in the State and Federal Government. Administrators,
supervisors, directors of instruction, and others who may wish to prepare
themselves for positions of leadership in guidance work may also utilize
this graduate program.
The offerings of the Department of Occupational Information and Guid-
ance enable graduate students in teaching areas to select appropriate
guidance courses which will enable them to provide guidance and counseling
for their pupils, as well as to exert influence in promoting a school-wide
guidance program.
The Master's program includes a core of Guidance courses as follows: Ed.
524, Occupational Information; Ed. 631, Educational and Vocational Guid-
ance, Ed. 633, Techniques in Guidance and Personnel; Ed. 641, Field Work;
and Ed. 651, Research. Opportunity for field work is available in secondary
schools, colleges, clinics, and employment offices, and other agencies, ac-
cording to the student's interest. Courses in Psychology, Sociology, Eco-
nomics, and Education are selected to round out the program. In addition to
meeting the requirements for the Master's Degree, the program also meets
the requirements for the Counselor's Certificate issued by the State Depart*
ment of Public Instruction, as well as similar certificates in many other
states.
In addition to the graduate program, the Department provides instruction
in guidance for undergraduate students in the School of Education.
81
Vocational Rehabilitation Counseling
A new program made possible by a grant from the Office of Vocational
Rehabilitation of the Department of Health, Education and Welfare, and
begun in the Spring of 1955, provides for the training of vocational rehabil-
itation counselors. In this program an interdisciplinary approach is used,
with students taking the basic core of guidance courses enumerated above,
and rounding out their programs with course work in the Departments of
Psychology, Sociology, Economics, and also in the School of Social Work
at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Several new courses, de-
signed especially for the preparation of rehabilitation counselors, are offered
in the Department of Occupational Information and Guidance, and also in
other departments on the campus: Education 531, Vocational Rehabilitation
Counseling — Programs and Processes, in the Department, and Sociology 505,
Sociology of the Handicapped Worker, in the Department of Sociology.
Other courses, of particular interest to the rehabilitation counselor, are
being prepared, but are not listed in this issue of the Catalog.
Part of the counselor training consists of an internship to be served in
one of the various types of public or private agencies that provide counsel-
ing services to the handicapped. The student has the opportunity to select
an internship setting according to his own interests.
The Department of Occupational Information and Guidance has received
twenty scholarships of $1600 each to be awarded as Traineeship Grants in
the program sponsored by the Office of Vocational Rehabilitation. These
scholarships are provided for the purpose of increasing the number of
qualified workers in the area of rehabilitation, and there are no obligations
either by assigned duties during training, or in the kind of employment
the student may select upon completion of the training program.
Individuals qualified to provide vocational counseling for the handicapped
are in great demand at the present time, and the future demand will be
even greater. The impetus to rehabilitation services given by the Office of
Vocational Rehabilitation will result in numerous occupational opportunities
for those who have an interest in helping handicapped persons to become
vocationally self sufficient.
Application forms for these scholarships may be secured from Dr. Roy N.
Anderson, Head, Department of Occupational Information and Guidance,
School of Education.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
ED 420. Principles of Guidance 2-2
Prerequisites: PSY 304. PSY 476, student teaching or equivalent.
This is % course designed to provide basic principles of guidance for teachers, teacher-
counselors, administrators, and others in the school, as well as workers in other areas such
as the community agency, business, industry, group work, and the like. Among the topics
covered are: need for guidance: basis of guidance services; programs of guidance: study-
ing the individual ; counseling for educational, vocational, social, and personal problems ;
group procedures in guidance. Emphasis is on the practical application of guidance prin-
ciples and procedures. Mr. Morehead.
82
ED 424. Occupational Studies 0-2
Designed for majors in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education and emphasizing indus-
trial occupations. Uses of educational and occupational information, sources, preparation
and interpretation of occupational materials. Occupational and industrial structure, local
and national trends, occupations in selected industries. Labor legislation. Job adjustment
and satisfaction. Providing occupational information to individuals and groups.
Mr. Morehead.
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
ED 524. Occupational Information 0-2 or 3
Prerequisites: 6 hours of education or psychology and ED 420 or equiva-
lent.
This course is designed to prepare teachers, counselors, business and
industrial personnel workers, placement workers, and others to collect,
evaluate, and use occupational and educational information. In addition to
the study of the usual sources and types of published occupational informa-
tion, attention will be given to collection of occupational information locally,
preparation of the occupational monograph, analysis of job requirements
and worker characteristics, occupational trends and factors affecting trends,
occupational and industrial structure and classification, and the like. Im-
parting occupational information to groups and individuals by techniques
such as the following are considered: The occupations unit in social studies
and other courses, the occupations course, home-room activities, introducing
occupational information informally in subject matter courses, the resource
file, vocational counseling. Mr. Morehead.
ED 530. Group Guidance 0-2 or 3
Prerequisites: 6 hours of education or psychology and ED 420 or equiva-
lent.
This course is designed to help teachers, counselors, administrators, and
others who work with groups or who are responsible for group guidance
activities, to understand the theory and principles of effective group work,
to develop skill in using specific guidance techniques, and to plan and
organize group activities in the secondary school and other institutions.
The relationship of group activities to counseling and other aspects of
guidance services is considered. Methods of evaluating and improving group
guidance activities are taken up. Mr. Morehead.
ED 531. Introduction to Vocational Rehabilitation 3-0
Prerequisites: 6 hours from following fields — Economics, Education, Psy-
chology or Sociology.
This course will serve as an introduction to the broad field of rehabilita-
tion services and programs directed toward the restoration of physically
and/or mentally disabled persons into employment. The course will em-
phasize the State-Federal, and private agency programs. It will be inter-
disciplinary in its approach covering the areas of social work, medicine,
psychology, sociology and economics. Specialists or appropriate persons in
the above areas will be invited to participate. Field trips to agencies will be
required. Mr. Anderson.
83
ED 532. Medical Information for Rehabilitation Counselors. 3-0
Prerequisite: Advanced graduate standing.
This course is designed for Vocational Rehabilitation Counselors and
other workers in rehabilitation. The course will provide counselors with
the necessary background in medical information and terminology so that
they can understand and interpret medical information in the integrated
rehabilitation process. The course will consist of lectures by medical spe-
cialists who will present the methods of diagnosis, treatment, and the re-
habilitation aspects of disabling conditions. Visits will be made to clinics.
Mr. Anderson.
ED 590. Individual Problems in Guidance 3-3
Prerequisites: 6 hours graduate work in Department or equivalent.
Intended for individual or group studies of one or more of the major
problems in Guidance and Personnel work. Problems will be selected to
meet the interests of individuals. The workshop procedure will be used
whereby special projects and reports will be developed by individuals and
by groups. Messrs. Anderson, Morehead.
Courses for Graduates Only
ED 631. Educational and Vocational Guidance 3-0
Prerequi sites: 9 hours from following fields — Economies. Education, Psy.
chology or Sociology.
This course aims to provide training for teachers who are part-time or
full-time counselors, employment interviewers, social workers and personnel
workers, who are aiding individuals with vocational adjustment problems.
The course will cover the functions performed in vocational and educational
guidance such as assembling and imparting occupational information,
counseling regarding vocational and educational plans, the use of aptitude
tests, placement in jobs and follow-up, ar.d procedures in setting up services
of vocational and educational guidance in schools, employment offices, and
social service agencies. Mr. Anderson.
ED 633. Techniques in Guidance and Personnel 0-3
Prerequisites: 9 hours from following fields — Economics, Education, Psy.
chology or Sociology.
This course is designed to aid personnel workers in secondary schools,
colleges, employment offices, and social agencies to develop an understanding
and to develop skill in using various guidance and personnel techniques.
Some of the techniques to be studied intensively are: anecdotal reports,
rating scales, observation, records and reports, sociograms, interviewing,
'.ing and case study procedures. Students will become acquainted
with these techniques through lectures, demonstrations, and the study of
case histories. Attention will be given to both diagnosis and treatment.
Mr. Anderson.
ED 641. Field work in Occupational Information and Guidance 2 to 6
Prerequisite: Advanced graduate standing.
A practical course in which the student undertakes field work in secondary
schools, colleges, social service agencies, employment offices, and industrial
84
establishments which carry on guidance and personnel work. The student
may observe and participate in some personnel service and may study the
organization and administration of the programs.
Messrs. Anderson, Morehead.
ED 651. Research in Occupational Information and Guidance Maximum
Prerequisite: Advanced graduate standing. 6 credits
Qualified students will conduct investigations and research in Guidance
and Personnel. Published reports and techniques in investigation will be
analyzed and evaluated. Messrs. Anderson, Morehead.
PSYCHOLOGY
See Psychology
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Professors: George Burnham Hoadley, Head, John Harold Lampe, Wil-
liam Damon Stevenson, Jr.
Associate Professor: William John Barclay.
Assistant Professor: Edwin Harrison Tompkins, Jr.
The graduate degrees offered by the Department of Electrical Engineer-
ing are the Master of Science in Electrical Engineering (M.S. in E.E.) and
the Doctor of Philosophy in Electrical Engineering (Ph.D. in E.E.).
Graduate work in Electrical Engineering at the first-year or master's level
divides naturally into two general fields: electronics and communication on
the one hand, and electric power on the other. In the more advanced study
required for the doctorate, however, this distinction tends to disappear.
At North Carolina State College, the graduate offering in electronics and
communication includes courses in Electric Communication, Communication
Networks, Advanced Radio Engineering, Radiation and Antennas, and
Vacuum Tube Design. These courses are supplemented by experimental
work carried on in various special departmental laboratories, such as the
high-vacuum laboratory and the microwave laboratory. These special labora-
tories, together with a number of small laboratories in which graduate stu-
dents carry on individual research problems, are in the newly constructed
Daniels Hall addition.
Graduate students specializing in electric power have the opportunity of
taking courses in Electric Power Engineering, Industrial Electronics and
Control, High Voltage Engineering, and Power Systems. In this case also
there are special laboratories, such as the high-voltage laboratory and the
servo-mechanisms laboratory, in which laboratory instruction related to
these courses is given, and there are individual research rooms for thesis
work.
Advanced courses of a more general and fundamental nature, such as
Advanced Electric Circuits and Fields, Advanced Electrical Measurements,
and Advanced Electromagnetic Theory, are recommended for all graduate
students in Electrical Engineering, especially those who plan to carry
their advanced studies to the level of the doctorate. Minor sequences of
85
study in advanced mathematics or physics are planned to fit the needs of
individual students.
A close cooperation exists between the Department of Electrical Engi-
neering and the Department of Engineering Research. Sponsored projects
of many sorts in the general field of electrical engineering are carried on,
each under the direction of one of the graduate staff. These projects, as a
general rule, make use of the part-time services of one or more graduate
students, who thus have the opportunity to earn a substantial portion of
their expenses, to gain research experience and inspiration under expert
leadership, and to base their master's theses or doctoral dissertations on
research work of real importance.
Theses submitted by graduate students in electrical engineering during
recent years cover a wide range of topics, and include successful studies
on the development of new field-plotting devices, on new methods of measur-
ing the speed of rotating machines, on new techniques of high-voltage
measurement, on new methods for predicting the performance of antennas,
on the comparatitve performance of various electric power distribution con-
nections, and on the automatic analysis of graphically recorded data. A
number of these theses have been published in technical journals of na-
tional circulation and others in the bulletins of the Department of Engi-
neering Research.
I who have earned their graduate degrees in electrical engineering at
North Carolina State College are in continual demand. Alumni of the post-
war period hold important positions in industrial, government, and university
research laboratories, in the teaching profession, and in the administrative
and engineering departments of manufacturing corporations and public
utili::
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
EE 411. 411. Electrical Engineering Senior Seminar 1-1
Prerequisi*e: Senior Standing'.
WeeV. for the delivery and discussion of student papers on topics of current
interest in Electrical Engineering. Mr. Stevenson.
EE 414. Electron Ti it 0-4
Prerequisites: EE 301, MA 202.
A Btady of the fundamentals of electrical conduction in vacuum and gases. Operating
characteristics of vacuum and gaseous tubes, mercury arc rectifiers, photoelectric cells,
-ray oscilloscopes, etc. Introduction to vacuum tube circuit theory. O-e laboratory
period a week illustrates the theory covered during lecture and recitation periods. Staff.
EE ^3". ^"entirls of Elcr'rical Ergirrering 4-0
Prerequisites: MA 401, EE 332 or equivalent.
N " B to undergraduates in eiecirieai eneir.ee — -
Esser.tial theory of electric circuits, including electron tube;, sol'd state devices, trans-
formers and rotating machines as needed to supply the electrical backrround for instru-
mentation and control theory. Intended primarily for graduate students ■who do not have an
electrical engineering undergraduate degree. Mr. Hoadley and Staff.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
EE 501, 502. Advanced Electric Circuits and Fields 3-3
Prerequisites: EE 302. MA 401.
Required of Seniors in EE.
A cortinuation of the study of electric circuits and fields. Consideration
of the transient state in electrical circuits, transformation techniques for
the solution of problems. Application of classical electric and magnetic field
theory to the problems of electrical engineering, using vector analysis.
Mr. Stevenson.
86
EE 510. High Voltage Laboratory 0-1 or 1-0
Prequisite: EE 302 or PY 401.
A laboratory course in the techniques of producing and handling high
voltages. Corona, surface discharge, breakdown, and other phenomena are
studied. Typical high voltage tests are performed on dielectrics.
EE 511, 512. Electric Communication 4-4
Prerequisites: EE 302, EE 414.
A classroom and laboratory study of the circuits and equipment involved
in radio and wire communication: circuit elements, amplifiers, oscillators,
modulation, detection, antennas and radio propagation. Emphasis is on de-
sign and quantitative analysis. Mr. Barclay.
EE 513, 514. Electric Power Engineering 4.4
Prerequisite: EE 302.
Long distance transmission of power. Line parameters by the method of
geometric mean distances. Circle diagrams, symmetrical components, and
fault calculations. Elementary concepts of power system stability. Prime
movers, bus systems, and switch-gear. Loads and the selection of motors
for various industrial applications. One three-hour laboratory per week
accompanies the classroom study. Messrs. Hoadley, Stevenson.
EE 515. Industrial Electronics and Control 4-0
Prerequisites: EE 306, EE 414.
A study, with laboratory tests, of the application of electronic devices to
industrial processes and equipment outside of the field of communications.
Speed and voltage control; timing devices; electronic heating; air purifica-
tion; production and quality control; photo electric devices.
Messrs. Goetze, Hoadley.
EE 516. Fundamentals of Servomechanisms 0-4
Prerequisites: MA 401 and either EE 302 or EE 332.
Dynamics and synthesis of closed-loop control systems using transient and
sinusoidal analyses. Applications to electrical, mechanical and chemical
systems. One two-hour laboratory or problem period per week to supple-
ment the classroom work. Messrs. Goetze, Hoadley.
EE 518. Instrumentation and Control in Nuclear Technology 0-4
Prerequisites: EE 430, or EE 301, EE 305, EE 414, and MA 401.
Radiation detectors, pulse amplifiers, pulse shapers, amplitude discrim-
inators, counters, coincidence circuits, reactor kinetics, reactor simulators,
automatic control of reactors. Mr. Hoadley and Graduate Staff.
Courses for Graduates Only
EE 605, 606. Electrical Engineering Seminar 1-1
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in EE.
A series of papers and conferences participated in by the instructional
staff, invited guests, and students who are candidates for advanced degrees.
Graduate Staff.
EE 611, 612. Communication Networks 4-4
Prerequisites: EE 302, EE 501.
Steady state and transient performance of the generalized network.
87
Analysis and synthesis of two-and four-terminal reactive networks. Wave
filters and phase equalizers. Networks containing resistances and reactances.
Feedback systems, such as feedback amplifiers, regulators, and servomech-
anisms. The study includes both the analysis and the synthesis of such sys-
tems, in terms of transient and steady-state response, using mathematical
methods based on the theory of the complex variable.
Messrs. Hoadley, Tompkins.
EE 613. Electromagnetic Waves 4-0
Prerequisite: EE 502.
Maxwell's Equations applied to a study of the propagation of energy by
electromagnetic waves. Vector and scalar potentials, retarded potentials,
reflection and refraction, power flow and energy density; plane, rectangular
and cylindrical wave guides; lines and cavity resonators. Laboratory on
microwave technique and measurements. Messrs. Barclay, Tompkins.
EE 616. Advanced Radio Engineering 0-4
Prerequisites: EE 512, 615.
Analysis and design of microwave transmitting, receiving and measuring
systems. Electronic methods of pulsing, timing, counting, gating and com-
puting with applications to communication, navigation, radar and computer
systems. Theory and application of klystrons, magnetrons, and traveling-
wave tubes. Laboratory emphasizes non-sinusoidal electronc circuitry.
Mr. Barclay.
EE 618. Radiation and Antennas 4-0 or 0-4
Prerequisite: EE 615.
Electromagnetic wave theory applied to antennas and antenna arrays.
Calculation and measurement of directional characteristics and field inten-
sity. Mr. Barclay.
EE 621. Vacuum Tube Design 3-0
Prerequisites: EE 512, 615 and MA 611.
An intensive analytic study of the laws of electron emission and motion
and the design of vacuum tubes. Poisson's equation and conformal trans-
formations are used to develop design criteria and equations. Analytic and
experimental methods for determining potential fields are studied. Construc-
tion and high vacuum practice are covered. Mr. Barclay.
EE 622. Electron Optics and Transit Time Effects 0-4
Prerequisite: EE 621.
The equivalent noise generator circuit is applied to the various sources of
noise in vacuum tubes. Electrostatic and magnetic lens action. Transit time
in high frequency tubes and velocity modulated tubes, magnetrons, cathode
ray and photoelectric tubes. Mr. Barclay.
EE 631. Advanced Alternating-Current Machinery 3-0
Prerequisite: EE 306.
An advanced study of transformers and rotating a-c machines. Design
considerations, harmonics, transient behavior, equivalent circuits.
Mr. Hoadley.
88
EE 632. Advanced Electrical Machinery 0-3
Prerequisite: EE 306.
An intensive study of commutator machines, adjustable speed drives,
special machines and magnetic amplifier circuits. Mr. Hoadley.
EE 635, 636. Dielectric Theory and High Voltage Engineering 3-3
Prerequisite: EE 414.
High Voltage measurement methods, theory and experimental investiga-
tion of dielectric properties of insulating materials (gases, liquids, solids).
Problems involved with technical applications (design of insulators, corona
losses of high voltage lines, circuit breaker theory).
EE 637. Circuit Analysis of Power Systems 3-0
Prerequisite: EE 514.
An advanced treatment of symmetrical components applied to unsym-
metrical faults, unsymmetrical systems, and simultaneous faults.
Mr. Stevenson.
EE 638. Power System Stability 0-3
Prerequisite: EE 514.
A study of the principal factors affecting stability and of the method of
making stability calculations. Illustrations of studies made on actual power
systems. Mr. Stevenson.
EE 643. Advanced Electrical Measurements 2-0
Prerequisites: EE 302, EE 414.
A critical analysis of circuits used in electrical measurements, with special
attention to such topics as balance convergence, effects of strays, sensitivity,
and use of feedback in electronic devices. Mr. Hoadley.
EE 645, 646. Advanced Electromagnetic Theory 3-3
Prerequisite: EE 615 or PY 602.
A comprehensive study of electricity and magnetism, emphasizing dynai**-
ic field theory. Potential theory, boundary-value problems, electrostatics
and magnetostatics, transients in continuous systems, electromagnetic the-
ory of light. Mr. Tompkins.
EE 650. Electrical Engineering Research Credits by arrangement
Prerequisites: Graduate standing in EE and approval of adviser.
Individual research in the field of Electrical Engineering.
Graduate Advisers.
EE 661, 662. Special Studies in Electrical Engineering 3-3
This course provides an opportunity for small groups of advanced gradu-
ate students to study, under the direction of qualified members of the pro-
fessional staff, advanced topics in their special fields of interest.
Graduate Staff.
ENGINEERING HONORS
E 500. Engineering Analysis 0-3
Prerequisites: Selection for Honor's Group Program and Senior Standing
or Special Consent of Instructor.
89
a course is to be an experience involving both analysis and synthesis
and making use of fundamental principles of science (especially physics
and mathematics) and of engineering. The engineering situations to be
studied are expected to cut across departmental lines and to involve ele-
ments of research. It is anticipated that sometimes two staff members or
one staff member and an individual from industry (carefully chosen and
briefed ahead of time) will participate in the class meetings; that the
classes will be conducted by the discussion method; and that the studies
will center around statements of engineering projects and the analysis and
solution proffered by one or a team of students.
Engineering Graduate Staff.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING MECHANICS
Graduate Faculty
Professors : George Wallace Smith, Head, Adglphus Mitchell.
The Department of Engineering Mechanics offers graduate work leading
to the Master of Science degree in the fields of fluid mechanics, stress analy-
and other areas in theoretical and appplied mechanics. Stu-
dents proficient in these subjects are in demand as invest:-::.:, ra in machine
or structural design, as teachers in engineering schools and as research
members of large industrial companies.
Course for Advanced Undergraduates
EM 4 30. Fluid Mechanics 2 or 2
Pre- . t KM
r.s, kinematics. Bernoulli equation, momenturr;. free-surface fiow. viscosity,
pipe friction, drag on submerged bodies ve propafrs:::-.
Me^srs. Clavton. Hardee, and Middle: ■
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
EM 531. Hydraulic Machinery 2 or 2
Prerequisite: EM
Theory of lift and application to propellers, fans; blade theory including
generalized Bernoulli equation, angular impulse, and angular momentum;
forced and free vortex; impulse, reaction, and propeller turbines; positive
displacement pumps, centrifugal pumps; propagation in pipes and surge
tanks; fluid couplings and torque converters. Mr. Middleton.
EM 551. Advanced Strength of Materials 3 or 3
Prerequisite: EM 321.
Stresses and strains at a point: rosette analysis; stress theories, stress
concentration and fatigue; plasticity; inelastic, composite and curved
beams; prestzeas; energy methods; shear deflections; buckling problems and
column design; and membrane stresses in shells.
Messrs. Hardee, Mitchell, Smith.
EM 554. Vibration Problems 3 or 3
Prerequisites: EM 312 or 342: EM 321 or 343. MA 401.
Free vibrations without damping; natural frequency; forced vibrations
90
without damping; balancing of rotating and reciprocating machinery; free
vibrations with damping; forced vibrations with damping; vibration of
systems with several degrees of freedom; shock and sound isolation; appli-
cation of isolators. Messrs. Smith, Mitchell.
EM 556. Advanced Mechanics 2 or 2
Prerequisite: EM 312.
Virtual work; stability; balancing; elastic impact and waves; governors;
LaGrangian equations of motion; three-dimensional dynamics of rigid body;
gyroscopes; derivation from Kepler's laws of Newton's law of gravitation.
Mr. Clayton.
Courses for Graduates Only
EM 601. Applied Analysis in Strength of Materials 3 or 3
Prerequisites: EM 551; MA 401.
Advanced problems by energy methods. Difficult internal stress problems.
Stresses in thin-webbed curved beams; stresses in square and curved knees
of rigid frames; torsion in rolled profiles; design of beams for bending and
torsion; equilibrium and compatibility in two dimensions; Airy's stress
function ; pure bending of plates ; the plate equation ; transverse and middle
plane loads on plates. Beams on elastic foundations. Mr. Mitchell.
EM 602. Theoretical and Applied Elasticity 3 or 3
Prerequisites: EM 321; MA 401.
Buckling by torsion and flexure; lateral instability of beams and beam-
columns; tapered and built-up columns; local failures; the four-moment the-
orem; stresses in circular and rectangular plates; stress concentrations.
In the above topics, theory is developed and the resulting equations solved
by classical or numerical methods. Results are compared with leading design
specifications. Mr. Mitchell.
EM 605. Research in Strength of Materials 3 to 6
Special problems and investigations. Graduate Staff.
EM 606. Research in Mechanical Vibrations 3 to 6
Special problems and investigations. Graduate Staff.
EM 607. Research in Fluid Mechanics 3 to 6
Special problems and investigations. Graduate Staff.
EM 608. Advanced Fluid Mechanics 2 or 2
Prerequisite: EM 430.
Potential motion; vortex theory; Navier-Stokes equations; theories of
turbulence; theory of boundary layer; boundary separation; unsteady flow;
vibrations of fluids. Mr. Clayton.
EM 610. Engineering Mechanics Seminar 1-1
Reports, discussions, and preparation of papers. Graduate Staff.
91
ENTOMOLOGY
A Unit of the Division of Biological Sciences
Graduate Faculty
Professors: Clyde F. Smith, Head, Walter M. Kulash, T. B. Mitchell.
Professor Emeritus: B. B. Fulton.
Associate Professors: Charles H. Brett, David A. Young, Jr.
Assistant Professors: Robert T. Gast, Frank E. Guthrie, Walter Joseph
Mistric, Robert L. Rabb, William A. Stephen.
The Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered in
entomology. The work in entomology is well supported by strong depart-
ments in chemistry, statistics, and the plant and animal sciences. Excellent
facilities for advanced study and research are provided in the modern
building designed for the use of the biological sciences. Equipment includes
modern greenhouses, air conditioned laboratories with precision tempera-
ture and humidity control, spray chambers, dust towers and low tempera-
ture rooms. Facilities are provided to support research in insect toxicology,
physiology, biology, ecology, and taxonomy.
The collections of adult and immature insects plus the library facilities
provide opportunities for unlimited work in insect taxonomy. Teaching per-
sonnel has been so selected that well-trained individuals are available to
teach the specialized courses in the various phases of advance entomologi-
cal work.
Opportunities for employment of well-trained entomologists are plenti-
ful and varied. Research and teaching opportunities exist in many state
institutions. Federal agencies offer many positions in control, research,
and regulatory work. Private industry is using more and more entomolo-
gists in the development, production, control testing and sale of agricul-
tural chemicals. Other opportunities in entomology as consultants in do-
mestic or foreign service as well as in private business and sales are avail-
able. Or, one can go into business for himself as a pest control operator or
as an insecticide formulator.
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
EXT 501-502. Insect Morphology 3-3
Prerequisite: ENT 301 or 312.
Covers general morphology, external and internal, of the insects and
their relatives. Ent. 501 will deal primarily with external morphology and
Ent. 502 with internal morphology. (Given on odd years). Mr. Young.
EXT 511. Systematic Entomology 3-0
Prerequisite: ENT 301 or 312.
A somewhat detailed survey of the orders and families of insects, de-
signed to acquaint the student with these groups and develop in the student
some ability in the use of keys, descriptions, etc. (Given on even years.)
Mr. Young.
92
ENT 522. Entomological Technique 0-3
Prerequisite: ENT 301 or 312.
A laboratory course designed to acquaint the student with the various
methods and techniques commonly employed in entomology, including a
brief instruction to drawing and the photographic process. (Given on even
years). Mr. Young.
ENT 531. Insect Ecology and Behavior 3-0
Prerequisite: ENT 301 or 312 or equivalent.
The influence of environmental factors on insect development, distribu-
tion and behavior. (Given on even years.) Mr. Brett.
ENT 541, 542. Immature Insects 4-2
Prerequisite:: ENT 301 or 312 or equivalent.
541 is a study of the characteristics of the immature forms of the orders
and principal families of insects. 542 is a detailed study of the immature
forms of some special group of insects of the students' own choosing.
(Given on even years.) Mr. Rabb.
ENT 551, 552. Applied Entomology 3-3
Prerequisite: ENT 301 or 312.
An advanced course in which the principles of applied entomology are
studied in respect to the major economic insect pests. Methods of deter-
mining and examining insect damage, the economic importance of insects,
and the chief economic pests of man, food, and fiber are studied as well as
laws and regulations pertaining to insects and insecticides. (Given on odd
years.) Mr. Kulash.
ENT 561. Literature and History of Entomology 3-0
Prerequisite: ENT 301 or 312 or equivalent.
A general course intended to acquaint the student with literature prob-
lems of the scientist, mechanics of the library and book classification,
bibliographies of the zoological sciences, abstract journals, forms of bibli-
ographies, forms of literature, preparation of scientific paper; taxonomic
indexes and literature (with a historical background) and history of the
development of zoological science from ancient to modern times with em-
phasis on entomology. (Given on odd years.) Mr. Brett.
ENT 571. Forest Entomology 3-0
Prerequisite: ENT 301 or 312.
A study of methods of identification of forest pests, the factors govern-
ing their abundance, habits, and control.
Mr. Kulash.
ENT 582. Medical and Veterinary Entomology 0-3
Prerequisite: ENT 301 or ENT 312.
A study of the morphology, biology and control of the parasitic arthro-
pods of man, domestic and wild animals. (Given on odd years.)
Mr. Harkema.
93
ENT 590. Special Problems Credits by arrangement
Prerequisites: Graduate Standing and Consent of the Instructor.
Original research on special problems in entomology not related to a
thesis problem, but designed to provide experience and training in research.
Graduate Staff.
Courses for Graduates Only
ENT 601, 602. Principles of Taxonomy 3-3
Prerequisite: ENT 511.
A course introducing the methods and tools used in animal taxonomy,
designed to promote a better understanding of taxonomic literature, and
provide a foundation for taxonomic research. (Given on even years.)
Mr. Young.
ENT 611. Insect Physiology 4-0
Prerequisite: ENT 312, ENT 502, CH 451, or equivalent.
The course deals with the aspects of animal physiology related to in-
sects. The functions of the various insect organs are discussed and how
these systems are disrupted by economic poisons. Laboratory work includes
the use of standard physiological apparatus with emphasis on methods
rather than obtaining results. (Given on odd years.) Mr. Gast.
ENT 621. Insect Toxicology 4-0
Prerequisite: ENT 312, CH 426 or equivalent.
The course deals with chemical and physical characteristics of insecti-
cides and formulations and their effects on biological systems. Modes of
action and mammalian toxicities are also discussed. Laboratory work in-
volves insect culture work, formulating insecticides and evaluating the
effectiveness of various materials. (Given on even years. ) Mr. Gast.
EXT 632. Advanced Systematic Entomology 0-3
Prerequisite: ENT 511.
A detailed study of some special insect group of the student's own
choosing. Mr. Young.
ENT 680. Seminar 1-1
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Entomology or closely allied fields.
Discussion of entomological topics selected and assigned by Seminar
Chairman. Graduate Staff.
ENT 690. Research Credits by arrangement
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Entomology or closely allied fields.
Original research in connection with thesis problem in entomology.
Graduate Staff.
94
DEPARTMENT OF FIELD CROPS
Graduate Faculty
Professors: Paul Henry Harvey, Head, Dan Ulrich Gerstel, Walton
Carlyle Gregory, Kenneth R. Keller, Glenn Charles Klingman,
Roy Lee Loworn, Thurston J. Mann, Gordon Kennedy Middleton,
Robert Parker Moore.
Associate Professors: Douglas Scales Chamblee, Clarence H. Hanson,
Guy Langston Jones, Philip Arthur Miller, Donald Loraine
Thompson.
Assistant Professors: Charles A. Brim, Harry Douglass Gross, Donald
Edwin Moreland, Lyle L. Phillips, Robert P. Upchurch.
The Department of Field Crops offers training leading to the degrees of
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the following fields: Plant
Breeding, Crop Production, Forage Crop Ecology, and Weed Control.
Facilities — The Department of Field Crops is housed in Williams Hall
which provides excellent facilities for graduate training. In addition to the
office and laboratory space assigned each student, numerous other facilities
are available for use in carrying on a program of graduate study. These in-
clude special preparation rooms for soil and plant samples, cold storage
facilities for plant material, air conditioned rooms for studying physical
properties of the cotton fiber and of the tobacco leaf, and soil and plant
analytical service laboratories. Greenhouses situated at the rear of Williams
Hall are provided with benches, tables, ground beds, lights and other nec-
essary equipment. A total of 16 farms are owned or operated by the State
for research investigations. These farms are located throughout the State
to include a wide variety of soil and climatic conditions needed for experi-
ments in plant breeding and crop management.
Supporting Departments — Strong supporting departments greatly in-
crease the graduate students' opportunities for a broad and thorough train-
ing. Included among those departments in which graduate students in Field
Crops work cooperatively or obtain instructions are Botany, Chemistry,
Genetics, Mathematics, Plant Pathology, Soils, and Statistics.
Opportunities — In North Carolina, a state which derives 80 per cent of
its agricultural income from farm crops, the opportunities for the well
trained agronomist are exceedingly great. The recipients of advanced de-
grees in Field Crops at North Carolina State College are found in positions
of leadership in research and education throughout the nation and the world
where, through their technological training, they continue to contribute to
the betterment of agriculture.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
FC 412. Advanced Pastures and Forage Crops 0-2
Prerequisite: FC 312.
Pasture species and management (cultural treatment) from an international viewpoint,
and the inter-relationship of grazing animals on pasture development and management will
be emphasized. Natural grassland areas and the place of special plant species will be con-
sidered. Mr. Gross.
95
FC 413. Plant Breeding 0_8
Prerequisite: GN 411.
The application of genetic principles to the improvement of economic plants including
discussions of the methods employed in the development and the perpetuation of desirable
clones, varieties, and hybrids. Mr - Harvey.
FC 414. Weeds and Their Control 8 "°
Prerequisite: CH 203 or equivalent.
Principles involved in cultural and chemical weed control. Discussions on chemistry or
herbicides and the effects of the chemicals on the plant. Identification of common weeds and
their seeds is given. Mr - K1>°K°"">-
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
FC 511. Tobacco Technology 2-0
Prerequisite: FC 311, BO 421 or equivalent.
A study of special problems concerned with the tobacco crop. The latest
research problems and findings dealing with this important cash crop
will be discussed. Mr. Jones.
FC 521. Special Problems Credits by arrangement
Prerequisite: Admitted only with consent of instructor.
Special problems in various phases of Field Crops. Problems may be
selected or will be assigned. Emphasis will be placed on review of recent
and current research. Graduate Staff.
FC 541 (GN 541 or HRT 541). Plant Breeding Methods 3-0
Prerequisites: GN 512; recommended ST 511.
An advanced study of methods of plant breeding as related to principles
and concepts of inheritance. Messrs. Mann, Haynes.
FC 542. (GN 542 or HRT 542) Plant Breeding Field Procedures
2 in Summer Sessions
Prerequisites: FC 541 or GN 541 or HRT 541.
Laboratory and field study of the application of the various plant breed-
ing techniques and methods used in the improvement of economic plants.
Messrs. Haynes, Mann.
Courses for Graduates Only*
FC 611. Forage Crop Ecology 0-2
Prerequisites: FC 412; BO 441.
A study of the effect of environmental factors on the growth of forage
crops. Attention will be given to methods of research in forage ecology.
Mr. Chamblee.
FC 612. Special Topics in Weed Control 0-2
Prerequisites or Corequisites: FC 414, BO 203, BO 532 or 533.
Detailed examination of current concepts and literature of weed control.
The chemistry, physiology, ecology, taxonomy, microbiology, equipment,
and techniques used in weed control research will be discussed.
Graduate Staff.
• Students are expected to consult the instructor before registration.
96
FC 631. Seminar 1_1
Prerequisites: Graduate standing.
Scientific articles, progress reports in research, and special problems of
interest to agronomists reviewed and discussed.
A maximum of two credits is allowed towards the Master's degree, but
any number towards the Doctorate. Graduate Staff.
FC 641. Research Credits by arrangement
Prerequisites : Graduate standing.
A maximum of six credits is allowed towards the master's degree, but
any number towards the doctorate. Graduate Staff.
THE SCHOOL OF FORESTRY
Graduate Faculty
Professors: Richard Joseph Preston, Dean, James Samuel Bethel, Roy
Merwin Carter, Clarence Earl Libby, T. Ewald Maki.
Associate Professors: William Dykstra Miller, Bruce J. Zobel.
Graduate work in forestry is offered through the Graduate School to meet
the needs of two classes of students:
1. The professional degree of Master of Forestry or Master of Wood
Technology is designed for students desiring a broad knowledge of the
several branches of forestry with emphasis upon advanced professional
specialization.
2. The degree of Master of Science in Forestry or in Wood Technology is
designed for students desiring to enter fields of research or teaching. This
degree requires a sound fundamental background in scientific courses and
a carefully designed program of scientific research. A reading knowledge
of one modern foreign language is required.
3. The degree of Doctor of Philosophy is offered in several fields of
forestry.
Candidates for the Master's degree will fall under one of the following
categories:
1. Students with a bachelor's degree in forestry from a school of recog-
nized standing. These students may secure the master's degree in one aca-
demic year.
2. Students with a bachelor's degree, other than in forestry, from a
college, university, or scientific school of high standing. These students
may secure the master's degree in two academic years provided they have
the requirements in botany, chemistry, and mathematics required in the
freshman and sophomore years of the curricula. Candidates for the degree
Master of Forestry or Master of Science in Forestry who do not hold an
undergraduate degree in forestry must start their program with the sum-
mer camp.
3. Students not possessing a bachelor's degree may earn, through proper
selection of courses, a Bachelor of Science degree in one of the forestry
curricula at the end of the fourth year and a Master's degree in Forestry
or Wood Technology at the end of the fifth year.
97
A wide and rapidly expanding field of employment possibilities is avail-
able in the Southeast to young men trained in forestry. Until recent years
most job opportunities were with government agencies in managing our
public forests, and this still constitutes a major source of employment.
These agencies include state and federal forest services, extension serv-
ices, and other groups such as the Soil Conservation Service and the Ten-
nessee Valley Authority.
In recent years job opportunities with private industries have expanded
greatly. Increasing numbers of technically trained young men are entering
a wide variety of professional positions in the fields of forest land manage-
ment, watershed management, logging, sawmilling, veneer and plywood
manufacturing, pulp and papermaking, kiln drying, wood preservation,
plastics and other chemical derivatives of wood, and the manufacture of
wood products such as furniture, dimension stock, and various prefabricated
items.
Graduate training offers tangible well-established values to young men
of proven ability. The demand for men with advanced degrees in forestry
has far exceeded the supply for many years.
Graduate preparation is essential for the corps of specialists which are
needed in many fields. Training through the Master's degree is almost a
requirement for men entering college teaching and public or industrial
research. State and federal agencies as well as forest industries are em-
ploying research investigators at unprecedented levels.
The continuing rapid expansion of southern forestry has resulted in a
corresponding expansion in the need for trained men. As a general rule
most employers will prefer a candidate with graduate training. While for-
est industry and public forest administration does not normally require
graduate training, increasing numbers of positions in these fields are being
filled by men with advanced forestry degrees, particularly the Master's de-
gree, and a man with the Master's degree has a distinct advantage over
one without it.
Kilgore Hall houses the administrative offices of the School of Forestry.
The first floor houses portions of the Wood Products Laboratory and the
second and third floors consist of laboratories, library, classrooms and
offices. The new Reuben B. Robertson Pulp and Paper Laboratory provides
12,000 square feet of space for teaching and research in the production of
pulp and paper. A new laboratory building now under construction will
provide 18,000 square feet of space for pilot plant installations for product
development work in the manufacture of lumber, veneer, plywood, particle
board, laminated structures, furniture and other fabricated wood products.
The School of Forestry now owns, or has access to, over 90.000 acres of
forest land located in six tracts and representing major forest types in the
state. The largest tract is the Hofmann Forest on the coastal plain which
is operated by the North Carolina Forestry Foundation for the benefit of the
School cf Forestry. The Hill Forest in Durham County, the Hope Valley
Forest in Chatham County, the Goodwin Forest in Moore County, and the
Schenck Memorial Forest in Wake County include representative types of
the Piedmont area. The Wayah Recreational Area of the North Carolina
National Forest near Franklin is located in a typical mountain forest, and
98
facilities at this area, leased from the Government, supplement the pre-
viously established forestry camps on the Hofmann and Hill Forests and
provide the School with permanent, well-equipped, modern camps in each
of the three major regions of the State.
An extensive research program in the fields of wood products, genetics
and management, sponsored by the Agricultural Experiment Station, the
U. S. Forest Service, and the lumber, plywood, furniture, pulp and paper,
and particle board industries provides broad opportunities for graduate
research at the Master's and doctoral level. These programs provide re-
search assistantships for graduate students whose backgrounds qualify
them. Much valuable equipment is made available by industry for research
in wood technology and it is accessible to the graduate student working in
this area.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
FOR 401. Wood Preservation 0-2
Factors causing wood deterioration; preservative materials and treatments; wood by
products from mil] and forest waste. Mr. Carter.
FOR 402. Foundation of Forest Management 2-0
Prerequisites: FOR s274 or FOR 311.
The integration of silviculture, forest measurements and economics in the management
of woodland area. (Not open to students majoring in forest management). Mr. Bryant.
FOR 403. Paper Technology Laboratory 0-3
Development of various types of paper finishes with particular attention to stock prepara-
tion, sizing, filling and coloring. The finished products are tested physically and chemically
and evaluated from the standpoint of quality and in comparison with the commercial prod-
ucts they are intended to duplicate. Mr. Hitchings
FOR 404. Management Plans 0-3
Senior Camp
Application of management, logging, silvicultural and utilization practices on assigned
areas. Each student must make a forest survey of an individual area and submit a re-
port. Staff.
FOR 405. Forest Inventory 0-2
Senior Camp
Practical field work in timber estimating and compilation of field data. Mr. Bryant.
FOR 406. Forest Industries 0-2
Senior Camp
A field study of logging, milling and manufacturing with reports based on inspection
trips. Staff.
FOR 407. Field Silviculture 0-2
Senior Camp
Prerequisite: FOR 361.
Studies of forest communities; dendrology of the coastal section of North Carolina; silvi-
culture practices. Mr. Miller.
FOR 411, 412. Pulp and Paper Mill Equipment 3-2
Principles of operations, construction and design of process equipment employed in tha
pulp and paper industry. Mr. Cook.
FOR 413. Paper Testing Laboratory 2-0
Physical, chemical and microscopical examination of experimental and commercial papers
and evaluation of the results in terms of the utility of the products tested. Mr. Hitchings
FOR 422. Forest Products 3-0
Prerequisites: FOR 201, CH 203 or 426.
The source and method of obtaining derived and manufactured forest products other than
lumber. Mr. Carter.
FOR 423. Logging and Milling 3-0
Timber harvesting and transportation methods, equipment and costs ; safety and super-
vision ; manufacturing methods with regular and shortlog types of sawmills. Mr. Barefoot-
99
3-0
lion stock, flooring pre-
fabricated stock, turnings and cut stock. Production rates, plant layout and mechanisation
I ths :-L-i\ry. Mr. Carter.
FOR 4X2. Merehasdisinr Forestry Products
Principles and practices in the distribution and marketing of the products obtained
from wood; organisation and operation of retail, concentration and wholesale ou-..-
Mr. Carter.
FOR 4J3. Glcinr and Plywood 3-0
Prerequisites: FOR SOS, CH 103 or 203.
Veneer manufacturing methods and equipment ; v e n eer products ; adhesives : cause and
prevention of inadequate bonds ; molded, flat and post-formed plywood construction : pro-
duction of dry formed particle boards; chip geometry and board p roper li es. Mr. Barefoot.
FOR 441. Mechanical Properties of Wood 3-0
Prerequisites: FOR 201. 303.
Strength and related properties of commercial woods ; standard A.S.T.M. strength tests ;
i ; tiiniiw fastenings ; structural requirements ; working stresses. Mr. Thomas.
FOR <i:. Furniture Construction and Assembly 3-0
Prerequisites: FOR 303, 433.
Stock preparation for girting ; S t ' W ling adhesives ; types cf metal fastenings : jomt con-
struction and methods of joining wood and other materials ; assembly methods for furni-
ture and other wood products; construction and strength properties of laminated mem-
Mr. Carter.
FOR 441. Wood Finishing 0-3
Prerequisites: FOR 201, CH 203 or 426.
Preparation of wood surfaces for finish coatings ; composition and application of paints,
varnishes, repellents, lacquers, and other wood finishing materials ; finishing furniture and
-■ - ._-.._.. ; Mr. Carter.
FOR 444. Introdnetion to Qsality Control 3-0
Prerequisite : ST 361.
A study of Ht Hl * "^ used to control quality of manufactured wood prod
charts for variables and a ttr i bute s. Acceptance sampling techniques including soda
doable, and sequential sampling methods. Mr. Barefoot.
FOR 431. Psper Coloring Laboratory 2-0
ation sad identification of dyestuffs and the development of color formulas for
-_ - - j - -.- --- : '."-'-' Mr. Libby.
FOR 452. Forest Grarinr 2-0
■■mamm i- : ::' :;-:; sriii :■.'.'. rri.-r r^: :■ .-- •:;:.:' ::-. = . irri:: - : :'-.r =: :h-
east. Mr. Bryant.
FOR 453. Lumber Structures 0-3
Structural grades of lumber : working stresses : frame construction : construction esti-
mates and co mputa tions : masonry, insulation, roofing and other structu ral materials ;
- - - ■=.- Mr. Thomas.
FOR ML Paper Converting 1-0
— -ey of the principal processes by which paper and paper board are fabricated into
the utilitarian products of everyday use. Mr. Libby.
FOR 4«*. Artificial Forertation 0-2
Production, col l ecti o n , extraction, and storage of forest tree seeds ; nursery practice ;
Ti.i — *-..-. :-i= :' psssstiBK Mr. Sloeum.
FOR 4*3. Plant Inspections 0-1
One week insp ec ti on trips covering representative manufacturers of pulp and paper
sr : ;i: -- - „■ : — eut. Mr. Libby.
FOR 4T1. Pulp Technology Laboratory 4-0
Preparation and evaluation of the s e vera l types of wood pulp. The influence of the va-
rions pulping snd bleaching variables en pulp quality are studied experimentally ar.d these
data evaluated critically. Mr. L:i:-.
FOR 471. Forest Policy and Administration
timber law, illustrated by court cases : state and federal forest policy : job-load
!-!.?.■ .-. :■: -i. :' r ■>-. i :-. .- _--.n: . - - Mr. Miller.
FOR 4M. Polpinr Processes and Products 2-0
Prereq ui s ites : FOR 201. CH 203 or 426.
Fiber m a nufact uring processes and eq ui pment; wall, insulation and container board prod-
ucts : manufacture of roofing felts ; pulp products manufacturing ; resin treated and spe-
cialty products, lignin and wood sugar products. Mr. Libby.
100
FOR 482. Pulp and Paper Mill Management _ 2
A survey of the economics of the pulp and paper industry is followed by a study of the
work of the several departments of a paper mill organization and the functions of the
executives who administer them. j^ r- Cook.
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
FOR 501. Forest Valuation 3_0
Prerequisite: FOR 372.
The theory and techniques of valuation of forest land, timber stands,
and forest practices as investments and for appraisals of damages. Risks
and hazards in forestry as they apply to forest investments, forest in-
surance, and forest taxation. Mr. Bryant.
FOR 511. Silviculture 3_0
Prerequisites: FOR 361, BO 421.
The principles and application of intermediate and reproductive methods
of cutting; controlled burning, silvicides, and other methods of hardwood
control. The application of silvicultural methods in the forests of the United
States. Mr. Miller.
FOR 512. Forest Economics 3_0
Prerequisites: FOR 372, EC 201.
Economics and social value of forests; supply of, and demand for, forest
products; land use; forestry as a private and public enterprise; economics
of the forest industries. Mr. Bryant.
FOR 513. Tropical Woods 0-2
Prerequisite: FOR 533.
Structure, identification, properties, characteristics and use of tropical
woods, especially those used in plywood and furniture. Mr. Bethel.
FOR 531. Forest Management 0-3
Prerequisite: FOR 372.
Corequisite: FOR 511.
Management of timber lands for economic returns; the normal forest
taken as the ideal; the application of regulation methods to the forest.
Mr. Maki.
FOR 533. Advanced Wood Structure and Identification 2-0
Prerequisite: FOR 202.
Advanced microscopic identification of the commercial woods of the
United States and some tropical woods; microscopic anatomical features
and laboratory techniques. Mr. Slocum.
FOR 542. Fiber Analysis 0-2
Prerequisite: FOR 202.
Fiber microscopy; the determination of fiber measurement, quality,
variation and identity in pulp woods. Mr. Barefoot.
FOR 553. Forest Photogrammetry 0-2
Prerequisite: FOR 372.
Corequisite: FOR 531.
Interpretation of aerial photographs, determination of density of timber
stands and area mapping. Mr. Slocum.
101
FOR 573. Methods of Research in Forestry Credits Arranged
Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing.
Researc h procedures, problem outlines, presentation of results; consider-
ation of selected studies by forest research organizations; sample plot
tackaqae Messrs. Bethel, MakL
FOR 591. Forestry Problems Credits Arranged
Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing.
Assigned or selected problems in the field of silviculture, logging, lumber
manufacturing, pulp technology, or forest management. Graduate £ I
Courses for Graduates Only
FOR SOI.: Advanced Forest Management Problems Credits Arranged
Prerequisite: Graduate standing.
Directed studies in forest management. Graduate Staff.
FORMS. Technology of Wr : ,f Ad revives 0-3
Prerequisites IE MS, §26; FOR 433.
Tiie -ft™«iaTi«anfr»lg of adhesion as applied to wood to wood, and wood to
metal bonding. Technology of adhesives. Preparation and use of organic
adhesives. Testing of adhesires and evaluation of quality of adhesives
a.r.i "::r.:e: ;::r.:s. Mr. BetheL
FOR 604. Timber Physics 3-0
Prerequisite: FOR 441.
Density, specific gravity and moisture content variations affecting physi-
cal properties; physics of drying at high and low temperatures; thermal,
s:ur. i. iirr.: :.' .; e".e: Tries". r.r:T-rTi~s :;' — ::i. Mr. BetheL
FOR ■:'!'-•. Desien and Control of Wood Processes 0-3
Its ■._■- sr.i ::r.:r :'. e-r-iT-er.: ::r rr:-:essir.g ~:-:-i. Mr. BetheL
FOR 606. Wood Process Analysis 3-0
Ar.s'.; sis ::" — : : 77 losses tlvriugr. the s:".UTi:r. ::' e:m.Trer.er.sive :::':-
Mr. BetheL
FmR " Advanced Quality '>?.:: 0-3
Advanced statistical quality control as applied to wood processing.
Mr. FTilhil
FOR 611. Forest Genetics 3 or 3
Prerequisites: GN 411 and permission of instructor.
Application of genetic principles to silviculture, management and pulp
utilization. Emphasis is on variations in wild populations, on the bases for
s el e cti on of desirable qualities and on fundamentals of controlled breeding.
Mr. Zobel.
102
Weighing wasps fed radioisotopes.
Field studies in cotton genetics.
FOR 621. Advanced Wood Technology Problems Credits Arranged
Prerequisite: Graduate Standing.
Selected research in wood technology problems of an advanced nature.
Graduate Staff.
FOR 671. Problems in Research Credits Arranged
Prerequisite: Graduate Standing.
Specific forestry problems that will furnish material for a thesis.
Mr. Bethel or Mr. Maki.
FOR 681. Graduate Seminar
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Forestry or closely allied fields.
Presentation and discussion of progress reports on research, special
problems, and outstanding publications in forestry and related fields.
Graduate Staff.
GENETICS
A UNIT OF THE DIVISION OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Graduate Faculty
Professors: Stanley George Stephens, Head, Daniel Swartwood Grosch.
Associate Professor: Benjamin Warfield Smith.
Assistant Professor: R. C. Lewontin.
Associate Members of the Genetics Faculty.
Professors: Fred Deward Cochran, Dan Ulrich Gerstel, Edward
Walker Glazener, Walton Carlyle Gregory, Paul H. Harvey,
Guy Langston Jones, James Edward Legates, Thurston Jefferson
Mann, Gordon Kennedy Middleton, Harold Frank Robinson,
George William Schneider, Hamilton Arlo Stewart, Carlos Frost
Williams.
Associate Professors: Warren Sandusky Barham, Frank Lloyd Haynes,
Jr., Clarence H. Hanson, Philip Arthur Miller, Daniel Townsend
Pope, Bruce J. Zobel.
Assistant Professors: William Lowry Blow, Charles A. Brim, Lyle L.
Phillips.
Graduate study under direction of the Genetics Faculty may enable the
student to qualify for the Master of Science or the Doctor of Philosophy
degree. A candidate for the Master's degree must acquire a thorough
understanding of genetics and its relation to other biological disciplines
and must present a thesis based upon his own research. In addition to a
comprehensive knowledge of his field, a candidate for the doctorate must
demonstrate his capacity for independent investigation and scholarship in
genetics.
At North Carolina State College there are no sharp divisions along
departmental lines between theoretical and applied aspects of genetic
research. The Members and Associate Members of the Genetics Faculty
represent six different departments of the School of Agriculture and the
School of Forestry. They are studying an extremely wide range of genetic
103
problems and are utilizing not only the "classic'' laboratory material (Dro-
sophila, Habrobracon, mice) but also farm animals and agricul rural and
horticultural plants of the region. A student has therefore a wide choice
of research problems in any of the following fields: cytology and cyto-
genetics, physiological and irradiation genetics, forest genetics, population
genetics and the application of quantitative gi'e:::= to breeding method-
ology.
The Genetics Faculty is provided with offices and laboratories in the new
Division of Biological Sciences Building, Gardner Hall. Adjacent to the
building are a greenhouse and a genetics garden. The genetics program
is most fortunate in that it can also draw upon the extensive facilities of
the North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station through the co-
operation of the Associate Faculty Members in Agronomy, Animal Industry,
Horticulture, Poultry Science, Experimental Statistics, and Forestry.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
GN 411. The Principles of Genetics 3 or 3
Prerequisites: BO 102. ZO 101.
An introductory course. The physical basis of inheritance; genes aj ur.:ta :f here-tity
aad development; qualitative a-i .-i-;::z::.e a. = r=-::i ;:" i-netic variation.
Mr. Grosch and Staff.
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
GN 512. Genetics 4-0
Prerequisite: GN 411.
Intended for gtmlenta desiring more thorough and detailed training in
fundamental genetics with some attention to physiological asre:ts. Stu-
dents conduct individual laboratory problems). Mr. Grosch.
GN 513. Cytogenetics I 4-0
Prerequisite: GN 411.
Recommended: GN 512
Variations in the chromosomal mechanisms of inheritance and their
genetic consequences. The chromosomes as they affect breeding behavior
in plants and animals. Lectures and laboratory. Mr. Gerstel.
*GN 540. Evolution 3-0
Prerequisite: GN 411.
The facts and theories of evolution in plants and animals. The causes
and consequences of organic diversity. Mr. Smith.
GN 541. Plant Breeding Methods 3-0
Prerequisites: GN 512 and either ST 511 cr consent of instructor.
Principles and methods of plant breeding. Messrs. Mann, Haynes.
The following courses, offered in other departments, are available for
graduate credit in Genetics:
GN 503. (see AI 503 Animal Breeding) 3 cr 3
GN 520. (see PSC 520 Poultry Breeding) 3-0
**GN 532. (see ZO 532 Biological Effects of Radiations) 0-3
GN 542. (see FC 542 or HRT 542 Plant Breeding Field Procedures} 2
i in summer ~e; ; i :r.s >
• Given I93»-59 a- : years.
•• Giv?r. IC'5?-€0 and alternate year?.
104
Courses for Graduates Only
**GN 614. Cytogenetics II 0-3
Prerequisites: GN 513 or graduate standing in botany or zoology.
Laboratory and discussion: the cytogenetic analysis of natural and
experimental material, plant and animal. Assigned exercises and student
projects. The course provides the student with a working knowledge of
cytogenetic procedure. Designed for those who expect to become profes-
sional breeders or geneticists. Mr. Smith.
**GN 620. Genetic Concepts of Speciation 0-3
Prerequisites: GX 512 and either GN 513 or GN 540.
Review of current ideas on the mechanisms of the origin of species and
the nature of species differentiation. Mr. Stephens.
*GN 621. Genetics of Populations 0-3
Prerequisite: GN 512; Recommended: GN 540.
Review of the forces molding the genetic structure of natural and
artificial populations of plants and animals. Mr. Lewontin.
*GN 633. Physiological Genetics 0-3
Prerequisite: GN 512.
Recent advances in physiological genetics. Attention will be directed
to literature on the nature and action of genes, and to the interaction of
heredity and environment in the expression of the characteristics of organ-
isms. Mr. Grosch.
GN 641, 642. Colloquium in Genetics 3-3
Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor.
Informal group discussion of prepared topics assigned by instructor.
Graduate Staff.
GN 651. Seminar 1-1
Prerequisite: Granduate standing.
GN 661. Research Credits by arrangement
Original research related to the student's thesis problem.
A maximum of six credits for the Master's degree; by arrangement for
the Doctorate.
The following courses, offered in other departments are available for
graduate credit in Genetics:
GN 602. (see AI 602 Advanced Animal Breeding) 0-3
GN 626. (see ST 626 Statistical Concepts in Genetics) 0-3
GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING
(See Department of Mineral Industries)
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE
Graduate Faculty
Professors: Preston William Edsall, Head; Stuart Noblin, Philip M.
Rice.
Associate Professors: Marvin L. Brown, Jr., Abraham Holtzman.
Assistant Professor: Ladislas F. Reitzer.
• Given 1958-59 and alternate years.
** Give*. 1959-60 and alternate years.
105
No graduate degrees are offered in history or political science at State
College. Graduate programs leading to advanced degrees in this field are
offered at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. The courses
listed below are eligible for graduate credit when they form a part of
an approved graduate program in other departments, and work in history
and political science may serve as a minor field.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
HI 401. Russian History 3-0
This course presents the major trends in Russian social, political, economic, and cultural
history, with emphasis on the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. USSR policy is studied
in relation to the full sweep of Russian history.
HI 402. Asia and the West 0-3
A history of Asia from the mid-nineteenth century to the present with emphasis on
Asian nationalism and conflict with the imperial powers.
HI 415. International Relations since 1870 0-3
A study of the relations between the major countries of the world since 1870. In addition
to the history of actual diplomatic relations, crises, and settlements, attention is given to
the causes of the various international crises. The course also includes study of the devel-
opment of international organizations and the various points of conflict between inter-
national law and organization and the sovereignty of independent governments.
HI 422. History of Science 3-0
A study of the evolution of science from antiquity to the present with particular attention
given to the impact of scientific thought upon selected aspects of western civilization. The
course provides a broad perspective of scientific progress and shows the interrelationship
of science and major historical developments.
HI, PS, EC, 461. The Soviet Union 0-3
An analysis of the structure and function of the major Soviet economic, political, and
social institutions with special stress on the historical roots and continuity of Russian
civilization. The course is presented in three equal phases of approximately five weeks
each, covering Russian history, Soviet government, and Soviet economy.
PS 401. American Parties and Pressure Groups 3 or 3
After a brief survey of those features of American government essential to an under-
standing of the political process, the course proceeds to examine the American electorate
and public opinion and devotes its major attention to the nature, organization, and pro-
grams of pressure groups and political parties and to their efforts to direct opinion, gain
control of government, and shape public policy. Special attention is given to party organiza-
tion and pressure group activity at the governmental level and to recent proposals to
improve the political party as an instrument of responsible government.
PS 406. Problems in Xorth Carolina Government 0-2
Prerequisite : PS 201 or an acceptable substitute.
Selected problems arising from the operation of the legislative, administrative, and
judicial machinery in North Carolina. In addition to acquiring a comprehensive view of
these problems each student will make an intensive study of a special phase of one of them.
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
PS 501. Modern Political Theory 3-0
Prerequisite: PS 201 or HI 205 or an acceptable substitute.
A study of the state and its relationship to individuals and groups,
approached through the reading of selected passages from the works of
outstanding political philosophers from the sixteenth century to the pres-
ent. Mr. Holtzman.
PS 502. Public Administration 0-3
Prerequisite: PS 201 or PS 202 or an acceptable substitute.
A study of the principles and problems of administration in a democracy,
including such matters as organization, personnel, fiscal management, re-
106
lationship to the legislative and judicial functions, control of administra-
tive agencies and policies, and public relations. Mr. Block.
PS 503. International Organization 2-0
Prerequisite: PS 201 or HI 205 or an acceptable substitute.
A study of the evolving machinery and techniques of international
organization in the present century with particular emphasis on recent
developments. The actual operation of international organization will be
illustrated by the study of selected current international problems.
Graduate Staff.
PS 512. American Constitutional Theory 0-3
Prerequisite: PS 201 or an acceptable substitute.
Basic constitutional doctrines, including fundamental law, judicial re-
view, individual rights and political privileges, and national and state power.
Special attention is given to the application of these doctrines to the regu-
lation of business, agriculture, and labor and to the rights safeguarded
by the First, Fifth, and Fourteenth Amendments to the Constitution.
Mr. Edsall.
HI 534. (Same as RS 534). Farmers' Movements 0-3
Prerequisite: 3 credits in American history, American government, so-
ciology or a related social science.
A history of agricultural organizations and movements in the United
States and Canada principally since 1865, emphasizing the Grange, the
Farmers' Alliance, the Populist revolt, the Farmers' Union, the Farm
Bureau, the Equity societies, the Nonpartisan League, cooperative market-
ing, government programs, and present problems. Mr. Noblin.
DEPARTMENT OF HORTICULTURE
Graduate Faculty
Professors: Fred Derward Cochran, Head; Monroe Evans Gardner, John-
Lincoln Etchells, John Bernard Gartner, John Mitchell Jenkins,
Ivan Dunlavy Jones; George William Schneider; Carlos Frost
Williams.
Associate Professors: Warren Sandusky Barham, Frank Lloyd Haynes,
Jr., Daniel Townsend Pope.
Assistant Professors: Robert Johnson Schramm, Jr., David Rudger
Walker.
The Department of Horticulture offers the Master of Science degree and
the professional degree, Master of Horticulture. The requirements for each
of these degrees are outlined in an earlier section of this catalog. Evidence
of high scholastic achievement in the basic biological sciences is particu-
larly desirable for students who expect to study for the Master of Science
degree in Horticulture.
The department now has excellent physical facilities for training stu-
dents in Horticulture. The building, completed in 1953, houses Horticulture
and Forestry. It contains adequate office, classroom, and laboratory space
and the equipment necessary for a well rounded graduate program. A
107
range is available which contains ten separate 24' x 30' com-
partments especially designed for research. This range and others make
available for research and teaching approxirri HI sq. ft. of glass.
A modern and well equipped processing labor:. located on the first
floor of the new building with adjoining analytical laboratories. This pro-
Tides facilities for research and teaching in the preservation of foods by
quick-freezing, canning and other methods. Cold storage compartments in
die building make possible extensive investigations dealing with the storage
and handling of fruits, vegetables, and ornamentals. The department has
six analytical laboratories and a cytological laboratory with adjacent pho-
tographic and dark room facilities. Out-field research problems are con-
ducted on the student laboratory farm at Raleigh and at ten of the research
stations located in the various geographical sections of the 5
The opportunities for employment after advanced training are many
and varied: teaching and research in state and privately endowed institu-
tions; research positions wi:. (LSI A., both foreign and domestic; exten-
sion specialists and county agents; research and promotional work with
food, chemical, and seed concerns; orchard, nur \ greenhouse
visors; food technologists and inspectors.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
"irrr 412. OrUii PniNte of Ffenl Cn*i 14
7-— =.:.« ; : : : ?::::■: - ? :--—?--.: -
-€-..- :.L= i-: ;n-« .- ::--■=.-::!.: rr::_:: :- ::' ±:rz~. :z -■ : _:-:.'-: : r«
HKT 431. Freit PiWsctMe
Prerecrisites : BO ltZ. SOI 2M for RncanaQn
-■'r-- ■•-.= •: --:•::- - : -.'-■= -r.r :.-■.'. Tr~ 3.- : ?—.-=.".'. :'r.:t= .iL= -i -~r-^--; -- re
1- ;::r-;^--:.-: : :' -.-; ;nt: : e; .- :'.-. ri .- :'r.:: :::■:.:: .:- Mr $!>.--: ^.-
BJtT 4 «. VegvtmMe PutoLliwi S-S
Prerecnnritet : BO 1«. SOI SOQ (or nw mlUl
? -' ; :r«.: :- ;-:::- : 1-: ::::.::.:: :'er: ...:i-..:- :" ::■ - Te=: :•---• z.-:'
HBT 4C2. Ctarfi p g a«4 fawfrtiii «f Pitc&i d Prate and Vegetables
■'- "-T -=-:-
-:--: 1 ■ ■ = ■ : : \ ~. • :' - - -: :^_i' '-..:
y.r .--■■• er
HRT 501. Horticnltnral Problems Credits by arrangement
Prerequisites: B0421 or GX411 and permission of instructor
Investigation of a problem in horticulture, each student selecting a
I'"-
problem and conducting the investigations under the direction of the in-
structor. The problem may last one or two semesters. Credits will be
determined by the nature of the problem, not to exceed a total of 4 hours.
Graduate Staff
*HRT 512. Handling and Storage of Ornamental Plants 0-3
Perequisite: BO 421
A study of the handling and storage of ornamental plants and plant
parts. Consideration will be given to the chemical and physiological changes
occurring in storage, storage facilities, materials and methods for handling
and storing these products. Mr. Gartner
HRT 521, 522. Technology of Fruit and Vegetable Products 3-3
Prerequisite: BO 412 (or concurrently)
Comprehensive treatment of principals and methods of preservation of
fruits and vegetables, including small scale plant operation and commer-
cial processing plant visits. Mr. Jones.
**HRT 532. Advanced Fruit Production 0-4
Prerequisites: HRT 421, BO 421 (or concurrently)
A comprehensive study of principles involved in production of tree and
small fruits. Mr. Schneider
HRT 541. Plant Breeding Methods 3-0
See GN 541
Messrs. Haynes, Mann.
**HRT 562. Handling and Storage of Fruits and Vegetables 0-3
Prerequisite: BO 421
The chemical and physiological changes occurring during handling and
storage of fruits and vegetables. Consideration will also be given to
facilities for handling and storage. Mr. McCombs
*HRT 571. Advanced Vegetable Crops 3-0
Prerequisites: BO 421 (or concurrently) and consent of instructor
A study of the origin, distribution, botanical relationships, and basic
principles of production of the major vegetable crops. Mr. Cochran
HRT 581. Senior Seminar 1-1
Prerequisite: Senior in Horticulture
Presentation of scientific articles, progress reports in research, and
special problems in horticulture and related fields. Mr. Gardner.
Courses for Graduates Only
HRT 601. Advanced Olericulture 3-0
Prerequisite: HRT 571.
A study of a specific technical problem, involving original investiga-
tions, including a survey of pertinent literature, or an exhaustive study of
literature on a given subject or plant. Messrs. Barham and Cochran.
•Offered 1958-59 and in alternate years
•♦Offered 1959-60 and in alternate years
109
HRT 602. Advanced Ornamental Horticulture 0-3
Prerequisite: BO 421, HRT 422.
A study of specific problems in ornamental crops, either through a study
of pertinent literature or by an original investigation. Mr. Gartner.
HRT 612. Advanced Fruit and Vegetable Processing 0-3
Prerequisite: HRT 522 or equivalent.
Critical study of certain processing methods as applied to fruit and
vegetable preservation. Mr. Jones.
HRT 621. Methods and Evaluation of Horticultural Research 3-0
Prerequisite: BO 421, ST 511 (or concurrently).
Methods and techniques in the field of horticulture and their applica-
tion in the solution of current problems. Critical evaluation of published
papers reporting results of horticultural experiments. Methods of com-
piling data and presenting results. Mr. Cochran.
HRT 632. Advanced Pomology 0-3
Prerequisite: HRT 532.
A critical study of specific problems in fruit crops including current
literature. Mr. Schneider.
HRT 641. Research Credits by arrangement
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Horticulture — consent of instructor.
Original research on specific problems in fruits, vegetables, or ornamental
crops, or in fruit and vegetable processing. Thesis prepared should be
worthy of publication.
A maximum of six credits is allowed toward the Master of Science de-
gree; no limitation on credits in Doctorate program. Graduate Staff.
HRT 651. Seminar 1-1
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Horticulture.
Presentation of scientific articles, progress reports in research, and
special problems in Horticulture and related fields. Presentation of one
or more papers each semester is required. Graduate Staff.
DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL ARTS
AND
DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION
See Education
DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
Graduate Faculty
Professors: Clifton A. Anderson, Head, Robert Gordon Carson, Jr.,
Ernest Sigurd Johnson.
Associate Professor: Robert W. Llewellyn.
Visiting Lecturers: John S. Little, Rudolph Willard.
* Offered 1958-59 and in alternate years.
* 'Offered 1959-60 and in alternate years.
U"
Graduate teaching assistants in mathematics.
A graduate class in Theory of Functions of
;x Variables.
Staff and graduate students at the IBM 650 digital computer.
Graduate students with the GEDA analog computer.
Industrial Engineering is a relatively new branch of engineering that
combines a knowledge of how industry is organized and operated with a
basic training in the fundamentals of engineering. Graduate study leading
to the Master of Science degree in Industrial Engineering is offered in this
department. The rapid development of industry in North Carolina in recent
years has opened many opportunities for men trained in plant operation and
management.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
IE 408. Production Control 3_0
Planning, scheduling and dispatching of production in manufacturing operations ; con-
version of sales_ requirements into production orders ; construction of production budgets
and their relation to labor, materials and machines ; laboratory project involving the
development and operation of the production control system of a typical plant.
IE 425. Sales and Distribution Methods 0-3
An analysis of the distribution of industrial and consumer products ; the effect of in-
creased productivity on sales and distribution channels ; development and marketing of
new products ; merchandising and packaging. Sales training and sales engineering programs.
IE 430. Job Evaluation and Wage Incentives 0-3
Job analysis, classification and specification. Grading, ranking, factor comparison and
point systems of job evaluation in determining equitable rates for job content. Wage
surveys and merit rating. Utilization of time standards in design, installation and opera-
tion of financial incentive plans. Comparison of various wage and salary plans. Effect of
wage payment methods on industrial relations practices.
IE 443. Quality Control 3-0
Economic balance between cost of quality and value of quality, and techniques for
accomplishing this balance. Organization for, specification and utilization of quality controls.
Statistical theory and analyses as applied to sampling, control charts, tolerance determina-
tion, acceptance procedures and control of production.
IE 451. Seminar 1-0
Lectures, problems and presentation of papers on management organizational techniques.
Discussion of selected engineering practices.
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
IE 515. Process Engineering 3-0
Prerequisites: IE 408, 443.
The technical process of translating product design into a manufacturing
program. The application of industrial engineering in the layout, tooling,
methods, standards, costs and control functions of manufacturing. Labora-
tory problems covering producer and consumer products.
Mr. Little.
IE 517. Automatic Processes 3-0
Prerequisites: IE 408, 443.
Principles and methods for automatic processing. The design of product,
process, and controls. Economic, physical, and sociological effects of automa-
tion. Messrs. Anderson and Johnson.
IE 519. Distribution Engineering 0-3
Prerequisite: IE 408.
The application of the Industrial Engineering principles and techniques
of time study, methods analysis, materials handling, standards and controls
111
to the field of distribution. Collection, analysis, and interpretation, of data
and case studies in the retailing, wholesaling, transportation, warehousing
and service fields. Mr. Johnson.
IE 521. Control Systems and Data Processing 3-0
Prerequisites: IE 408, 443.
This course is designed to train the student in the problem and techniques
required for systematic control of the production process and the business
enterprise. This includes training in the determination of control factors,
the collection and recording of data, and the processing, evaluation and use
of data. The course will illustrate the applications and use of data processing
equipment and information machines in industrial processes. Case prob-
lems will be used extensively. Mr. Llewellyn.
IE 543. Standard Data 3-0
Prerequisites: ST 361 or ST 515, one course in motion and time study.
Theory and practice in developing standard data from stopwatch observa-
tions and predetermined time data; methods of calculating standards from
data; application of standard data in cost control, production planning and
scheduling, and wage incentives. Messrs. Llewellyn and Vaswani.
IE 551. Standard Costs for Manufacturing 0-3
Prerequisites: One course in accounting and one course in motion and
time study.
The development, application and use of standard costs as a management
tool; use of industrial engineering techniques in establishing standard costs
for labor, material and overhead. Analysis of variances and setting of budg-
ets. Measures of management performance. Mr. Willard.
IE 581. Project Work 2-2
Investigation and report on an assigned problem for students enrolled in
the fifth-year curriculum in Industrial Engineering. Graduate Staff.
Courses Limited to Graduate Students
IE 635. Planning for Production 0-3
Prerequisites: IE 408, 443.
A study of the factors to be considered in developing an effective and
realistic plan of production for a manufacturing company: analysis of sales
demands, market trends and business conditions. Construction of long range
production schedules and finished good inventory controls; planning for
material purchasing, equipment acquisition and labor requirements: eco-
nomic and cost factors of inventory turnover rates. Mr. Llewellyn.
IE 651. Special Studies in Industrial Engineering Credits by arrangement
Prerequisite: Graduate standing.
The purpose of this course is to allow individual students or small groups
of students to take on studies of special areas in Industrial Engineering
which fit into their particular program and which may not be covered by
existing industrial engineering graduate level courses. The work would be
directed by a qualified staff member who had particular interest in the area
112
covered by the problem. Such problems may require individual research and
initiative in the application of industrial engineering training to new areas
or fields. Graduate Staff.
IE 671. Seminar 1-1
Seminar discussion of industrial engineering problems for graduate
students. Case analyses and reports. Mr. Anderson.
IE 691. Industrial Engineering Research Credits by arrangement
Graduate research in Industrial Engineering for thesis credit.
Graduate Staff.
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
Graduate Faculty
Professors: John Wesley Cell, Head, Roberts Cozart Bullock, John
Montgomery Clarkson, Walter Joel Harrington, Jack Levine,
Carey Gardner Mumford, Howard M. Nahikian, Hubert Vern
Park, Lowell Sheridan Winton.
Assistant Professors: George Charles Caldwell, Edwin Harrison Tomp-
kins, Jr.
The Department of Mathematics offers a graduate program leading to
the Master of Science degree in applied mathematics. A knowledge of ad-
vanced mathematics has become increasingly essential for graduate study
in all of the disciplines offered in any technological branch of a university.
This is particularly true in the several fields of engineering, physics, statis-
tics and the biological sciences; and is becoming increasingly so in economics
and psychology.
Mathematicians are in great demand (and short supply) as college
teachers, as members of mathematics groups working with large electronic
computers, and as members of research teams in industrial or government
laboratories. The demands of an expanding industry in North Carolina
and especially of the Research Triangle will necessitate the employment
of many mathematicians in this state.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
MA 401. Differential Equations I 3 or 3
Prerequisite: MA 202.
First order equations with variables separable; Euler's method of approximate solution;
physical and geometrical applications. Linear equations of first order ; applications. Linear
equations of higher order with constant coefficients, solution by repeated linear first order
equations, variation of parameters, undetermined coefficients, operators. Systems of _ equa-
tions ; scaling variables, applications to networks and dynamical systems. Introduction to
series-solutions; solutions by use of analog computer; non-linear differential equations;
dimensional analysis.
MA 402. Theory of Equations 3-0
Prerequisite: MA 202. (One year of calculus)
Algebraic equations ; isolation of roots, numerical approximations to roots, the Graeffe
method ; application of approximation procedures to transcendental equations ; systems of
linear equations, determinants and introduction to matrix theory.
MA 403. Fundamental Concepts of Algebra 8-0
Prerequisite: MA 202. (One year of calculus)
Integers; integral domains, rational numbers; fields; rings: groups; vectors and vector
spaces ; linear transformations ; matrices.
113
MA 404. Fundamental Concepts of Geometry 3-0
Prerequisite : MA 202. (One year of calculus)
Foundations of geometry; laws of logic; introduction to topology; affine geometry;
geometric transformations; homogeneous coordinates; comparison of Euclidean and non-
Euclidean geometry'.
MA 405. Introduction to Determinants and Matrices 3 or 3
Prerequisite: MA - -
Properties of determinants ; differentiation ; products : theorems of Laplace and Jacobi ;
systems of linear equations. Elementary operations with matrices; inverse, rank, charac-
teristic roots and eigenvectors. Introduction to algebraic forms.
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
MA 501. Numerical Analysis I 3-0
Prerequisite: MA 401.
Construction of scales to represent functions and their use in the con-
struction of networks and nomographs; theory of least squares and curve
fitting, including periodic functions; interpolation formulas of Newton,
Gauss, Lagrange, Bessell, and Stirling with applications to numerical
differentiation and integration; the error curve and some of its applications.
Mr. Park.
MA 502. Numerical Analysis II 0-3
Prerequisites: MA 501, 511.
Analysis of errors in basic interpolation formulas; elementary difference
equations; approximation by Legendre polynomials; Gaussian quadrature;
various numerical methods for solving ordinary and partial differential
equations. Mr. Park.
MA 511. Advanced Calculus I 3 or 3
Prerequisite: MA 401.
Continuity; Taylor's series with remainder; infinitesimals; differentials;
review of convergence tests for infinite series, hyperbolic functions; partial
differentiation; directional derivatives; implicit functions; Jacobians; ele-
ments of differential geometry, differentiation of integrals; improper in-
tegrals. Application to problems in engineering. Graduate Staff.
MA 511a. Advanced Calculus A. 3-0
Prerequisite: MA 202. (One year of calculus)
Sequences; continuity of functions; functions of several variables; partial
differentiation and applications to maxima and minima; integration; differ-
entiation of integrals; improper integral; Jacobians; series; gamma, beta
and error functions. Applications to problems in statistics and economics.
Graduate Staff.
MA 512. Advanced Calculus II 0-3
Prerequisite: MA 511.
Gamma and beta functions; line, surface and space integrals; Green's
theorem; Stoke's theorem; expansion of functions in Fourier series, appli-
cations to boundary value problems; introduction to the theory of functions
of a complex variable, including simple mapping problems, contour integra-
tion and residue theory; elliptic integrals. Graduate Staff.
114
MA 514. Boundary Value Problems 3_0
Prerequisite: MA 512.
Ordinary homogeneous and non-homogeneous differential equations with
boundary values; elements of partial differential equations; applications of
Fourier series and other methods to the solutions of certain boundary value
problems in partial differential equations; harmonic functions.
Mr. Mumford.
MA 521. Advanced Geometry 3_0
Prerequisite: MA 202. (One year of calculus)
Coordinates in space; direction angles and cosines; planes, lines, points;
matrices; surfaces and curves; quadric surfaces; transformations; analysis
of general equation of degree 2; matrix algebra and its applications; in-
troduction to algebraic geometry. Messrs. Clarkson and Nahikian.
MA 522. Theory of Probability 0-3
Prerequisite: MA 401.
Definitions, discrete and continuous sample spaces, combinatorial analysis,
Stirling's formula, simple occupancy and ordering problems, conditional
probability, repeated trials, compound experiments, Bayes' theorem, bi-
nomial, Poisson and normal distributions, the probability integral, random
variables, expectation. Messrs. Clarkson and Levine.
MA 532. Differential Equations II 0-3
Prerequisite: MA 401.
Solution of second order linear equations with variable coefficients; exact
equations; Green's functions; singular points and series solutions; Bessel
function, Legendre polynomials, and other special functions defined by
ordinary differential equations; approximate methods: introduction to par-
tial differential equations. Graduate Staff.
MA 533. History of Mathematics 0-3
Prerequisite: MA 202 (One year of calculus)
Elective.
Evolution of the number system; trends in the development of modern
mathematics; lives and contributions of outstanding mathematicians.
Mr. Nolstad.
MA 535. An Introduction to Computers. 3 or 3
Prerequisite: MA 401 and any other advanced course.
The elements of number systems and commonly used machine codes;
fundamental coding and programming techniques for the IBM 650. Selected
problems are subjected to numerical and error analysis and solved on the
IBM 650. The elements of the theory and applications of the analog com-
puter; solutions of certain differential systems on the Donner analog
computer. Messrs. Caldwell and Tompkins.
MA 541. Vector Analysis 3 or 3
Prerequisite: MA 401.
The algebra of vectors and dyadics; elementary space geometry in vector
form; scalar and vector differentiation of scalar, vector and dyadic func-
115
tions; curvilinear coordinates; line, surface, and volume integrals; integral
transformations; applications. Messrs. Harrington and Winton.
Courses for Graduates Only
MA 602. Partial Differential Equations 0-3
Prerequisite: MA 512.
Partial differentiation, functional dependence, envelopes, eliminants,
Lagrange's equation, general and complete integrals, non-linear equations
of first and higher orders; Fourier series with applications to problems in
vibrations, heat and fluid flow, electricity; boundary value problems.
Mr. Mumford.
MA 605. Non-linear Differential Equations 3-0
Prerequisites: MA 512, MA 532
>.': r. -linear differential equations associated with important physical
:.sts with linear systems; use of phase plane diagrams and
geometrical methods of analysis; approximate solutions by perturba-
ation, Fourier series, slow variations of amplitude and phase, linearized
equations, and computer methods; study of limit cycles and stability.
Mr. Harrington.
MA 611. Complex Variable Theory and Applications I 3-0
Prerequisite: MA 512.
Elementary functions; analytic functions and Cauchy-Riemann equations;
conformal mapping and applications; Taylor and Laurent series; contour
integration and residue theory; the Schwarz-Christoffel transformation.
Messrs. Bullock and Mumford.
MA 612. Complex Variable Theory and Applications II 0-3
Prerequisite: MA 611.
Conformal mapping and applications to flow phenomena; multiple-valued
functions and Riemann surfaces; further applications of residue theory;
analytic continuation; infinite series and asymptotic expansions; elliptic
functions and other special functions in the complex domain; structure
of functions. Mr. Bullock.
MA 622. Vector Spaces and Matrices 0-3
Prerequisite: MA 511.
Introduction to matrices; vector spaces; equivalence, rank, inverse of
matrices: determinants; congruence; quadratic forms; polynomials over a
field; similarity; characteristic roots. Messrs. Nahikian and Park.
MA 632. Operational Mathematics I 3-0
Corequisite : MA 611 or equivalent.
Laplace transform with theory and application to problems in ordinary
and partial differential equations arising from engineering and physics
problems; Fourier integral and Fourier transforms and applications.
Mr. Cell.
116
MA 633. Operational Mathematics II 0-3
Prerequisite: MA 632.
Extended development of the Laplace and Fourier transforms and their
uses in the solution of problems in ordinary and partial differential equa-
tions and in difference equations; Sturm-Liouville systems; advanced theory
in ordinary and partial differential equations. Mr. Cell.
MA 635. Mathematics of Computers 0-3
Prerequisites: MA 512, 535.
Corequisite: MA 622.
The development of methods for the solution of selected problems involv-
ing matrices; integral rational equations; ordinary and partial differ-
ential equations. Particular attention is paid to the question of convergence
and stability; examples solved on the IBM 650. Mr. Caldwell.
MA 641. Calculus of Variations 3-0
Prerequisite: MA 512.
The simplest problem of the calculus of variations in detail; variable
endpoints; iso-perimetric problems; Hamilton's principle; least action
principle; introduction to the theory of linear integral equations of the
Volterra and Fredholm types. Mr. Winton.
MA 651. Expansion of Functions 3-0
Prerequisites: MA 611, 633 or equivalent.
Expansion of functions of one or more variables in Taylor series; asymp-
totic series, infinite products, partial fractions, continued fractions, series
of orthogonal functions; applications in ordinary partial differential equa-
tions, difference equations and integral equations.
Messrs. Cell and Harrington.
MA 661. Tensor Analysis I 3-0
Prerequisites: MA 512, 541.
Recommended (but not required) MA 521, 602, 622.
The basic theory; tensor algebra, tensor calculus; invariant theory;
quadratic differential forms; covariant differentiation, curvature tensor;
geometric applications, Riemannian spaces, parallelism, geodesies, normal
coordinates; generalized vector analysis; physical applications: dynamics,
Lagrange's equations, generalized coordinates; the geometry of dynamics;
kinematic and action line elements, holonomic and non-holonomic systems;
configuration space, dynamics in n-dimensions. Mr. Levine.
MA 662. Tensor Analysis II 0-3
Prerequisite: MA 661.
Continuation of physical applications. Elasticity: finite strains, equations
of compatibility, strain invariants, stress tensor, equations of motion,
generalized Hooke's law, isotropic stress-strain relations; hydrodynamics:
perfect fluids, viscous fluids, viscosity tensor; equations of motion; electro-
magnetic theory: Maxwell's equations, plane waves, stress-energy tensor;
relativity: Lorentz transformation, field equations, Schwarzschild solution,
planetary orbits. Mr. Levine.
117
MA 6S1. Special Topics in Mathematics 3-3
Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of instructor.
Elective.
This course provides an opportunity for small groups of graduate students
iy, under the direction of qualified members of the professional staff,
advanced topics in their special fields of interest. Graduate Staff.
MA 691. Research in Mathematics Credits by arrangement
Prerequisite: Graduate standing and approval of adviser.
Individual research in the field of Mathematics.
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Graduate Faculty
Professors: Karl P. Hanson, Head, John Francis Lee, Graduate Admin-
.--.rator, Xorval White Conner, Jesse Seymour Doolittle, Virgil
Moring F aires, Richard Bennett Knight, Patrick Hill McDonald,
Robert McLean Pinxerton, Robert Barton Rice.*
The Department of Mechanical Engineering offers graduate work lead-
ing to the degree of Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering. Admis-
sion for graduate study leading to the Master's degree is based upon an
undergraduate major in engineering. The specific fields in Mechanical
Engineering are:
(1) Heat Power, including thermodynamics, heat transfer, power gen-
eration, steam and gas turbines, internal combustion engines, refrigeration,
heating and air conditioning-
(2) Design, including analysis of machines and stresses occurring in
machine parts, experimental stress analysis and lubrication;
(3) Aeronautics, including aerodynamics, propulsion, and aircraft struc-
tures.
In addition to the above, students may select courses from other depart-
ments to supplement their work in allied fields of engineering mechanics,
electrical engineering, mathematics, and physics.
Excellent physical facilities are available to carry on an extensive grad-
uate program in the various fields in Mechanical Engineering. Equipment
which can be used in connection with experimental projects and thesis work
includes steam turbines, air compressors, fans, blowers, heat transfer equip-
ment, balancing machines, and refrigeration units. The laboratory is es-
pecially well equipped for extensive research work, of both the fundamental
and applied nature, in the field of diesel engines. There is much equipment
available for specific research and laboratory investigations in the fields
of air conditioning, heat transfer, fluid flow, wind tunnel investigations,
aircraft instrumentation, and various experimental methods of stress ana-
lysis.
Adequate physical space in a new and modern building is available for
setting up research projects.
Many opportunities exist for men who are interested in additional
training of a professional nature and particularly those interested in the
•On leave of absence.
118
fields of design, research, and education, as well as those who may be
interested in carrying on their education beyond the Master's level. There
is an urgent demand for people in academic work as well as industry for
men with advanced training at the Master of Science level.
Several assistantships are available in the department for half time
graduate work and half time work in the department of a teaching or
research nature. It is expected that an assistantship student will obtain
his Master of Science degree in two years. (See announcement pertaining
to fellowships and assistantships elsewhere in this catalog.)
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
ME 401. Power Plants 3 or 3
Prerequisite: ME 302.
Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering.
Application of thermodynamics, economics and principles studied in other basic courses
of the mechanical engineering curriculum to the engineering of thermal power plants in-
cluding the energy balance, combustion, steam generators, prime movers, heat transfer
devices, compressors, pumps and auxiliaries.
ME 405, 406. Mech. Engineering Laboratory III, IV 1-1
Prerequisite: ME 306.
Determination of performance of heat power equipment with emphasis on heat transfer
and fluid flow.
ME 410. Jet Propulsion 0-3
Prerequisites: ME 302 and ME 352 or EM 430.
Application of fundamental principles of thermodynamics and the mechanics of a com-
pressible fluid to the processes of jet-propulsion and turbo-propeller aircraft ; the effect of
performance of components on performance of engine ; analysis of engine performance
parameters.
ME 411, 412. Machine Design II, III 3-3
Prerequisites : For ME 411 : EM 321 ; for ME 412 : ME 311 and ME 411.
Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering.
A study of the methods of designing machine elements to withstand steady and varying
forces and to operate without excessive wear at friction areas. Elementary stress analysis
is followed by combined stresses, applied to such elements as keys, shafts, spring, bearings,
belting, clutches, brakes, frames, and gears.
ME 441, 442. Technical Seminar 1-1
Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing.
Elective for juniors or seniors in ME.
Meetings once a week for the delivery and discussion of student papers on topics of current
interest in Mechanical Engineering.
ME 453. Applied Aerodynamics (Formerly Ae. E. 453) 3-0
Prerequisite: ME 352.
Determination of design data, tunnel wall and ground effect interference corrections, span-
wise and chordwise load distributions, performance estimation, and stability and control
analysis. Attention is given to transonic and supersonic aerodynamics.
ME 455, 456. Aeronautical Laboratory, I, II (Formerly Ae. E. 455, 456) 1-1
Prerequisites: ME 352. 306.
Demonstration of wind tunnel testing methods and principles of fluid motion. Aerodynamic
tests of airplane components and complete models. Calibration of instruments and other
laboratory exercises related to aeronautical engineering.
ME 459. Aircraft Structures (Formerly Ae. E. 561) 3-0
Prerequisites: ME 351, EM 321.
Theory of aircraft structures, design principles and methods of stress analysis, emphasis
on thin-walled structures.
ME 461, 462. Airplane Design I, II (Formerly Ae. E. 461, 462) 3-3
Prerequisite: EM 321.
Co-requisite: ME 453.
Design procedure, preliminary layout from design specifications, weight and balance, per-
formance estimation, control and stability analysis, principles of stress analysis.
119
ME 4TJ. Refrigeration X-0
Prerequ»ite: MI
Required of seniors in Heating and Air Conditioning.
The fundamental principles of refrigeration, th*. performance of various types of re-
frigeratjrg machines and their applications to air conditioning; controls of such systems.
ME 4T5. 4T6. Air Conditioning Laboratory III. IV
Concurrent with ME 431. 482.
Required of seniors in Heating and Air Conditioning.
The testing of heat transfer equipment including feed water heaters, radiators, convectors,
unit beaters, beating panels ; heating boilers, hot air furnaces, stokers, oil burners ; air
of both the spray and coil types, evaporative condensers.
ME SO, 4^. Air Conditioning Design I. II 3-3
Required of seniors in Heating and Air Conditioning.
The design, layout and cost estimates of various types of heating and air conditioning
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
ME 501. Steam and Gas Turbines 3 or 3
Prereq-: E 302 and EM 430 or ME 352.
iamental analysis of the theory and design of turbomachinery flow
passages; control and performance of turbomachinery ; gas-turbine engine
proce- Mr. Lee.
ME 502. Heat Transfer 3 or 3
Prerequisite: ME 301.
A study of the fundamental laws of heat transfer by conduction, convec-
tion and radiation; steady and unsteady states heat transfer; elementary
application to heat transfer equipment.
Messrs. Doolittle and Woodburn.
ME 507. 50>. Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals (Formerly Dies
507. 50S) 3-3
Prerequisite: ME 302.
The fundamentals common to internal combustion engine cycles of opera-
tion. The Orto engine: carburetion, fuel distribution, flame propogation,
normal and knocking combustion, throttling, pumping, valve and spark
timing, and altitude effects; the Diesel engine: injection and spray forma-
tion, fuel rating, atomization, penetration, diesel knock, combustion, pre-
combustion, arc scavenging, as applied to reciprocating and rotary engines.
Mr. Ledbetter.
ME 515. Experimental Stress Analysis 3 or 3
Prerequ:;::e: ME 312.
HI H, him. a determined experimentally by photoelasticity methods, by mech-
anical and electrical strain gages, by brittle coatings, etc. Effects of varying
; es. Mr. Whitfield.
ME 517. Lubrication
Prerey;i;::e: EM 430.
The theory of viscous and boundary lubrication. Bearing design from
various approaches. Thermal equilibrium. Properties of lubricants.
Mr. Harrisburger.
120
ME 536. Aircraft Engines (Formerly Dies. 536) 0-3
Prerequisite: ME 302.
Spark-ignition, compression-ignition, and jet engines are studied from
the standpoint of design, construction, and operation and as they apply to
aircraft. Mr. Ledbetter.
ME 545, 546. Project Work in Mechanical Engineering I, II 2-2
Individual or group assigned design, construction, analytical or experi-
mental projects in Mechanical Engineering. Graduate Staff.
ME 551. Flying Qualities (Formerly Ae.E. 551) 3-0
Prerequisite: ME 352.
Evaluation of flying qualities of airplanes, important factors and criterion
for design, analysis of stick-fixed and stick-free control and stability,
maneuvering stability, lateral controllability, and stick force determination.
Mr. Pinkerton.
ME 552. Aircraft Applied Loads (Formerly Ae.E. 552) 0-3
Prerequisite: ME 453.
Determination of aerodynamic loads, maneuvering and gust loads, V-g
diagram, span-wise distributions on unswept and swept wings, dynamic
flight loads. Consideration of the load modifications in transonic flight
range. Mr. Pinkerton.
ME 553. Propeller and Rotary Wing Design (Formerly Ae.E. 553) 3-0
Prerequisite: ME 352.
A study of the design of aircraft propellers and rotary wing theory
and design. Discussion of problems of performance evaluation, control and
stability, as applied to rotating wing aircraft. Graduate Staff.
ME 554. Advanced Aerodynamic Theory (Formerly Ae.E. 554) 0-3
Prerequisite: ME 453.
Development of fundamental aerodynamic theory. Emphasis upon mathe-
matical analysis and derivation of equations of motion, airfoil theory and
comparison with experimental results. Introduction to supersonic flow
theory. Mr. Pinkerton.
ME 562. Applied Aircraft Structures (Formerly Ae.E. 562) 0-3
Prerequisites: ME 459, and ME 453.
Development of methods of stress analysis for aircraft structures, special
problems in structural design, stiffened panels, rigid frames, indeterminate
structures, general relaxation theory. Mr. Cleary.
ME 571. Air Conditioning 3-0
Prerequisite: ME 302.
Principles of heating and ventilation; warm air, steam and hot- water
heating systems; air conditioning. Mr. Knight.
ME 572. Refrigeration 0-3
Prerequisite: ME 302.
An analysis of the simple, compound, centrifugal and multiple effect
compression system, the steam jet and the absorption systems of refrigera-
tion. Mr. Knight.
121
Courses for Graduates Only
ME 601, 602. Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics I, II 3-3
Prerequisites: ME 302 or ME 303.
First and Second Laws; theory of variable specific heats; general equa-
tions of thermodynamics; characteristic equations of state; reduced co-
ordinates; prediction of properties of gases and vapors; chemical equi-
librium; metastable states; thermodynamics of fluid flow.
Mr. Doolitx'.e.
.ME 603. Advanced Power Plants 3-0
Prerequisite: ME 401.
A critical analysis of the energy balance of thermal power plants;
thermodynamic and economic evaluation of alternate schemes of develop-
ment; study of recent developments in the production of power.
Mr. Lee.
ME 604. Nuclear Power Plants 0-3
Prerequisites: ME 302, 502, EM 430, PY 419.
Resources of fuels, power reactors, reactor materials and properties,
coolants, pumps, heat exchangers, nuclear gas turbine power plants, nuclear
steam power plants, special purpose plants, the economics of nuclear power
and selected topics on shielding, waster disposal and health precautions.
Mr. Lee.
ME 611. 612. Advanced Machine Design I, II 3-3
Prerequisite: ME 412.
Two and three-dimensional stress analysis; theories of failure; working
stresses: shock and steady dynamic loading, creep, stress concentration;
application of elastic energy theories, plasticity, hydrodynamics to the
design of machine frames, shafts, bearings, gears, springs, cams and
brakes; statistical analysis of tolerances. Mr. McDonald.
ME 613. Mechanics of Machinery 3-0
Prerequisite: ME 311.
Kinetics of machines, with emphasis on inertia forces; balancing of
machine members and reciprocating machines. Mr. Faires.
ME 641. Mechanical Engineering Seminar I. II 1-1
Faculty and graduate student discussions centered around current re-
search problems and advanced engineering theories and development;.
Mr. Hanson.
ME 645. Mechanical Engineering Research 3 to 6
Prerequisites: Graduate standing in ME, and approval of adviser.
Individual research in the field of Mechanical Engineering.
Graduate Staff.
ME 651. Principles of Fluid Motion (Formerly Ae.E. 651) 3-0
Prerequisite: ME 453.
Co-requisite: MA 511.
Fundamental principles of fluid dynamics. Mathematical methods of
analysis are emphasized. Potential flow theory development with introduc-
122
tion to the effects of viscosity and compressibility. Two dimensional and
three dimensional phenomena are considered. Mr. Pinkerton.
ME 652. Dynamics of Compressible Flow (Formerly Ae.E. 652) 0-3
Prerequisite: ME 651.
Properties of compressible fluids, equation of motion of one-dimensional
motion, channel flows, shock wave theory, methods of observation, and
flows at transonic speeds. Mr. Pinkerton.
ME 653. Supersonic Aerodynamics (Formerly Ae.E. 653) 3-0
Prerequisite: ME 652.
Equations of motion in supersonic flow, Prandtl-Meyer turns, method of
characteristics, hodograph plane, supersonic wind tunnels, supersonic air-
foil theory, and boundary layer shock interaction. Mr. Pinkerton.
ME 654. Dynamics of Viscous Fluids (Formerly Ae.E. 654) 0-3
Prerequisite: ME 651.
Development of the Navier-Stokes equations and the boundary layer
theory. Laminar and turbulent boundary layers in theory and experiment,
flow separation, and transition. Mr. Pinkerton.
ME 671, 672. Advanced Air Conditioning Design I, II 3-3
Prerequisites: ME 571, 572.
The design of heating and air conditioning systems; the preparation of
specifications and performance tests on heating and air conditioning equip-
ment. Mr. Knight.
METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING
(See Department of Mineral Industries)
DEPARTMENT OF MINERAL INDUSTRIES
Graduate Faculty
Professors : William Wyatt Austin, Head, William Callum Bell, Istvan
Ferenczi, William Wurth Kriegel, John Mason Parker, III.
Associate Professors: William Cullen Hackler, Hans Heinrich Stadel-
MATER.
Special Lecturer: Abdel Aziz Fahmy.
The Department of Mineral Industries offers graduate programs leading
to the degrees of Master of Science in Ceramic Engineering, Geological
Engineering, and Metallurgical Engineering, and to the degree of Doctor
of Philosophy in Ceramic Engineering. Certain graduate courses are also
offered for the benefit of students majoring in other areas who may be
interested in pursuing advanced work in the Mineral Industries fields.
Ceramic Engineering
The graduate program in Ceramic Engineering includes study and re-
search in the following sub-divisions: electrical ceramics, glass, vitreous
enamels and coatings, structural clay products, refractories, whitewares
123
(wall tile, sanitary ware, dinnerware, etc.), and materials associated with
nuclear reactor program.
The prerequisite for graduate work in ceramic engineering is a proficiency
in the undergraduate courses required for the Bachelor's degree in Ceramic
Engineering, or substantial equivalent.
The ceramic laboratories of the department are well equipped to enable
carrying forward of researches in the areas previously mentioned. These
facilities are augmented by those of the Ceramic Research Laboratories of
the Department of Engineering Research. Also available are the Electron
Microscope and X-Ray Diffraction Laboratories of that Department, and
the Nuclear Reactor of the Physics Department.
Illustrative of the scope of graduate research in ceramics at North Caro-
lina State College are some of the recent and current projects. These have
encompassed studies of the dielectric and physical characteristics of ceramic
bodies in the system BaTi0 3 , studies of the power losses in low dielectric
constant ceramics, the effect of devitrification of the glassy phase on the
conductivity of ceramic insulator bodies, studies in spodumene, tremolite,
talc, and nepheline syenite in multiflux vitreous bodies, diffusion of selected
isotopes through ceramic and cermet bodies, high temperature load bearing
characteristics of silica-clay refractories, the effect of alkali on the hygro-
scopicity of glass, studies of the maximum safe rate of drying structural
clays and the pozzolanic properties of shale.
Geological Engineering
The graduate program in Geological Engineering is directed to the
advanced training of qualified scientists who are urgently needed in the
location and evaluation of mineral resources of the State and nation.
Candidates for admission to this program should hold the degree of Bachelor
of Geological Engineering or a satisfactory equivalent.
The solution of professional problems in geology, as in other fields today,
is requiring more quantitative data and specialized training than can be
included in an undergraduate curriculum. Graduate training makes pro-
fessional advancement more sure and rapid. A person with such training
in geology will find employment with oil and mining companies, govern-
mental agencies, and educational and research institutions.
North Carolina State College is on the Piedmont Plateau near the edge
of the Atlantic Coastal Plain. A great variety of problems in igneous,
sedimentary, and metamorphic geology are to be found within a radius of
50 miles of Raleigh.
Facilities are available for research in mineralogy, petrography, mineral
dressing, and problems relating to engineering. Excellent collections of
geological literature are available at North Carolina State College, at the
University at Chapel Hill, and at Duke University in Durham.
Metallurgical Engineering
The rapid expansion of the metal-working and related mineral industries
in the South in recent years has brought about a sharp increase in the
demand for trained leaders in these fields. There is at present intense em-
phasis on advanced study and research on the fundamental behavior of
124
metals and alloys. From this work will come urgently-needed improve-
ments in metallic materials of construction to withstand increasingly drastic
service requirements — higher stresses, higher temperatures, corrosive and
radioactive environments. Consequently the engineering graduate who
avails himself of the opportunity for advanced study in this field will
greatly enhance his usefulness as an engineer regardless of his field of
specialization.
Opportunities for men with graduate training in metallurgy and metal-
lurgical engineering are almost unlimited. Industry and Universities today
need approximately four times as many metallurgists with advanced de-
grees as are available. It has been estimated that by 1975 the electrical,
chemical, aircraft, and nuclear industries will require 50,000 research
metallurgists and metallurgical engineers. The number presently avail-
able is approximately 2,000. Present ratios indicate that one-third to one-
half of the 50,000 graduates needed should have advanced training beyond
the bachelor's degree. The shortage of graduates with advanced degrees is
further accentuated by the need for qualified college faculty members to
provide adequate instruction in metallurgical and related fields. Thus it is
readily seen that there is a very real and urgent need for an intensification
of emphasis at the graduate level on the training of metallurgical engineers
to assume leadership in expanding the frontiers of knowledge of metals
and alloys, and to provide a source of additional faculty manpower in this
important area.
North Carolina State College is one of the few institutions in the
South, and the only institution in North Carolina, prepared to offer gradu-
ate instruction in metallurgical engineering. In addition to the advanced
work in metallurgical engineering, the School of Engineering also offers
an excellent program of supporting courses at the graduate level in the
related fields of physics, chemistry, mathematics, engineering mechanics,
and in mechanical, chemical, ceramic, and nuclear engineering.
Fellowships and Graduate Assistantships
Financial assistance is available to graduate students in the Department
of Mineral Industries; Graduate assistantships permit half-time studies in
either Ceramic Engineering, Geological Engineering, or Metallurgical En-
gineering, and half time to be devoted to teaching or other assigned duties.
Applications should be made to the Department. Also certain sponsored
fellowships which permit full time to be devoted to graduate studies, such
as the Edward Orton, Jr. Ceramic Foundation Fellowship, are available.
CERAMIC ENGINEERING
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
MIC 413. Ceramic Process Principles II 4-0
Prerequisites: MIC 312 and CH 532.
A continuation of MIC 312. Introduction to crystal chemistry and the constitution of
glass. Consideration of special problems relating to glasses, glazes and enamels, including
opacity and color. Applications of the principles of phase equilibria with particular reference
to refractories. Lectures and laboratory.
125
414. senior Thesis - ;
One semester required of seniors in Ceramic Engineering. A second semester may be
elected.
An introduction to research. Literature search, laboratory investigation and written report
in the form of a thesis. Conference and labortory.
i 15. 416. Ceramic Engineering Design 2-2
The methods of ceramic equipment, structures and plant design.
IOC -lie Industrial Ceramics S-0
y of the various ceramic industries, including manufacturing techniques, labor and
professional relationships, and the present and future bMUm :' Hie respective industries.
Lectures and discussion.
MIC 425. Seminar 1-1
One semester required of Seniors in Ceramic Engineering. A second semester may be
elected.
Literature survey of selected topics in ceramic engineering. Oral and -written reports,
discussions.
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
MIC 503. Ceramic Microscopy 3 or 3
Prerequisite: MIG 531.
PetrogTaphic techniques for the systematic study of ceramic materials
and products. Interpretation and representation of results. Mr. Kriegel.
MIC 505. Research and Control Methods 0-3
Prerequisite: MIC 413.
Lectures, demonstrations and experiments on instrumental methods of
ceramic investigation and statistical methods of control. Mr. Hackler.
MIC 511. Advanced Studies in Firing 3 or 3
Prerequisite: MIC 413.
Advanced studies of ceramic firing procedures with emphasis on the de-
sign, calculation and economic evaluation of kilns and furnaces.
Mr. Hackler.
MIC 507. 508. Advanced Ceramic Experiments 3-3
Prerequisite: MIC 414 or equivalent.
Advanced studies in ceramic laboratory experimentation.
Graduate Staff.
MIC 522. Structural Clay Products 0-3
Prerequisite: MIC 413.
The technology of the structural clay products industries with emphasis
on the latest developments in the field. Mr. Kriegel.
MIC 528. Refractory Technology 0-2
Prerequisite: MIC 413.
The technology of refractory manufacture with emphasis on the latest
advances in the field. Mr. Kriegel.
MIC 527. Refractories in Service 3 or 3
Prerequisite: CH 502.
A study of the physical and chemical properties of the more important
refractories in respect to their environment in industrial and laboratory
furnaces. Mr. Kriegel.
12<?
MIC 532. Technology of Abrasives 0-2
Prerequisite: MIC 413.
The methods of manufacture, properties and application of abrasives to
industrial grinding, cutting and polishing. Mr. Kriegel.
MIC 535-536. Enamels and Protective Coatings. 3.3
Prerequisite: MIC 413.
The technology of ceramic coatings for ferrous, aluminum and special
high temperature alloys used for domestic appliances, structural members
aircraft parts, etc. Mr. Hackler.
MIC 540. Glass Technology 3 or 3
Prerequisite: MIC 413.
Fundamentals of glass manufacture including compositions, properties
and application of the principle types of commercial glass. Mr. Hackler.
MIC 543, 544. Technology of the Whiteware Industries 3-3
Prerequisite: MIC 413.
Technology of whiteware bodies and glazes. Mr. Hackler.
MIC 548. Technology of Cements 0-3
Prerequisite: MIC 413.
The technology of the Portland cement industry including manufacture,
control and uses. Mr. Kriegel.
Courses for Graduates Only
MIC 605, 606. Crystal Structures 2-2
Prerequisite: CH 532.
Basic laws of crystal structure. Relation of crystal structure to chemical
and physical properties. Messrs. Hackler, Kriegel.
MIC 613. Ceramic Thermal Mineralogy 0-3
Prerequisite: MIC 605.
Applications of the principles of thermalchemical mineralogy to ceramic
problems. Mr. Bell.
MIC 650. Ceramic Research Credits by arrangement
An original and independent investigation in ceramic engineering. A
report of such an investigation is required as a graduate thesis.
Graduate Staff.
MIC 660. Ceramic Engineering Seminar 1 cr.
per semester
Reports and discussion of special topics in ceramic engineering and allied
fields. Graduate Staff.
MIC 661. Special Studies in Ceramic Engineering 1 to 3 credits
per semester
Special Studies of advanced topics in ceramic engineering. Credit will
vary with the topic. Graduate Staff.
127
GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
MIG 411. All. Economic Geology 8-3
Prerequisites: MIG 120 ar.d 330.
Required of seniors in Geological Engineering.
Mode of occurrence, association, origin, distribution, and uses of economically valuable
minerals. Lectures, laboratories, and field tripe. Mr. Ferenczi.
MIG 442. Petrology 0-8
Prerequisites: MIG 120 and 330.
Required of juniors in Geological Engineering.
Materials of the earth's crust ; composition, texture, classification, megascopic identifica-
tion, and alterations of the principal igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic rocks. Lee-
tores, laboratories, and field trips. Mr. Parker.
MIG 452. Sedimentation and Stratigraphy 0-3
Prerequisite: MIG 442.
Required in Geological Engineering.
Sedimentary processes, products, and structures. Principles of sub-division of sedimentary
terranes into natural units and the determination of their age and history. Lectures,
laboratories, and field trips. Mr. Ferencri.
MIG 4S1. Engineering Geology 3 or 3
Prerequisite: MIG 120.
Required in fifth year of Geological Engineering.
The application of geologic principles to engineering practice ; analysis of geologic fac-
tors and processes affecting specific engineering projects. Mr. Miller.
MIG 462. Geological Surveying 0-3
Prerequisites: MIG 351 and 442.
Required of seniors in Geological Engineering.
Methods of field observation and use of geologic surveying instruments in surface and
underground work : representation of geologic features by maps, sections and diagrams.
Lectures, laboratories, and field work. Messrs. Parker, Miller.
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
MIG 510. Mineral Industry 3 or 3
Prerequisite: Senior standing in Mineral Industries.
Economics of mineral industry. Cycles of mineral production. Exhausti-
bility. Reserves. Valuation of mineral property. National resources; es-
sential, critical, and strategic minerals. World distribution and production.
Mr. Parker.
MIG 522. Petroleum Geology 3 or 3
Prerequisite: MIG 351 and 442.
Required in fifth year of Geological Engineering.
Properties, origin and modes of occurrence of petroleum and natural
gas. Geologic and economic features of the principal oil and gas fields,
mainly in the United States. Mr. Ferenczi.
MIG 531. Optical Mineralogy 3-0
Prerequisites: MIG 330 and PY 202.
Required of seniors in Geological Engineering.
Optical principles involved in the petrographic (polarizing) microscope
and related instruments. Microscopic determination of minerals in thin
section and in fragments. Lectures and laboratory work. Mr. Parker.
MIG 552. Geophysics 3 or 3
Prerequisites: MIG 351, PY 202.
Required in fifth year of Geological Engineering.
Discussion of the fundamental principles underlying all geophysical
128
methods; procedure and instruments involved in gravitational, magnetic,
seismic, electrical and other methods of studying geological structures
and conditions; study of applications and interpretations of results.
Mr. Miller.
MIG 571, 572. Mining and Mineral Dressing 3.3
Prerequisite: MIG 372.
Required in fifth year of Geological Engineering.
Principles of the mineral industry; mining laws, prospecting, sampling,
development, drilling, blasting, handling, ventilation and safety; adminis-
tration, surveying, assaying; preparation, beneficiation and marketing.
Mr. Miller.
MIG 581. Geomorphology 3-0
Prerequisite: MIG 442.
Required in fifth year of Geological Engineering.
A systematic study of land forms and their relations to processes and
stages of development and adjustment to underlying structure. Lectures,
map interpretations, and field trips. Mr. Parker.
Courses for Graduates Only
MIG 611, 612. Advanced Economic Geology 3-3
Prerequisites: MIG 411, 412.
Required in fifth year of Geological Engineering.
Detailed study of the origin and occurrence of specific mineral deposits.
Messrs. Ferenczi and Parker.
MIG 632. Microscopic Determination of Opaque Minerals 3 or 3
Prerequisites: MIG 531.
Identification of metallic, opaque minerals in polished sections by physical
properties, etch reactions and microchemical tests. Laboratories.
Mr. Parker.
MIG 642. Advanced Petrography 3 or 3
Prerequisites: MIG 442, 531.
Application of the petrographic microscope to the systematic study of
the composition and origin of rocks; emphasis on igneous and metamorphic
rocks. Mr. Parker.
MIG 681, 682. Seminar 1-1
Prerequisite: Graduate standing.
Scientific articles, progress reports and special problems of interest to
geologists and geological and mining engineers discussed.
Graduate Staff.
MIG 691. Geological Research Credits by arrangement
Prerequisite: Permission of the Instructor.
Lectures, reading assignments, and reports; special work in Geology
to meet the needs and interests of the students. Graduate Staff.
129
METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
MIM 401. 402. Metallurgical Operations I, II 4-4
Prerequisite: MIM 332.
A systematized treatment of the fundamental operations involved in the production and
fabrication of metals and alloys. Part I deals primarily with procedures and operations
employed in chemical or extractive metallurgy. Part II covers the operations of physical
and mechanical metallurgy. Mr. Austin.
MIM 4:1.42:. Milaliwuj I. II 2-2
Prerequisite: CH 102.
Required of seniors in M.E. and Ae.E.
The constitution, structure and properties of engineering ferrous and non-ferrous metals
and alloys; influences of mechanical working and heat treatment; physical testing, corrosion
and its 1 : Metallurgical Engineering
MIM 4:3. Metallurgical Laboratory 1 or 1
Co-requisite: MIM 421 or i...
Laboratory work to accompany Metallurgy I, n. Metallurgical Engineering Staff.
MIM 431. 432. Metallography I. II 3-3
Prerequisite: MIM IB.
An intensive study of the principles and techniques for examination and correlation of
the structure, ccr.;:: .:.:". and properties of metals and alloys. Mr. Fahmy.
MIM 445. 446. Experimental Engineering I. II 3-3
Prerequisite: MIM 422 or approval of instructor.
Advanced engineering principles applied to a specific project dealing with metallurgy,
metallography, or general experimental w;r'i. A seminar period provided and a written
report required. Metallurgical Engineering Sta5.
MIM 451, 452. Metallurgical Engineering Seminar 1-1
Prerequisite: Senior standing in MET. E.
Reports and discussion of special topics in metallurgical engineering and related subjects.
Metallurgical Engineering S:a.n.
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
MIM 521. 522. Advanced Physical Metallurgy I. II 3-3
Prerequisite: MIM 422.
Theories concerning behavior and control of engineering alloys, reaction
rates in the solid state, and alloy influences; current heat treating prac-
tices; surface treatments; behavior of metals at high and low temperatures;
special purpose alloys; powder metallurgy; review of modern equipment
and methods for the study of metals. Mr. Stadelmaier.
MIM 523. 524. Metallurgical Factors in Design 2-2
Prerequisite: MIM 422.
A study of the metallurgical factors that must be considered in using
metals in design. Mr. Austin.
MIM 541. 532. Principles of Corrosion I, II 3-3
Prerequisite: MIM 422.
The fundamentals of metallic corrosion and passivity. The electrochemical
nature of corrosive attack, basic forms of corrosion, corrosion rate factors,
methods of corrosion protection. Laboratory work included. Mr. Austin.
MIM 561. Advanced Structure and Properties of Materials 3-0
Prerequisite: MIM 422.
A systematic treatment of the fundamental physico-chemical principles
governing the constitution of both metallic and ceramic materials. Correla-
tion of these principles with physical mechanical and chemical properties
of materials. Particular emphasis is placed upon materials of construction
for nuclear reactors. Lecture and Laboratory. Mr. Fahmy.
130
MIM 562. Materials Problems in Nuclear Engineering. 0-3
Prerequisite: MIM 561.
Engineering aspects of problems involved in the selection and applica-
tion of reactor materials. Specific attention is given to elevated tempera-
ture behavior, fatigue, corrosion, irradiation damage, and the fabrication
and processing of these materials. Lecture and Laboratory. Mr. Fahmy.
Courses for Graduates Only
MIM 651, 652. Theory and Structure of Metals 3.3
Prerequisite: MIM 522.
An advanced interpretation of the development of theories of the metallic
state with emphasis on modern physical concepts. Topics include theory of
crystallinity, bonding forces, stability of metallic structures, diffusion, and
dislocation theory. Mr. Stadlemaier.
MIM 695. Metallurgical Engineering Research Credits by arrangement
Independent investigation of an appropriate problem in Metallurgical
Engineering. A report on this investigation is required as a graduate thesis.
Graduate Staff.
DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGE
Graduate Faculty
Professor Emeritus: Lawrence Earle Hinkle.
Associate Professor: George W. Poland, Head.
The courses listed below are recommended to assist graduate students
in preparing themselves for the use of modern foreign languages in re-
search and advanced study. Students are given the opportunity of working
a translation project in connection with their subject of major interest.
Although these courses do not carry graduate language credit, they may
be taken as a means of attaining a reading knowledge.
ML 405, 406. Scientific Spanish 3.3
Prerequisite : Knowledge of basic Spanish grammar.
A study of scientific literature appearing in current bulletins, magazines, and technical
journals. Special attention given to the comprehension of the thought of the article under
consideration and its accurate rendition into English. Conferences.
ML 501, 502. Scientific French 3-3
Prerequisite: Knowledge of basic French grammar.
A study of scientific literature appearing in current bulletins, magazines
and technical journals. Reading material is adjusted to individual needs.
Conferences.
ML 503. German Grammar for Graduate Students 3-3
This course is open to Graduate Students only and is designed to present
the grammar of scientific German as rapidly as possible in preparation
for the reading course which follows.
ML 504. Scientific German 3-3
Prerequisite: ML 503 or equivalent.
Reading and translation of technical German, supplemented by discus-
sions on terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other linguistic
techniques. Subject material adjusted to individual needs; Conferences.
131
DEPARTMENT OF OCCUPATIONAL INFORMATION
AND GUIDANCE
See Education
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION
PHI 401. Foundations of Science 3 or 3
Nature and validity of knowledge, basic concepts of modern science, scientific method, and
the implication of the philosophy of modern science for ethics, social philosophy, and the
nature of reality.
REL 4 03. Religions of the World 3 or 3
History, general characteristics, and central teachings of the major living religions of the
world, with a brief consideration of contemporary secular movements that are in a sense
religious.
PHI 501. Social Ethics 3 or 3
Prerequisite: Six term credits in Philosophy or related fields.
Major ethical theories and the basic questions posed by them; the prob-
lem of value in the light of modern knowledge; ethical principles as ground
for cultural unity and as supplementation of empirical case method; the
applicability of ethics to problems of policy determination.
REL 502. Problems of Religion 3 or 3
Prerequisite: Six term credits in Religion or related fields.
Major trends in contemporary theology; the significance of the resurgent
interest in religion and the remarkable growth of the churches in recent
times; problems of effective communication at the theological level; the
ecumenical movement.
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
Professors: Arthur Clayton Menius, Head, Forest Wesley Lancaster,
Jefferson Sullivan Meares, Raymond LeRoy Murray, Graduate Ad-
ministrator, Rufus Hummer Snyder, Newton Underwood, Arthur
W. Waltner.
Associate Professor: Joseph Thomas Lynn.
Assistant Professors: Antonios Antonakos. William Robert Davis.
ENGINEERING PHYSICS
The Master of Science in Engineering Physics is offered to enable those
students whose interest is in applied physics to obtain a basic training
in the fundamental subject matter and techniques of physics in an engin-
eering environment.
The inclusion of a number of elective courses allows for a minor in some
field of engineering or mathematics.
132
NUCLEAR ENGINEERING
Nuclear Engineering refers to the design and operation of processes and
equipment in the atomic energy field. Both the knowledge of basic science
and the methods of engineering are applied to the solution of the new and
unusual problems encountered in this work.
The application of nuclear processes is rapidly growing, particularly in
the development of nuclear power and the need for trained students is
correspondingly great. The problem of study at North Carolina State Col-
lege was the first available in this area of engineering. The training for
the Master's candidate includes the following:
(a) Basic Science: Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics.
(b) Nuclear Technology: Reactor design, reactor theory, radiation haz-
ards and protection, and engineering problems in nuclear energy.
(c) Elective courses in related engineering fields, science or mathematics.
(d) Research and preparation of a thesis based on independent investiga-
tions by the students.
Doctor of Philosophy Degree
The Doctor of Philosophy degree is offered in both Nuclear Engineering
and Engineering Physics. The major research interest is in theoretical and
experimental nuclear engineering. In special cases the research need not
be limited to the interests of the physics department but may be completed
in related subjects of engineering.
The instructional courses in the Physics Department are developed around
two major fields of interest: Nuclear Physics and Reactor Physics. Ade-
quate courses to permit studies in infrared, ultrasonics, thermodynamics,
and spectroscopy are available.
Equipment available in the department for use in Master's and Doctor's
research problems includes a heterogeneous nuclear reactor, homogeneous
reactor, and a subcritical assembly. Laboratory training is provided also
by the use of these reactors.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
PY 401, 402. Intermediate Physics I 4-*
Co-requisite: MA 401. .
Mechanics (401), heat, and sound (402) on an intermediate level. Intermediate Physics I,
together with Intermediate Physics II (403, 404), constitutes an integrated study of classi-
cal physics at the next level above general sophomore physics. Lectures, problems, and
recitations, and one laboratory each week. Mr. Meares.
PY 403, 404. Intermediate Physics II 4-4
Co-requisite: MA 401. . , ,
Electricity and magnetism (403), and optics (404) on an intermediate level.
Intermediate Physics II, together with Intermediate Physics I, constitutes an integrated
study of classical physics at the next level above general sophomore physics. Lectures,
problems, recitations, and one laboratory each week. Mr. Underwood.
PY 407. Introduction to Modern Physics 3 or 3
Prerequisites: PY 202, MA 202.
A brief survey of the important developments in atomic and nuclear physics.
Topics covered include: atomic and molecular structure, determination of the mass
and charge of ions, origin of spectra, ion acceleration, nuclear reactions and cosmic
rays. Particular attention is paid to the practical applications of these developments^
PY 410. Nuclear Physics I 4 or 4
An "taSKuctcJ? treatment of the properties of nuclear particles and their interactions
133
with matter. Consideration m given to natural and artificial ra d i oa cti vity, unclear re-
i-- -i -_~i..r ::. ■-- ;:.::.:- .:' =.=_;.= --: =.. A ..—-.-. .i;.:i:.r.. -i r.:..iei.
Mr. Waltner.
PT 419. Introduction to Nuclear Engineering
Prerequisite: PY 410.
A survey of the i i in inn ihi| application* of nuclear energy. The principles and prac-
tice* of isotope separation, production of p lu ton i um. and nuclear reactor operation are
studied along with the peace-time uses of products and by-products of nuclear reactors.
Major engineering problems involved in each phase of the study are d efined and the
special p~— K*wW of approach indicated. Mr. Murray.
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
PY 501. Wave Mechanics and Applications 3-0
Prerequisites: PY 407 and MA 401.
An introductory course in wave mechanics with applications to the free
particle, harmonic oscillator, rigid rotator, and the hydrogen atom- Includes
;ion of approximation methods in the solutions of other problems.
Primarily designed for a one semester introduction to wave mechanics
for those students not specializing in theoretical physics. Mr. Menius.
PY 510. Nuclear Physics II 0-4
P : - . P V -. '. : .
A continuation of physits 411 ~ l:r. particular emphasis on neutron
-. r. mlear er.ervy levels. mernr. r'r.eiry. r.u:lear res:r.ar.;e. at:mi:
and molecular magnetism, and cosmic radiation. A three-hour laboratory
"eluded. Mr. Wa. titer.
PY 51S. Radiation Hazard and Protection 3 or 3
Prere^u:s::e: PY 410.
The hazards :":::.. external e:m:;v.re :: i:::izir.r ::.:;at::r. are eval .:ate:i.
The dosages resulting from the ingestion of radioactive materials are
computed. The precautionary methods used in radioactive work ar-
sented. Selected biological effects of ionizing radiation are studied.
Mr. Under™: ; i.
PY 520. Physical Technology in Radioactivity 3 or 3
Prerequisite: PY 410.
s in this course is on laboratory practices in detecting, handling,
and quantitatively measuring radioactive samples. The preparation of
:s ::r rai: ~ ;. ::i"v v measurement; ar.d the :al:ulati:r. me:
in analyzing such da:a are summarize d. A: leas: three boon of laboratory
practice per week. Mr. Lynn.
PY 526. Ionization Phenomena and Electron Optics 1-2
Methods of producing ions, and the interaction of ions with electric
ar.d maimer!: hell? am :i ; :v = ;e:. :::m:r vrlth a trie: surrey ::* the
present status of electron optics. Mr. Waltner..
PY 530. Elementary Nuclear Reactor Theory 0-3
Prerequisites: PY 410; MA 511 or •: "2.
A lecture course in the principles of chain reactors. Slowing down of
r. ev.tr r. = . rev.tr:-. iirtu?i:r. e:ua:i:r;. space zi;rri:uti:r. :: r.eu:r:r.s. c:r.-
ditions for criti: r actor dimensions for simple geometries, elementary
group theories, ar. 1 -Pre Mr enter.: r t:r behavior. Mr. Murray.
PY 531. Nuclear Reactor Laboratory 1 1 or 1-1
Corequisite: PY 530, 518 except by permission.
Experiments are performed on the characteristics of the reactor, the
effectiveness and response time of control apparatus, reactor-transient
behavior; level, distribution and utilization of reactor radiation; survey,
monitoring and safety techniques in procedures involving reactor radiation.
Registration will be limited to suitably sized groups. Graduate Staff.
PY 541. Advanced Experiments in Physics 1_1
Prerequisites: PY 202, MA 202.
Covers the technique and theory of selected experiments in mechanics,
heat, sound, light, or electricity. The treatment and interpretation of data
are stressed. Graduate Staff.
PY 544. Vibration and Wave Motion 3-0
Prerequisites: PY 202, MA 401.
The dynamics of vibratory and oscillatory motion. Analogies in mechani-
cal, electrical and acoustical vibrating systems. Analysis of wave motion
and propagation in different media. Mr. Lancaster.
PY 545. Applied Acoustics 0-3
Prerequisite: PY 544.
The dynamical theory of sound. Sources of sound, measurement of sound
intensity, measurement of frequency, acoustical impedance and transmission
of sound, transducers, filters and resonators, acoustics of speech and hearing,
reception and reproduction of sound, acoustics of buildings.
Mr. Lancaster.
PY 551. Introduction to X-Rays 3-0
Prerequisites: PY 202, MA 202.
Origin, production, absorption, single crystal diffraction, and powder
diffraction are studied. These basic topics are then applied to detection
or defects in welds and castings and to the determination of crystal struc-
ture and particle and fibre size. (Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour
lab. per week.) Graduate Staff.
PY 552. Introduction to the Structure of Solids; Crystallography 0-3
Prerequisites: PY 202, MA 202; PY 551 recommended
Elementary consideration of amorphous and crystalline solids, metals,
conductors, and semi-conductors. Some optical crystallography is included.
Graduate Staff.
Courses for Graduates Only
PY 601, 602. Advanced General Physics 3-3
Prerequisites: PY 401, MA 511.
Mathematical and theoretical approach to relationships between the
various branches of physics, with applications to mechanical, electrical,
optical, thermal, and vibratory problems. Generalization of underlying
physical principles. Mr. Davis.
135
PY 610. Advanced Nuclear Physics 0-3
Prerequisite: PY 410; PY 611 except by permission.
Current hypotheses of nuclear structure and reactions, inc?"»ding fission,
theories of alpha emission, deuteron binding, neutron-proton scattering,
the compound nucleus, and beta decay. The use of neutrons in present
day nuclear research is emphasized. Mr. Davis
PY 611, 612. Quantum Mechanics 3-3
Prerequisites: PY 407, MA 532.
Theory of quantum mechanics with applications to atomic and mole-
cular structure, scattering phenomena, and the interaction of radiation
with matter. Mr. Davis.
PY 619. Heterogeneous Reactor Design 3-0
Prerequisite: PY 530.
Design analysis of heterogeneous power reactors. Theory of resonance
capture, thermal utilization, and flux distributions in multi-region systems.
Transient and steady state poison effects. Heat transfer limitations in
reactors. Evaluation of materials of construction, coolants and fuels. One-
velocity transport theory. Mr. Murray.
PY 621. Kinetic Theory of Gases 3-0
Prerequisites: PY 401, MA 511.
The theory of molecular motion, including the velocity and density dis-
tribution functions, the phenomena of viscosity, heat conduction and diffu-
sion; equations of state; fluctuations. Mr. Menius.
PY 622. Statistical Mechanics 0-3
Prerequisites: PY 401, MA 511; PY 621 except by permission.
A treatment of statistical mechanics from both the quantum and classi-
cal point of view. Development of theories from the thermodynamical
standpoint and their practical application. Mr. Menius.
PY 630. Homogeneous Reactor Design 0-3
Prerequisite: PY 530.
Calculations of critical loading of homogeneous power reactors, flux
distribution, control rod values, theory of two and multigroup methods,
and evaluation of group constants. Uses and limitations of age and diffu-
sion theory. Energy-dependent transport theory. The time-dependent be-
havior of a reactor with negative temperature coefficient. Mr. Murray.
PY 631, 632. Atomic and Molecular Spectra 3-3
Prerequisites: PY 404. Corequisites: PY 611, MA 532.
Atomic models and coupling schemes. Multiplet series, Zeeman, Paschen-
Back, and Stark effects. Hyperfine structure and complex spectra. Spectra
of polyatomic molecules. Infrared and Raman Spectra. Applications adapted
to the interests of the students in the course. Mr. Lancaster.
PY 661, 662. The Solid State 3-3
Prerequisite: PY 552.
The electron theory of conduction, electrical and thermal conduction in
solids, and surface phenomena, with applications to physical behavior and
usage of solids. Graduate Staff.
136
PY 670. Seminar. 1 . 1
Literature surveys, written and oral presentation of papers on special
topics. Graduate Staff.
PY 690. Research Credits by arrangement
Graduate students sufficiently prepared may undertake research in some
selected field of Physics. Graduate Staff.
PLANT PATHOLOGY
A UNIT OF THE DIVISION OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Graduate Faculty
Professors: D. E. Ellis, Head, C. N. Clayton, F. A. Haasis, T. T. Hebert,
A. Kelman, L. W. Nielsen, C. J. Nusbaum.
Professor Emeritus: S. G. Lehman.
Associate Professors: G. B. Lucas, E. L. Moore, J. N. Sasser.
Assistant Professors: J. L. Apple, W. E. Cooper, Hedwig Hirschmann,
R. R. Nelson, N. N. Winstead.
The Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered in
Plant Pathology.
Excellent library, laboratory, greenhouse, and office facilities are avail-
able for graduate study in plant pathology. Special equipment for tempera-
ture control, photographic and microscopic work are available. The state's
wide range of soil types and climatic areas make possible the commercial
production of a wide variety of field, vegetable, fruit and ornamental
crops. Thus, especially favorable opportunities exist for training in dis-
eases caused by nematodes, viruses, fungi and bacteria which affect many
diverse crops. Lands and facilities for experimental work are available
at some fourteen or more permanent test farms located throughout the
state. Student participation in the Plant Disease Clinic provides oppor-
tunities for experience in the diagnosis of all types of plant diseases.
Many opportunities for employment in research, extension and teach-
ing are available to men with M.S. or Ph.D. degrees in plant pathology.
Openings are available for qualified men in plant pathology research in
the United States Department of Agriculture, State Experiment Stations
and in industry. Unusual opportunities exist in foreign service through
international and federal organizations as well as commercial production
enterprises. The rapid development of agricultural chemicals for disease
control offer numerous opportunities in both research, promotion and serv-
ice activities.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
***PP 503. Diagnosis of Plant Diseases Summer School 3
Prerequisites: One advanced course in Plant Pathology and permission
of instructor.
A study of techniques used in plant disease diagnosis with emphasis on
diagnostic value of signs and symptoms for certain types of diseases.
"•Offered Summer, 195S and in alternate years.
137
Consideration will be given to major sources of descriptive information
on plant pathogens and the use of keys for the identification of fungi
Mr. Hebert.
PP 504. Plant Parasitic Nematodes 2-0
Prerequisite: Pis: gy 315.
A s:_ ~.\ -.snd taxonomy of plant para-
sitic nematodes. Methods of isolating nematodes from soil and plant parts
and other laboratory techniques used in the study and identification of nema-
todes will be considered.
PP 515. Diseases of Field Crops 0-3
Prerequisite: Plant Pathology 315.
advanced study of the more important diseases of North Carolina
field crops such as cotton, corn, tobacco, soybe.-^.s. alfalfa, clover. grasses,
and small grains with major emphasis on identification, cause ar
Lucas.
*"PP 516. Di« Fruit Crops 0-3
Prerequisite: Plar.: 7 :.- .:gy 315.
Study of causes, gymptans, et.r/r.Ttology, and principles of control of
major diseases of pome, stone, nut, and berry crops. Mr. Clayton.
"PP 517. Diseases of Vegetable Crops 0-3
Prerequisite: Plant Pathology 315.
Studies designed to provide the student with a working knowledge of
the etiology, symptomatology, epiphytology, and control of ma-or vegetable
:r:t f is ease s. Mr. Winstead.
Courses for Graduate Students Only
ML Phytopathology I 4-0
Prerequisites Plant Pathology 315 and permission of the instructor.
A study of the principles of phytopathological research. The cour
designed to apply the classical scientific method to disease investigation.
Exercises will include appraising disease problems, reviewing literature,
laboratory and greenhouse experiments and the evaluation and presenta-
tion of data. Mr. Apple.
*PP 602. Phytopathology II 0-4
Prerequisites: Plant Pathology 315 and permission of the instructor.
The basic concepts of the etiology, pathology, epiphytology and control
::" ;'. :.:-.: iis eases. Mr. Nusbaum.
PP 611. Nematode Diseases of Plants 0-3
Prerequisite: Plant Pathology 504.
A -rudy of plant Jfi o f Wn caused by nematodes. Special consideration will
la tier, shirs r ; - rar.ges, and life cycles of the
more important economic species. Principles and methods of control will be
: : r. - i : e r •: i . Mr. Sasser .
•-■«
PP 615. Research in Plant Pathology Credits by arrangement
Prerequisites: Graduate standing in Plant Pathology and consent of
adviser.
Original research in connection with a thesis problem in Plant Pathology.
Staff.
PP 617. Special Problems in Plant Pathology Credits by arrangement
Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of the instructor.
Original research on special problems in Plant Pathology not related to a
thesis problem but designed to provide experience and training in research.
Graduate Staff.
PP 625. Seminar in Plant Pathology 1_1
Prerequisite: Consent of seminar chairman.
Discussion of phytopathological topics selected and assigned by seminar
chairman. Graduate Staff.
UNC. Botany 212, 211. Advanced Mycology 5.5
Prerequisite: BO 42 or 101 (UNC) or equivalent.
Phycomycetes, Ascomycetes and Basidiomycetes and Fungi Imperfecti.
These courses are intended for students who plan to specialize in Mycology,
Plant Pathology, and Biology. Classwork consists of lectures and student
reports on literature. Laboratory work consists of the collection and identi-
fication of fungi and the study of their structure and development, and
techniques for isolation and pure culture.
Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory each week.
Mr. Couch.
DEPARTMENT OF POULTRY
Graduate Faculty
Professors: Edward Walker Glazener, Head, Clifford Warren Barber.
Associate Professors : Henry Wilburn Garren, Charles Horace Hill, Jr.,
Joseph Wheeler Kelly.
Assistant Professors : William Lowry Blow, Freeman Waldo Cook, Dan-
iel Fromm.
The M. S. degree is offered in Poultry Science with major studies in
genetics, nutrition, veterinary pathology, and physiology. Students expect-
ing to begin graduate study must have the equivalent of an undergraduate
major in poultry and a background in the biological sciences. Fundamental
work in chemistry, biochemistry, physiology, bacteriology, statistics, and
fields that relate directly to the major interest are required as a part of
the program for the M. S. degree.
Excellent facilities are available for graduate study. The laboratory
building contains offices, library, bird rooms, and other equipment for
comprehensive research studies. In addition to the laboratory building, re-
search plants in both chickens and turkeys are available. These plants,
with two branch farms in the western and eastern part of the State, provide
an opportunity for genetic and nutrition studies under field conditions.
139
To offer wider scope to the regular programs of work, cooper
projects are underway with the U.S.D.A. in genetics and pathology.
Many opportunities exist in educational and commercial fields for poultry
majors with advanced degrees. The larger feed manufacturers, hatchery-
men, and commercial breeders as well as educational institutions are de-
manding men with advanced training. The supply of trained men is limited
and starting salaries are adequate.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
PO 4M. Poultry Disease 0-4
Prerequisites: Required of majors in Poultry Science. Elective for others with permission
of the instructor.
:ontrol, and treatment of the diseases of poultry. Mr. Barber.
PO 4*2. Commercial Poultry Farm and Hatchery Management 0-i
Prerequisites : Required of majors in Poultry Science. Elective for others with permission
of the instructor.
Principles of incubation, hatchery management, develop m ent and organiratkra of plan*
for the building, operation, and maintenance of a commercial pooltry plant. Problem.
Jar. Brown.
PO 403. Poultry Seminar 1-1
Prerequisites: Required of majors in Poultry Science, senior year.
Topics and problems relating to Poultry Science and Poultry Industry assigned for report
and discussion. sta-i.
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
PO 520. Poultrv Breeding 3-0
Prerequisites: GX 411. Required of majors in Poultry Science.
Elective for others with permission of the instructor.
Application of genetic principles to chickens and turkeys, considering
physical traits and physiological characteristics — feather patterns, egg
production, hatchability, growth, body conformation, and utility. Laboratory
problems. Mr. Glazener.
PO 521. Poultry Nutrition 3-0
Prerequisites: CH 203, 451. Required of majors in Poultry Science; elec-
tive for others.
Protein, vitamin, and mineral requirements for growth, egg production,
and reproduction in the chicken and turkey. Methods of feeding and com-
pounding poultry mashes. Laboratory exercises in the production of vitamin
and mineral deficiencies. Mr. Kelly.
PO 522. Endocrinology of the Fo^i 3-0
Prerequisite: ZO 301 or equivalent.
Study of the endocrine system with respect to its physiological impor-
tance to metabolism, growth, and reproduction. Mammalian example M
well as the fowl are used to illustrate basic concepts. Laboratory tech-
niques and demonstrati on ; . Mr. Garren.
Courses for Graduates Only
PO 601. Advanced Poultry Breeding Semester by arrangement
3 credit hours
Prerequisites: ST 511 and 512, PO 520.
Study of lethal, skeletal, and feather variations. Linkage and chromosome
mapping of the fowl. Population genetics and contemporary ideas con-
cerning the breeding for improved production. Mr. Blow.
140
PO 602. Advanced Poultry Nutrition Semester by arrangement
3 credit hours
Prerequisites: PO 521, CH 551 or equivalent.
Research problem in poultry nutrition involving the design and carrying
out of microbiological and chick experiments. Results from microbiological
and chick essays are correlated. m t Hill.
PO 604. Advanced Poultry Diseases Semester by arrangement
3 credit hours
Prerequisites: Graduate standing in Poultry Science. ZO 452, 545.
Fundamentals of general pathology. Special pathology of infectious and
nutritional diseases of the fowl. Study and interpretation of changes in the
macroscopic and microscopic structures of the diseased tissues and organs
of the fowl occurring under field and experimental conditions. The role of
hematology and immunology in the diagnosis and prevention of poultry
diseases. Mr. Barber.
PO 611. Poultry Research Credits by arrangement
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Poultry Science.
Critical study of some particular problem involving original investigation.
A maximum of six credits is allowed toward the Master's degree.
Graduate Staff.
PO 613. Special Problems in Poultry Science Max. 6
Prerequisite: Graduate standing.
Specific problems using advanced technology for theory exploration.
Graduate Staff.
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY
Graduate Faculty
Professors: Howard G. Miller, Head, Key Lee Barkley, Harold M.
Corter.
Associate Professors: Joseph Clyde Johnson, Paul J. Rust.
Assistant Professors: William B. Askren, Jr., John 0. Cook, Slater E.
Newman.
Visiting Professor: William McGehee.
The Department of Psychology at North Carolina State College offers a
course of graduate study leading to the Master of Science Degree in Indus-
trial Psychology. This emphasis is in accord with the general character of
the instructional program of the College, the technological branch of the
Consolidated University of North Carolina.
Graduate students at State College are offered opportunities for course
work in personnel selection and classification methods, worker and man-
agement training, management psychology, psychological testing and meas-
urement, interviewing and counseling, applied experimental psychology,
and human engineering, clinic practicum, and human learning. A strong
emphasis is placed on research work in industrial psychology, and each
student is expected to conduct an organized and directed research project
as part of his total Master's Degree requirements. Rich opportunities for
141
practicum in industrial psychology are offered graduate students through
the program of research and consultative activities which the Department
carries on with industrial, governmental and institutional organizations.
inimum of thirty semester hours of graduate credit is required for
the Master's Degree, but the actual graduate program for each student is
determined on the basis of his individual needs, interests and accomplish-
ments and very likely will require hours in excess of this minimum.
The program of e faa designed to provide the student with solid
grounding in the basic core areas of psychology such as general psychol-
ogy and behavior theory, personality, research methods and statistical
techniques, measurement, and social psychology. On this base the special-
ization in industrial and applied psychology is laid with specific coursework
and practicum.
Since it is located on the campus of an outstanding technological insti-
tution, the Department of Psychology finds strong support in other de-
partments of the College which offer minors and related training to supple-
ment and strengthen the industrial psychology program. Such work is
found in industrial engineering, st . : ; . economics, guidance and coun-
seling, textile technology ar.d the varied agricultural sciences and tech-
nologies.
Admission requirements for graduate study in the Department of Psy-
chology are as follows: a minimum of Iwent* semester credit hours in
undergraduate psychology, the maintenance of a B average in undergradu-
ate psychology courses; satisfactory grades in other collegiate studies;
satisfactory references from faculty and others in regard to character and
quality of work. In some special cases provisional acceptance is granted
where some of these requirements are not met.
The Psychology Department is housed in Tompkins Hall. The physical
::....- - : : :':. - ■ _■ -' _■.- /-ate =r;:e::; :~. ~r/ :':::'. ™ ;-.:". tie :t?t-
im£ statistics, general and human engineering laboratories.
One of the major functions of the Psychology Department in addition to
its teaching and ba?:: rr ; tir:'r. activities is the provision of research and
consulting services to industrial, governmental and institutional organiza-
tions in the State and region. In order to accommodate the need for this
type of activity the Department has established the Industrial Psychology
Center. The services carried on through Una Center include contract re-
search, consultation on industrial psychology problems including training,
selection, organization, attitude HUifeffH and all types of industrial psy-
chology practice.
Employment opportunities for persons holding the Master's Desree in
Industrial Psychology are good. Recent graduates from the Industrial
Psychology program at State College have found responsible positions in
business and industrial organizations, in government aeencies. especially
those engaged in research of an applied nature. 11k armed forces likewise
continue to need trained psycholcr — in their research programs. Many of
our students elect to continue graduate study toward the doctorate in
eholoey. Their master's program in addition to providing them with good
professional training has proved to be excellent preparation for future
rr~. "■---- = --- -v.
-nited number of research and teaching assistantships are available
■
annually. These assistantships are usually based on one fourth time assign-
ments but are also occasionally for one half time.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
PSY 438. Industrial Psychology II n „
Prerequisites: PSY 200, 337.
The application of psychological principles to the problems of modern industry; selection
placement, and training of workers. jyi r< Askren. '
PSY 441. Human Factors in Equipment Design n 9
Prerequisite: PSY 200.
Human factors in the design of machines and other equipment. Items of equipment are
understood as extensions of man's capacity to sense, comprehend, and control his environ-
ment. Includes problems in the psychology of information, communication, control and
invention. Messrs. Cook. Gray.
PSY 464. Visual Perception for Designers 3 a
Prerequisite: PSY 200.
The nature of the seeing process and its relation to architecture, industrial arts, and to the
industrial, engineering, and textile design fields. Topics include the physical basis of sight,
perception of color and form, vision and illumination, psychological factors in visual design,
and a unit of training planned to improve the student's ability to perceive visual form.
Mr. Cook.
PSY 475. Child Psychology _ 3
Prerequisite: PSY 200 or 304.
The development of the individual child of tha elementary school age will be the inclusive
subject of study in this course. Emphasis will be placed upon the intellectual, social, emo-
tional, and personality development of the child. Physical growth will be emphasized as
necessary to an understanding of the psychological development of the pupil.
(Course offered during Summer session only) Mr. Barkley.
PSY 476. Psychology of Adolescence 2 or 2
Prerequisite: PSY 200 or 304.
Mental growth, social development, and interests of adolescent boys and girls.
Messrs. Johnson, Barkley.
PSY 490. Social Psychology 0-3
Prerequisite: PSY 200.
Social applications of psychology : social stimulation, response, and attitudes.
Messrs. Barkley. Miller.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Psychol. 501. Intermediate Applied Experimental Psychology 0-3
Prerequisite: Psychology 200 and three additional hours in Psychology.
Experimental study of problems in the major areas of general and
theoretical psychology which have special significance in educational, in-
dustrial, and applied social psychology. Emphasis will be placed upon
description of problems, study of methods, design of experiments, and
procedures for the analysis and presentation of data. Two lectures and one
laboratory period per week. Messrs. Barkley, Cook.
PSY 504. Advanced Educational Psychology 3-0
Prerequisite: Four hours in psychology.
An advanced course giving a critical appraisal and a consideration of the
practical applications for vocational education of modern psychological
findings. Messrs. Barkley, Johnson, Newman.
PSY 511. Advanced Social Psychology 3-3
Prerequisites: Psychology 200 and three additional hours in Psychology.
A study of social relationships and their psychological bases; emphasis
on those aspects of behavior determined by personal interactions; work
will involve analysis of representative research studies, and doing individ-
ual projects in industrial and rural areas. Messrs. Barkley, Miller.
143
PSY 530. Abnormal Psychology 0-3
Prerequisites: PSY Z
A study of the course, symptomatic behavior, and treatment of the major
personality disturbances, emphasis also placed on preventive mental hygiene
methods. Mr. Corter.
PSY 535. Tests and Measurements 3-0
Prerequisite: Three hours in Psychology.
A study of available tests, with emphasis on proper selection and use of
ng instruments; also a study of statistical procedures needed in the
proper use of tests, including measures of central tendency, variability
and correlation. Messrs. Corter. Johnson.
PSY 550. Mental Hygiene in Teaching 3-0
Prerequisite : F:ur hours in Psychology.
A survey of mental hygiene principles applicable to teachers and pupils;
practical problems in prevention and treatment of psychological problems in
schools: case studies and research. Messrs. Barkley. Corter.
PSY 560. Test Construction 3-0
Prerequisites: Twelve hours in Psychology including intermediate statis-
ST 513 or equivalent).
Analyzes the steps necessary for the development of tests, including job
analysis, test development of different types of items, item analysis, estab-
lishment of norms and determination of reliability. Emphasis placed on con-
struction of mechanical test; witn application to industry. Students will be
given opportunity for construction tests. Mr. Gray.
PSY 565. Industrial Management Psychology 3-0
Prerequisites: PSY' 200 and three additional hours in Psychology.
This course is designed for management personnel in industry and grad-
uate students in psychology who wish to familiarize themselves with
industrial problems. Emphasis will be placed on principles and methods for
obtaining better utilization of employee resources of ideas, attitudes and
motivations. Mr. Miller.
PSY 570. Intelligence: Theory and Measurement I 3-0
Prerequisites: PSY 800 and three additional hours in Psychology.
An introduction to individual intelligence testing, theoretical background
::" ir.t-?'.'.igrr.:e testing, dimes] introduction t: intelngenee testing, esse
studies and research. Mr. Corter.
PSY 571. Intelligence: Theory and Measurement II 0-3
Prerequisite: PSY* 570.
A practicum in individual adult intelligence testing with emphasis on the
Wechsler-Bellevue, other performance tests of intelligence, report writing,
and case studies. Mr. Corter.
PSY 572. Intelligence: Theory and Measurement III 0-3
Prerequisite: PSY" 570.
A practicum in individual intelligence testing of infants, children and
144
adults with emphasis on the Stanford-Binet, other tests, report writing,
case studies, and consultation with teachers. Mr. Corter.
(Course offered during Summer session only)
PSY 576. Advanced Adolescent Psychology 0-3
Prerequisite: PSY 476.
An advanced course in psychology of adolescence in which the student
considers the original works of leaders in this field, thus laying the founda-
tion for a critical appreciation of the new studies that are constantly
appearing. Mr. Johnson.
PSY 578. Individual Differences 3_0
Prerequisite: Four hours in Psychology.
Nature, extent, and practical implications of individual differences and
individual variation. Mr. Barkley.
Courses for Graduates Only
PSY 604. Applied Experimental Psychology 0-3
Prerequisite: Eight hours in Psychology.
Experimental analysis of problems of sensation, perception, learning,
thinking, emotions, fatigue, and neuro-muscular reactions. Emphasis upon
methods of experimental control, design of experimental apparatus, and
accuracy of reports as these are related to laboratory investigations in the
fields of applied psychology. Messrs. Barkley, Cook.
PSY 607. Advanced Industrial Psychology I 3-0
Prerequisite: Eight hours in Psychology, including statistics.
Discussion, analysis and evaluation of psychological problems in industry;
training, selection and placement of the worker. Emphasis on current
research and study of psychological programs operating in different in-
dustries. Messrs. Askren, McGehee, Miller.
PSY 608. Advanced Industrial Psychology II 0-3
Prerequisite: Eight hours in Psychology, including statistics.
Discussion, analysis and evaluation of psychological problems in industry;
morale, attitudes, fatigue, accidents, and maladjusted workers. Emphasis on
current research and study of psychological programs operating in different
industries. Messrs. Askren, McGehee, Miller.
PSY 609. Psychological Clinic Practicum Maximum 3 hours
Prerequisite: Eight hours in Psychology.
Clinical participation in interviewing, counseling, psychotherapy and
administration of psychological tests. Practicum to be concerned with
college students, adults and children. Mr. Corter.
PSY 610. Applied Implications of Theories of Learning 0-3
Prerequisite: Eight hours in Psychology.
A study of theories of learning with emphasis upon applications of the
principles of learning in industrial and school situations.
Messrs. Barkley, Johnson, Newman.
145
PSY 612. Seminar in Industrial Psychology 3 or 3
.oles, analysis of experimental designs in industrial psych-
ology, and srudy of special problems of interest to graduate students in
Industrial Psychology. Graduate Staff.
PSY 613. Research in Psychology Credits by arrangement
Individual or group research problems; a maximum of six credits is
allowed toward the Master's degree. Graduate Staff.
DEPARTMENT OF RURAL SOCIOLOGY
Graduate Faculty
Profess :rs: Charles Hobaor Hamilton, Selz Cabot Mayo.
ftrr*— * Professor: GUBIN C. McCank.
Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered
by the Department of Rural Sociology.
Graduate students studying for the Ph.D. degree are required to take
approximately 20 semester hours in the Department of Sociology a: the
fM ..apel Hill, X. C. Srucer.ts seeking the M.S.
degree may take courses at Chapel Hill, but normally will be able to com-
plete their entire programs at State College.
The physical and educational resources of this department which are
available to graduate students include the following: (1) A departmental
".::..:;.- ;;' '...:'.'.;:::■..-. :r. v _..-;/.- . . ::r.er r.:a:er::/.s ::.:--■. ; - • -...'.
thousand items, accumulated over a period of 30 years, and catalogued
:r. : .::\i::-.:. f.'.^s: _ L :-.:::::-.'.:: y i :;u.r :v.sr.: : : :\s:sv.:".g : :..:.:.;.:.:_; : ;.-
chines, drawing table and instruments, chart making materials, cameras,
typewriters, and statistical aids; (3) Automobiles for use in making field
surveys : < 4 1 IBM tabulating equipment, operated by the Department of
I:-:y f: ::.:r:.\ $:i::s:!:s.
Providing. is U does, training in a number of social sciences, Rural
Sociology at State College prepares the graduate student for a wide variety
of positions. Men and women with graduate degrees in rural sociology
opportunities for careers in college teaching, sociological research, social
::cs, social work, administration of social organizations and govern-
mental agencies, agricultural journalism, and in those branches of the
government's foreign service relating to agriculture and the underdeveloped
areas of the world.
Institutions offering employment to graduates are: Land-Grant Colleges,
Agricultural Experiment Stations and Extension Services: the United
States Departments of Agricuture, State, and Health, Education and
Welfare; state departments of health, education and welfare: farm journals
and r.~ i; :.r.d, voluntary social agencies, saen as Red Cross, Com-
:v -;■;' ':.-:--. T y 5 - - :. "":.' -.:.". 7 ". :sis Association.
Each year two or more outstanding graduate students are awarded
research ■ -~ips, usually requiring the devotion of half of their
time to a research project. Cooperative research work with various govern-
mental agencies frequently provides part-time employment for graduate
s: .: ir r.:s.
146
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
RS 441. Rural Social Pathology , n
Prerequisite: RS 301. *"°
A study of major social problems in modern society: physical and mental health, family
instability, crime and penology, and minority group problems. A framework for analysis
and understanding is presented and stressed throughout including a positive approach for
prevention. Mr May0
RS 442. Rural Social Structure 3
Prerequisite: RS 301.
Social structure is viewed in its two major dimensions: (1) vertically through the concepts
of social stratification; and (2) horizontally as a set of basic social institutions interacting
by means of a system of concrete social organizations. Particular attention is given to the
place of the rural segment in the total social system. The bases of social cohesion which
permit diversity within a functioning whole are examined.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
RS 511. Rural Population Problems 3-0
Prerequisite: RS 301.
A study of population growth, rates of change, and distribution. Con-
siderable attention is given to the functional roles of population, i.e., age,
sex, race, residence, occupation, marital status, and education. The dynamic
aspects of population are stressed: fertility, mortality, and migration.
Population policy is analyzed in relation to national and international goals.
A world view is stressed throughout. Mr. Mayo.
RS 512. Rural Family Living 0-3
Prerequisite: RS 301.
Values, patterns, and levels of rural family living. Differentials and
factors related thereto in the world, the nation, and North Carolina. Analy-
sis of selected problems, programs, policies, and methods of study.
Mr. Hamilton.
RS 513. Community Organization 0-3
Prerequisite: RS 301.
Community organization is viewed as a process of bringing about desir-
able changes in community life. Community needs and resources available
to meet these needs are studied. Democratic processes in community action
and principles of community organization are stressed, along with tech-
niques and procedures. The roles of leaders, both lay and professional, in
community development are analyzed. Mr. Mayo.
UNC Soc. 122. Cultural Anthropology 3-0
A systematic survey of the customs and modes of life of mankind based
on scientific explanation of the ways of culture. Mr. Johnson.
Prerequisite:
RS 523. Sociological Analysis of Agricultural Land Tenure Systems 3-0
Prerequisite: 3 hours of sociology.
A systematic sociological analysis of the major agricultural land tenure
systems of the world with major emphasis on the problems of family farm
ownership and tenancy in the United States. Mr. Hamilton.
UNC Soc. 125. The Negro 0-3
A study of the Negro community and its institutions, status of the Negro
in American society, problems of race relations, and the process of integra-
tion. Mr. Johnson.
147
UNC Soc. 128. Folk Cultures in the Modern World 3-0
(1959-60 and alternate years.)
The folk culture is viewed as a way of life which stands midway between
that of the "primitive" tribal native and of the urbanized city dweller.
Mr. Gillin.
RS 534. (Same as Hist. 534.) The Farmers' Movement 0-3
Prerequisite: 3 hours of sociology. ....
A history of agricultural organizations and movements in the United
States and Canada principally since 1865, emphasizing the Grange, the
Farmers' Alliance, the Populist revolt, the Farmers' Union, the Farm
Bureau, the Equity societies, the Nonpartisan League, cooperative market-
ing, government programs, and present problems. Mr. Noblin.
RS 541. Social Agencies and Programs 3-0
Prerequisite: 3 hours of sociology.
Study of social agencies and programs and their implementation through
specific organizations in dynamic relation with the people whom they serve.
Consideration is given to the relation of these agencies and programs to
community structure and forces in rural society; coordination of the several
types of agencies and programs; professional leadership in the local com-
munity; and, problems of stimulating local leadership and participation.
Mr. Mayo.
UNC Philosophy 107. Foundations of the Social Sciences 0-3
Prerequisites: Two courses in philosophy, psychology, or sociology.
An attempt to establish an approach to the social sciences based on the
notion of purposive behavior. The course seeks to construct a theoretical
framework for a modern social science and a possible science of man.
UNC Soc. 152. History of Social Thought 0-3
Prerequisite: One course in one of the social sciences or philosophy.
Emphasis on historic social ideas of Western culture considered against
a background of general cultural analysis in terms of systematic theory.
UNC Soc. 153. Social Structure 3-0
(1959-60 and alternate years.)
Social structure and stratification are analyzed in terms of class, status,
prestige, rank, and function. Attention is given to the social role of the
elite, bureaucracies, and professional and middle classes. Mr. Vance.
UNC Soc. 162. Dynamics of Family Development 3-0
(1958-59 and alternate years.)
Prerequisites: Introductions to sociology and general psychology.
Analysis of the natural history of families, how they form, function and
grow to maturity. Focus on the developmental growth of children and
parents in interaction in seven stages of the family life cycle.
Mr. Bowerman.
UNC Soc. 168. The City 0-3
The city as a social phenomenon in various cultures. Analysis of urban
trends, characteristics, and functions of cities with reference to ecology and
148
social organization. Sociological elements in housing, urban planning, and
guided development. Mr. Vance.
UNC Soc. 181. Regional Sociology of the South 3-0
A sociological analysis of the southern region of the United States.
Emphasis on fact, factors, and policies pertaining to geography, population
and culture; resources and waste; social institutions and planning.
Mr. Simpson.
UNC Soc. 183. Social Control and Public Opinion 3-0
(1959-60 and alternate years.)
The bases of social control; psychological, cultural, and institutional
factors conditioning the management of public opinion. Special emphasis on
techniques of social persuasion and control.
Courses for Graduates Only
UNC Soc. 210. Folk Sociology 3-0
Folk sociology as a subject field for the historical study of total human
society and the empirical study of group behavior. Mr. Simpson.
RS 611. Research Methods in Sociology 3-0
Prerequisite: 6 hours of sociology.
Designed to give the student a mature insight into the nature of scientific
research in sociology. Assesses the nature and purpose of research designs,
the interrelationship of theory and research, the use of selected techniques
and their relation to research designs, and the use of modern tabulation
equipment in research. Mr. McCann.
UNC Soc. 212. American Sociologists 0-3
A general treatise on the rise and development of American sociology and
a survey of the work personalities of American sociologists projected on the
background of social theory and research. Mr. Simpson.
UNC Soc. 218. Human Ecology (Seminar) 0-3
(1958-59 and alternate years.)
Consideration of theory and research emerging around the concept of
human ecology. A review of the background of human ecology is followed
by readings, reports, and research on its contemporary development.
Mr. Vance.
UNC Anthro. 220. Theories of Culture 3-0
(1959-60 and alternate years.)
A systematic survey of the history in cultural anthropology leading to
the development of a system of operational principles which the student
may apply in his own fieldwork and further studies involving cultural
problems. M* Gillin.
RS 621. Rural Social Psychology 3-0
Prerequisite: 6 hours of sociology.
Treats the genetic development of the rural personality and the inter-
relationship of the individual and the rural society. Studies the social
psychological factors related to rural leadership, morale, social organization,
149
and social change, and examines the attitudes and opinions of rural people
on current local and national issues. Mr. McCann.
DHC Anthro. 221. Field Methods in Cultural Anthropology 0-3
Practica. n cover topics of role taking, observation,
interviewing, note taking, and pattern generalization. Mr. Honigmann.
UNC Anthro. 229. Culture and Personality 3-0
mate yea i
ientific analysis of the influence of cultural forms on the individual
in our own and other societies, considered from the anthropological, psy-
chological and clinical points of view. Messrs. Gillin, Honigmann.
UNC Anthro. 230. Race and Culture Contacts 0-3
:f acculturation situations arising from contacts of peoples
of different racial or cultural heritages in America, Africa, Polynesia,
Melanesia, and other are..- Mr. Johnson.
R5 631. Population Analysis 0-3
requisite : 6 hours of sociology.
Methods of describing, analyzing, and presenting data on human popula-
tions: distribution, characteristics, natural increase, migration, and trends
in relation to resources. Mr. Hamilton.
KS 2. Rural Family 3-0
Prerequisite: 6 hours of sociology.
Emphasis is placed on the development of an adequate sociological frame
of reference for family analysis; on discovering both the uniquely -cultural
and common-human aspects of the family by means of cross-cultural com-
parisons; on historical explanations for variability in American families
with especial concern for the rural family; and, on analyzing patterns of
family stability and effectiveness. Mr. Hamilton.
RS 633. The Rural Community 0-3
P rerequi site: 6 hours of socio 1 .: gy.
7 ; viewed in sociological perspective as a functioning
entity. A method of analysis is presented and applied to eight "dimen-
sions," with emphasis on the unique types of understanding to be derived
:':■ _ •.■.rr.siir. 7 : .r.:-.V.y. -.':.- erfe;: ::" :':.zr.zi :r. : :r.:r.: \:r.::y
integration and development is analyzed. Mr. Mayo.
UNC Soc. 334. Critique of Research in Marriage and the Family 3-0
1 " • -' :::■.-.-: ; ^..r;
This seminar reviews the basic conceptual frameworks used in family
research in the pas:: ider.tiries changing emphasis in family study; and
evaluates current studies in the major fields of family research.
Mr. Bowerman.
UNC Psych. 233. Methods of Investigation in Social Psychology 0-3
:f methods of investigation in social psychology with their
application to the social sciences. Major attention will be focused upon
■ methodology with particular emphasis upon the techniques, con-
tributions, and limitations of public opinion polling. Mr. Thibaut.
150
RS 641. Statistics in Sociology 3_q
Prerequisite: Statistics 513.
The application of statistical methods of sociological research. Emphasis
on selecting appropriate models, instruments, and techniques for the more
frequently encountered problems and forms of data. Mr. Hamilton.
RS 642. Research in Rural Sociology Credits by arrangement
Prerequisite: Permission of chairman of graduate study committee. (Max-
imum of six credits.)
Planning and execution of research, and preparation of manuscript under
supervision of graduate committee. Staff.
RS 652. Comparative Rural Societies 3-0
Prerequisite: 6 hours of sociology.
Sociological analysis of rural societies around the world with particular
reference to North and South America. Special emphasis is given to cul-
tural and physical setting, population composition, levels of living, rela-
tionship of the people to the land, structure and function of the major
institutions, and forces making for change. Mr. Mayo.
RS 653. Theory and Development of Rural Sociology 0-3
Prerequisite: 6 hours of sociology.
Required of all masters and doctoral candidates in rural sociology and is
recommended for all graduate minors. Designed to meet two objectives: (1)
to introduce the student to the study of current sociological theory, and (2)
to survey events and trends in the historical development of rural sociology.
Mr. Hamilton.
UNC Soc. 262. European Sociological Theory 3-0
Social organization, change, and social action as interpreted by Pareto,
Marx, Durkheim, Weber, Mannheim, and other European theorists, together
with consideration of their influence currently in the United States. Re-
quired of all candidates for the Ph.D. degree in sociology.
UNC Religion 270. Sociology of Religion 3-0
Analysis of tensions between the scientific, ethical, and theological study
of society; the role of religion in social change; the social origins of the
denominations; the sociological significance of the Reformation; "sect" and
"church" in sociological theory. Mr. Nash.
RS 671. Seminar Credits by arrangement
Appraisal of current literature; presentation of research papers by stu-
dents; progress reports on departmental research; review of developing
research methods and plans; reports from scientific meetings and con-
ferences; other professional matters. (A maximum of three credits is
allowed toward the master's degree, and six credits toward the doctorate.)
Graduate Staff.
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY
Graduate Faculty
Professor: Sanford Richard Winston.
Associate Professor: Elmer Hubert Johnson.
No program leading to graduate degrees is offered in sociology and an-
151
thropology as such at State College. The course of work listed below is ac-
ceptable for graduate credit as part of a program in some other area of
graduate study.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
SOC 491. Human Relations in Industrial Society 3 or 3
Selected societies about the world are contrasted with American society to demonstrate the
correlation between technology and general behavior patterns, both within industry and in
the total social order. The patterns of adjustment by the individual to the organizational
framework (business concern, manufacturing enterprise, etc.) are analyzed in terms of so-
cial status, social roles, work norms, and attitudes. The social significance of major charac-
teristics of contemporary industry is considered in terms of such topics as enlargement of
the geographic bounds of the human community, development of occupational specialization,
alteration of the character of inter-group interaction, and the growing integration of Amer-
ican culture. The interrelationships between industry and social change are discussed to show
the effect of new social conditions upon industrial operations and the effect of technological
change upon the family, school, church, and government. The contribution of industry to
social progress is analyzed to promote the student's understanding of the dynamic quality
of the social environment within which he will function.
SOC 402. City Life 3 or 3
The course begins with a study of the factors behind the organic growth of cities. The
relationship between the physical design of cities and their social organization is discussed.
This is followed by a detailed analysis of new developments in the serving of human needs
(adequate housing, and the design of physical and social structures for religious, educational,
public welfare, and recreational activities). Socio-psychological aspects of life in an urbanized
society are compared with those of predominantly agricultural societies. The increasing
integration of urban and rural living is emphasized. Finally, the changing character of
urban life is seen in the resulting demand for city and regional planning and the use of
administrative personnel having both technical and social backgrounds.
SOC 411. Community Relationships 3 or 3
A survey of the institutions, organizations, and agencies to be found in modern com-
munities : the social conditions or problems, such as recreation, health, welfare, etc., with
which they deal ; their inter-relationships and the trend toward over-all planning.
SOC 412. Introduction to Social Work 3 or 3
An introductory course, designed to acquaint students with the various types of public
and private social work and with rerredial and preventive programs in applied sociology,
social psychiatry, health, public welfare, and recreation.
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
SOC 501. Leadership 3 or 3
Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301, or equivalent.
A study of leadership in various fields of American life: analysis of the
various factors associated with leadership; techniques of leadership. Par-
ticular attention is given to recreational, scientific, and executive leader-
ship procedures. Mr. Winston.
SOC 502. Society, Culture, and Personality 3 or 3
Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301, or equivalent.
Human personality is studied from its origins in primary groups through
its development in secondary contacts and its ultimate integration with
social norms. While comparative anthropological materials will be drawn
upon, emphasis is placed upon the normal personality and the adjustment
of the individual to our society and to our culture. The dynamics of per-
sonality and character structure are analyzed in terms of the general
culture patterns and social institutions of society.
Messrs. Rawls, Winston.
SOC 504. Education in Modern Society 3 or 3
Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301, or equivalent.
Social factors conditioning learning and formal education; the social role
152
of the teacher in the classroom and in the community; the function of the
school in social change and progress. Mr. Johnson.
SOC 505. The Sociology of Rehabilitation 3 or 3
Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301, or equivalent.
The course stresses the social and cultural implications of the rehabilita-
tion approach. Emphasis is placed upon the social and personal problems
of physically and mentally handicapped persons. The interrelationships of
the major social environments are considered at length in this regard. Ob-
jectives of the rehabilitation processes are analyzed in terms of the sociol-
ogy of work. A major portion of the course is devoted to rehabilitation as a
profession, particular attention being given to the diverse roles of special-
ists in this field. Mr Rawls
SOC 510. Industrial Sociology 3 or 3
Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301, or equivalent.
Industrial relations are analyzed as group behavior with a complex and
dynamic network of rights, obligations, sentiments, and rules. This social
system is viewed as an interdependent part of total community life. The
background and functioning of industrialism are studied as social and
cultural phenomena. Specific social problems of industry are analyzed.
Mr. Johnson.
SOC 515. Research in Applied Sociology 3.3
Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301, or equivalent.
Individual research problems in applied fields of sociology, such as prob-
lems of the family, population, and social work; rural-urban relations;
student success; American leadership.. Graduate Staff.
DEPARTMENT OF SOILS
Graduate Faculty
Professors: James Walter Fitts, Head, William Victor Bartholomew,
Nathaniel Terry Coleman, James Fulton Lutz, Willie Garland
Woltz, William Walton Woodhouse, Jr.
Associate Professors: Ralph Joseph McCracken, Adolph Mehlich, Cor-
nelius H. M. Van Bavel.
Assistant Professors: Eugene J. Kamprath, Charles B. McCants, Pres-
ton Harding Reid, Richard J. Volk, Sterling B. Weed.
The Department of Soils offers training leading to the degrees of Master
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the following fields: Soil Chemistry,
Soil Fertility, Soil Physics and Soil Genesis.
Excellent facilities are provided for soils graduate teaching and research
in Williams Hall, a large modern building. Adequate office and labora-
tory space is assigned to each student. Numerous facilities available for
use in carrying on a program of graduate study include special preparation
rooms for soil and plant samples, cold storage space, radioactive and stable
isotope laboratories, and service laboratories for routine soil and plant
analyses. A departmental library is equipped with books, periodicals and
bibliographic material relative to soils and related subjects. Seminars and
153
special conferences are conducted in a pleasant atmosphere of the special
seminar room. Spacious greenhouses are situated at the rear of Williams
Hall and are provided with benches, tables, lights and other essential equip-
ment. Outdoor experiments in concrete frames, large tile, or small plots
can be conducted in an area in close proximity to Williams Hall. Field ex-
periments can be made on the seventeen research farms owned or oper-
ated by the state. These farms are located throughout North Carolina to
include a wide variety of soil and climatic conditions needed for experi-
ments in soils. One of the largest and best equipped soil testing laboratories
in the United States is operated by the North Carolina Department of
Agriculture in Raleigh. Special studies on the various problems of soil
testing can be made in conjunction with this laboratory.
Strong supporting departments greatly increase the graduate student's
opportunities for a broad and thorough training. Included among those de-
partments in which graduate students in Soils work cooperatively or obtain
instructions are Field Crops, Botany, Chemistry, Geology, Mathematics,
Plant Pathology, Physics, and Statistics.
Many opportunities in research, teaching, extension and in commercial
fields are available to well trained students in Soils. The recipients of ad-
vanced degrees in Soils from North Carolina State College are found in re-
sponsible positions throughout the world.
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
SOI 511. Soil Physics 4-0
Prerequisites: SOI 200 and PY 212.
Physical constitution and analysis; soil structure, soil water, soil air, and
soil temperature in relation to plant grow:... Mr. Lutz.
SOI 521. Soil Chemistry 4-0
Prerequisites: SOI 341, CH 212, and CH 532.
Chemical composition and properties of soil, particularly concerning
clay mineralogy, chemical processes of weathering, and chemical proper-
ties of clays. The laboratory is concerned with procedures for the separation
and identification of soil constituents and studies of certain fundamental
properties of clay systems. Mr. Weed.
SOI 522. Soil Chemistry (Biochemical) 0-4
Prerequisites: SOI 341, CH 212. CH 532.
The chemistry of ion exchange phenomena of clay minerals and organic
colloids in soils. Biochemical and mathematical concepts of the dynamic
equilibrium involved in ion exchange and nutrient uptake by living organ-
isms. Laboratory consists of fundamentals and quantitative evaluation of
the chemical nature and properties of soils. Mr. Voile
SOI 532. Soil Microbiology 0-3
Prerequisites: SOI 200. BO 412. 421.
The more important microbiological processes that occur in soils; de-
composition of organic materials, ammonification, nitrification and nitrogen
fixation. Mr. Bartholomew.
154
SOI 551. Soil Morphology, Genesis and Classification 4_0
Prerequisites: SOI 200, CH 212, MIG 120.
Morphology: Study of concepts of soil horizons and soil profiles and
chemical, physical and mineralogical parameters useful in characterizing
them. Genesis: Critical study of soil forming factors and processes. Classi-
fication: Critical evaluation of historical development and present concepts
of soil taxonomy with particular reference to Great Soil Groups as well as
discussion of logical basis of soil classification. Laboratory comprises field
trips for study of soil profiles representative of Great Soil Groups
present in North Carolina, and a number of exercises illustrating methods
of study of soil Morphology. Mr. McCracken.
SOI 570. Special Problems Credits by Arrangement
Prerequisites: SOI 200, CH 212.
Special problem in various phases of Soils. Problems may be selected or
will be assigned. Emphasis will be placed on review of recent and current
research. Graduate Staff.
Courses for Graduates Only*
***SOI 611. Advanced Soil Physics 2 or 3—2 or 3
Prerequisites: SOI 511, 521, MA 401, PY 202.
An introduction to the usage of theoretical methods in soil physics.
Lectures, literature, and discussions centered around problems in the move-
ment of soil water, soil gases and heat flow through soils. Mr. Van Bavel.
SOI 622. Advanced Soil Chemistry Semester by Arrangement
Prerequisites: SOI 521, 522.
A critical examination of current ideas in Soil Chemistry and related
fields. Topics will include ion exchange, ionic and molecular absorption,
electrokinetics, relations between the structures of mineral and organic
soil components and their chemical and physical properties.
Mr. Coleman.
SOI 632. Advanced Soil Microbiology Semester by Arrangement
Prerequisites: SOI 522, 532, CH 421, 422. Max. 4
A critical examination of information relating to the nature and value
of microbiological processes in soil. Segments of the course will be devoted
to: (1) Formation, chemical composition and biological stability of soil
organic matter; (2) Biological transformations of nitrogen; (3) Function
of organic matter in soil; (4) Factors influencing nitrogen fixation; and (5)
Plant-mierobial relationships. Mr. Bartholomew.
**SOI 642. Advanced Soil Fertility 0-3
Prerequisites: SOI 511, 521, 522.
Soil conditions affecting crop growth; the chemistry of soil and plant
interrelationships, theoretical and applied aspects of fertilizer usage in
relation to plant nutrition. Mr. Fitts.
* Students are expected to consult the instructor before registration.
** Offered in 1958-59 and in alternate years.
»** Offered in 1959-60 and in alternate years.
155
SOI 651. Advanced Soil Genesis and Classification 2-3, By Arrangement
Prerequisites: SOI 511, 521, 551. f or s
A critical study of current theories and concepts in soil genesis and
morphology; detailed study of soil taxonomy. Topics include weathering
and clay mineral genesis as related to soil morphology and genesis, func-
tional analyses of soil genesis, properties of and processes responsible for
soil profiles formed under various sets of soil forming factors, classification
theory and logic as applied to soil classification, structure of soil classifi-
cation schemes. Any of these topics may be emphasized at the expense of
the others according to interests of students. Mr. McCracken.
SOI 680. Seminar 1-1
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Soils.
Scientific articles, progress reports in research, and special problems of
interest to agronomists reviewed and discussed.
A maximum of two credits allowed towards the masters degree but any
number towards the doctorate. Graduate Staff.
SOI 690. Research Credit by arrangement
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Soils.
A maximum of six credits is allowed toward the master's degree, but any
number towards the doctorate. Graduate Staff.
DEPARTMENT OF STATISTICS (EXPERIMENTAL)
Graduate Faculty
Professors: Jackson Ashcraft Rigney, Head, Richard Loree Anderson,
Gertrude Mary Cox, Alva Leroy Finkner, Robert John Hader,
Henry Laurence Lucas, Jr., David Dickenson Mason, Robert James
Monroe, Harold Frank Robinson, George Waddel Snedecor, Evan-
James Williams.
Associate Professors: Columbus Clark Cockerham. Arnold Herbert
Edward Grandage, Francis Edward McVay.
Assistant Professor: Jack Fleischer.
The Department of Experimental Statistics offers work leading to the
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. There is a working
arrangement with the Department of Biostatistics in the University's School
of Public Health at Chapel Hill, whereby their graduate students can major
in Experimental Statistics and minor in the Division of Health Affairs. The
Department of Experimental Statistics maintains a close liaison with
the Department of (Mathematical) Statistics at Chapel Hill in order to
strengthen the offerings in statistical theory. Introductory courses of these
two departments are coordinated so that it is easy for a beginning statistics
graduate student to transfer from one institution of the Consolidated Uni-
versity to another. Both departments are affiliated with the Institute of
Statistics (See page 22).
The Department has at least one staff member who consults with re-
searchers in each of the following fields and who conducts his own research
on statistical problems which are encountered: the various agricultural
156
sciences, quantitative genetics, industry and engineering, physical sciences
and social sciences. In addition there is active research in the general
fields of experimental design and sample surveys. A graduate student who
majors in Experimental Statistics may specialize in any one of these fields
of interest with his minor in the associated department; or with a strong
mathematical background he may prefer to minor in mathematics or mathe-
matical statistics. For the graduate student who wishes to minor in sta-
tistics, the Department has developed a curriculum tailored to his needs.
Many employers are offering added inducements for research personnel
who have such a minor. The Department maintains close cooperation with
other graduate departments in order to provide the type of courses needed
for their students and to provide a staff to participate in their graduate
programs.
In addition to its consulting services, the Department also provides a
computing service for the Agricultural Experiment Station and for other
research departments on the campus and in the State. It furnishes several
federal agencies and private concerns with research and consulting services
on a contract basis. A Survey Operations Unit at Chapel Hill is available
for research and training in the practical and theoretical problems encoun-
tered in the conduct of actual surveys. This Unit works in conjunction with
the Sampling Section in the Department of Experimental Statistics. All of
this work supplies a wealth of live problems on which graduate students
acquire experience and maturity.
The Department of Experimental Statistics is located in Patterson Hall,
which is adjacent to the new D. H. Hill Library. A departmental library
is maintained with copies of most important statistical books and periodi-
cals. The reprint files of several staff members are available for the use of
graduate students. A fully equipped IBM Laboratory, to which an elec-
tronic digital computer recently has been added, is maintained for research
requiring excessive computations, and automatic desk calculators are avail-
able for small jobs.
The Department has approximately 20 graduate assistantships at stipends
adjusted to the previous training and experience of the recipients.
Most fields of research, development, production and distribution are
seeking persons trained in statistical theory and methods. The demand is
equally strong from universities, agricultural and engineering experi-
mental stations, national defense agencies, other federal agencies, and a
wide variety of industrial concerns. There is a need for experimental statis-
ticians with the master's degree as well as for those with the doctorate.
With so few institutions now providing the type of statistical training
available at North Carolina State College, there is no hope of satisfying
this demand for years to come.
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
ST 501, 502. Basic Statistical Analysis 4-4
Prerequisites: College algebra and ST 311 or 361 and permission of
department.
Description of classification and scaled data; sampling from normal,
uniform, binomial and multimodal populations; empirical distributions of
157
various measures of location, dispersion, correlation, regression; significance
tests, confidence intervals; collection and analysis of data; surveys, regres-
sion, experimental designs, factorial data, variance components, non-
parametric methods, sequential analysis. Intended primarily as a par-
allel course to £ - 521-522 to be taken by statistics majors or Ph.D.
minors but not intended as a service course for other departments.
Graduate Staff.
5T 511. Experimental Statistics for Biological Sciences, I 4-0
Prerequisites: ST 311 or graduate standing.
Basic concepts of statistical models and use of samples; variation,
::eal measures, distributions, tests of significance, analysis of variance
and elementary experimental design, regression and correlation, Chi-square.
Mr. Robinson.
ST 512. Experimental Statistics for Biological Sciences. II 0-3
Prerequisite: ST 511.
Covariar.ce, multiple regression, factorial experiments, individual degrees
of freedom, incomplete block designs, experiments repeated over space and
time. Mr. Mason.
ST 513. Experimental Statistics for Social Sciences. I 4-0
Prerequisite: ST 311 or graduate standing.
Basic concepts in collection and analysis of data. Variability of sample
data, distributions, confidence limits, Chi-square, t-test, analysis of vari-
ance, regression, correlation, analytic and descriptive surveys, experimental
designs, index numbers. Mr. McVay.
^T 514. Experimental Statistics for Social Sciences. II 0-3
Prerequisite: 513.
nsion of basic concepts of experimental statistics to social surveys
ing from finite populations; sampling systems, un-
restricted, stratified and multistage; random and systematic selection with
varying probabilities; methods of estimation; analysis of variance with
multiple classification; covariance; multiple regression; polynomials.
Mr. Fleischer.
~ST 515. 516. Experimental Statistics for Engineers 3 or 4-3
Prerequisite: ST 361 or graduate standing.
General statistical concepts and techniques useful to research workers in
i technology, etc. Probability, distributions, meas-
urement of .. simple and multiple regression, tests of significance,
analysis of variance, enumeration data, sensitivity data, life testing experi-
ments and experimental design.
credit optional laboratory available first semester only. Mr. Hader.
->T 521, 522. Basic Statistical Theory 4-4
Prerequisites: ST 311 or graduate standing and undergraduate calculus.
Probability, frequency distributions and moments; sampling distribu-
tions; introductory theory of point and interval estimation; parametric and
•Offered in special summer session at Oklahoma State University
t Offered in special summer session. 1959.
non-parametric tests of hypotheses; theory of least squares; multiple re-
gression; analysis of variance and covariance, variance components.
This course contains the theory needed in all advanced courses in sta-
tistical analysis and some of the fundamentals for advanced theory courses.
Graduate Staff.
ST 591. Special Problems 1 to 3 - 1 to 3
Development of techniques for specialized cases, particularly in con-
nection with thesis and practical consulting problems. Graduate Staff.
U.N.C. ST 131. Elementary Probability 3_0
Prerequisite: Advanced Calculus.
Logical foundations and axiomatic treatment of probability, conditional
probability, additive and multiplicative laws, Bayes' theorem and inverse
probability, binomial and Poisson distributions, moments and moment
generating functions, law of large numbers and central limit theorem,
convolution of distributions. Graduate Staff.
U.N.C. ST. 134. Introduction to Statistical Theory I 5-0
Prerequisite: Advanced Calculus.
Permutations and combinations; logical foundations and axiomatic treat-
ment of probability; discrete and continuous cases; concept of random
variable; conditional probability; independent events; additive and multi-
plicative laws; Bayes' theorem and inverse probability; concept of a sta-
tistical population; repeated trials and Bernoulli's theorem; binomial and
Poisson distributions; normal approximation to the binomial; problems of
inductive inference related to binomial and Poisson populations; moments
and moment generating functions; the Pearsonian system of distributions
with special reference to normal and types I, III, and VII; law of large
numbers and central limit theorem; convolution of distributions; trans-
formation of variables; distribution of linear functions and sum of squares
of identically distributed normal variates; simple problems of normal vari-
ates; the t and F distributions; distribution of s*; significance of a mean
or a variance; tests of hypothesis of equality of means or variances of
two normal populations; simple analysis of variance; the multinomial
distribution; the chi-square test of goodness of fit; contingency tables; the
binormal distribution; distribution of the correlation coefficient; Fisher's
z-transformation; problems of inductive inference related to normal and
binormal populations. Graduate Staff.
U.N.C. ST 135. Introduction to Statistical Theory II. 0-5
Prerequisite: ST 134.
Fundamentals of the use of observations for statistical inference. Point
estimation; consistent, efficient and sufficient estimates; maximum likeli-
hood estimates; information: interval estimation; tests of significance,
first and second kinds of errors, power, bias, Neyman-Pearson lemma and
its applications, uniformly most powerful and locally unbiased tests; risk
functions and decision rules; likelihood ratio and other heuristic methods
of getting overall good tests.
Linear estimation and analysis of variance (fixed effects). The general
linear model, linearly estimable and non-estimable functions, fundamental
150
theorem of linear estimation, least squares, the variance of the best linear
estimate, degrees of freedom and sums of squares, the generalized t and F
tests, multiple classification and interaction, regression and multiple cor-
relation.
Simple application to experimental designs. Randomized blocks, bal-
anced incomplete blocks, Latin squares, missing observations.
Component of variance models in simple cases, interblock information in
balanced incomplete block designs.
Simple sequential and nonparametric tests. Graduate Staff.
U.N.C. ST 182. Mathematical Economics. (Economics 182) 3-0
Prerequisite: Mathematics 171 (Advanced Calculus)
Co-requisite: Mathematics 147 (Matrices)
Perfect and imperfect competition, monopoly, utility vs. ranking of pref-
erences, relations between commodities, general equilibrium, effects of
taxes and controls of various kinds, index numbers.
Offered in fall of 1958-1959 and alternate years. Mr. Hotelling.
U.N.C. ST. 183. Advanced Mathematical Economics (Economics 183) 0-3
Prerequisites: ST 182 and Mathematics 141 (Differential Equations.)
Dynamic variations in the economy; calculus of variations and stochastic
process theory with applications to economic problems; valuation, depre-
ciation, and depletion; most profitable rates of exploitation of mineral and
biological resources.
Offered in spring of 1958-1959 and alternate years. Mr. Hotelling.
U.N.C. ST. 197. Population Statistics (Sociology 197) 0-3
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
Training in techniques for quantitative research with population data.
Composition characteristics, population estimates, computation and stand-
ardization of birth and death rates, construction and application of life
tables, measurement of migration. Mr. Price.
Courses for Graduates Only
ST 611, 612. Intermediate Statistical Theory 3-3
Prerequisites: ST 522, Advanced Calculus and Matrix Theory.
This course will provide the additional theory, above that of Stat 521-522,
needed for advanced theory courses. Many of the topics of Stat 521-522 will
be developed more rigorously, and more attention will be paid to mathe-
matical aspects. Advanced probability theory; central limit theorem, law
of large numbers, bivariate normal distributions, convergence theorems.
Theory of estimation; method of maximum likelihood, efficient estimates,
simultaneous confidence regions; general theory of tests of hypotheses,
general linear hypothesis, sequential tests of hypotheses, distribution-free
methods. Mr. Williams.
ST 621. Statistics in Animal Science 3-0
Prerequisite: ST 502 or ST 512.
Sources and magnitudes of errors in experiments with animals, experi-
mental designs and methods of analysis adapted to specific types of ani-
160
mal research, relative efficiency of alternate designs, amount of data re-
quired for specified accuracy, student reports on selected topics.
Offered in fall of 1959-60 and alternate years. Mr. Lucas.
ST 623. Statistics in Plant Science 3-0
Prerequisite: ST 502 or 512.
Principles and techniques of planning, establishing, and executing field
and greenhouse experiments. Size, shape and orientation of plots; border
effects; selection of experimental material; estimation of size of experi-
ments for specified accuracy; scoring and subjective tests; subsampling
plots and yields for laboratory analysis. Mr. Mason.
ST 626. Statistical Concepts in Genetics 0-3
Prerequisites: Genetics 512, and ST 502 or 512 unless taken concurrently.
Factors bearing on rates of change in population means and variances,
with special reference to cultivated plants and domestic animals; selection,
inbreeding, magnitude and nature of genotypic and non-genotypic varia-
bility; experimental and statistical approaches in the analysis of quantita-
tive inheritance. Mr. Cockerham.
tST 631. Theory of Sampling Applied to Survey Design 3-0
Prerequisite: ST 502 or 512 or 514 or 516.
Basic theory of sampling from a finite population. Confidence limits and
estimation of optimum sample size, comparison of different sample de-
signs, methods and probabilities for selection and methods of estimation,
choice of a sampling unit, double sampling, matched samples.
Mr. Finkner.
ST 641. Statistics in Sociology (RS 641) 3-0
Prerequisite: ST 513.
The application of statistical methods in sociological research. Emphasis
on selecting appropriate models, instruments and techniques for the more
frequently encountered problems and forms of data. Mr. Hamilton.
ST 651. (AGC 651). Econometric Methods I. 0-3
Prerequisites: ST 514, ST 521, AGC 641 and AGC 642.
Decision making under uncertainty, stochastic elements in economic
theories, problems of model construction, special techniques for analyzing
simultaneous economic relations. Graduate Staff.
ST 652. (AGC 652). Econometric Methods II 3-0
Prerequisites: ST 513, ST 522, AGC 641 or AGC 642.
Basic concepts of estimation and tests of significance as applied to eco-
nomic data. Empirical sampling methods, non-parametric methods, sequen-
tial testing; extension of least squares methods to research in economics,
production surfaces; special topics in variance components and mixed
models; use of experimental designs in economic research; elements of
multivariate analysis; techniques for analysis of time series.
Mr. Anderson.
t Offered in special summer session, 1959.
161
ST 661, 662. Applied Multivariate Analysis 3-3
Prerequisites: ST 502 or 514. (Also analytical geometry and elementary
properties of determinants.)
The general multivariate model for experimental work; relations be-
tween multiple regression, analysis of variance and mil] e analysis;
factor analysis; the generalized variance; the generalized Student ratio;
intra-class correlations; testing compound symmetry between two sample
covariance matrices; scale analysis; canonical correlation, testing for the
rank of a correlation matrix.
Mr. Nicholson.
ST 663. Special Problems in Multivariate Analysis 3-0
Prerequisite: ST 661.
A seminar course devoted to special problems in applied multivariate
analysis, particularly designed for advancing the use of these methods in
specific research problems. Graduate Staff.
ST 664. Psychological Aspects of Factor Analysis 0-3
Prerequisite: ST 661.
History of factor analysis, theory of two-factors, fictitious factors, hier-
archal order, need of group factors, the centroid method, communalities,
common factor space, estimation of factors, orthogonal and oblique factors,
the problem of rotation, simple structure, second order factors.
Graduate StarT.
ST 671. Advanced Statistical Analysis 3-0
Prerequisite: ST 502 or 512, ST 522.
General computational methods for linear regression, non-orthogonal
data, carryover effects, orthogonal polynomials, response surfaces, non-
linear systems, variance components for orthogonal and non-orthog:r.i'.
data. Mr. Anderson.
ST 672. Special Advanced Topics in Statistical Analysis C-3
Prerequisite: ST 671.
Regression analysis with errors in both variables, transformations, enu-
meration data, discriminant functions, heterogeneous errors, non-parametric
analysis. Mr. Monroe.
"ST 674. Advanced Topics in Construction and Analysis of Experi-
mental Designs 0-3
Prerequisites: Stat. . r C2 or 512 and Stat. 522.
Inter-block analysis of incomplete blocks designs, partially balanced de-
confounding, data collected at several places and times, multiple
factor designs, change-over trials, analysis of groups ::" means.
Miss Cox.
ST 6>1. Seminar 1-1
A maximum of two credits is allowed toward the master's degree, bat
any number toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff.
•Onere-i is special summer session at Oklahoma State University. 1958.
I -
ST 691. Research Credits by arrangement
A maximum of nine credits is allowed toward the master's degree; no
limitation on credits in doctorate programs. Graduate Staff.
U.N.C. ST. 202 Methods of Operations Research 3 _
Prerequisite: ST 135.
Linear programming, theory of games, techniques for analyzing waiting
lines and queues; applied probability; recent developments, applications of
results to specific problems; case studies. Mr. Nicholson.
U.N.C. ST. 204. Selected Techniques of Approximation 3_0
Prerequisite: Advanced Calculus.
The method of steepest descent and other methods of approximating
integrals with special attention to integrals occurring in probability and sta-
tistics; asymptotic series; large-sample approximations; orthogonal poly-
nomials and their applications to numerical quadrature, interpolation and
moment problems.
Offered in fall of 1959-60 and alternate years. Mr. Hotelling.
U.N.C. ST. 208. Sample Survey Theory 3_
Prerequisite: ST 134.
Sampling from finite populations, stratification, cluster sampling, multi-
stage sampling, multiphase sampling, selection of units with probability
proportional to size, ratio and regression estimates, double sampling, the
problem of non-response, optimum allocation of resources in sample sur-
veys.
Different types of sample surveys: sampling from human populations,
agricultural surveys, public opinion surveys, surveys of business and manu-
facturing, marketing surveys, discussion of some actual large scale sur-
veys in the United States and other countries. Messrs. Roy, Nicholson.
U.N.C. St. 220. Theory of Estimation 3-0
Prerequisites: ST 135 and 231.
Sufficient statistics; minimality; completeness; unbiasedness; minimum
variance; lower bounds to variances of estimates; maximum likelihood es-
timation; consistency; asymptotic normality; best asymptotically normal
estimates; minimum chi-square; risk functions; admissible, Rayes and
minimax estimators; sequential estimates; double sampling; confidence
sets. Messrs. Hoeffding, Smith.
U.N.C. ST. 221. Tests of Hypotheses and Two-Decision Rules 0-3
Prerequisite: ST 220.
Tests as rules for deciding between two alternatives. Randomized tests;
most powerful and uniformly most powerful tests; admissible, Bayes and
minimax tests; tests which maximize the minimum power; tests which
minimize the cost of sampling; most stringent tests; unbiased, similar and
invariant tests; likelihood ratio tests; sequential tests; Wald's sequential
probability ratio test; sequential tests for composite hypotheses; Stein's
two-stage procedure; k-decision problems. Mr. Hoeffding.
163
U.N.C. ST. 222. Nonparametric Inference 0-3
Prerequisites: ST. 135 and 231.
Estimation and testing when the functional form of the population dis-
tribution is unknown. Rank and sign tests, tests based on permutations of
observations, power of nonparametric tests, optimum nonparametric tests
and estimators, nonparametric confidence intervals and tolerance limits.
Mr. Hoeffding.
U.N.C. ST. 231. Advanced Probability 0-3
Prerequisite: ST. 131 or 134.
Selected topics in measure and integration theory, with special reference
to random variables; properties of characteristic functions; weak and
strong laws of large numbers; central limit theorems.
Messrs. Hoeffding, Smith.
U.N.C. ST. 232. General Theory of Statistical Decision 0-3
Prerequisite: ST 231.
Selected topics in the general theory of statistical decisions, based on
the work of Abraham Wald. Mr. Hoeffding.
U.N.C. ST. 233. Least Squares and Time Series 3-0
Prerequisites: ST 134 and Mathematics 147 (Matrices).
The classical method of least squares with modern improvements and
developments, interpretations of the results in terms of probability, appli-
cations to social and to natural sciences, the problem of observations
ordered in time, correlation and regression of time series, seasonal varia-
tion and secular trends, methods of correcting for lack of independence and
of avoiding fallaces. Mr. Hotelling.
U.N.C. ST. 235. Stochastic Processes and their Applications 0-3
Prerequisite: ST 135.
Random walks; Markov chains in discrete and continuous time; Markov
processes; diffusion processes; first passage times; renewal theory; re-
generative theory; stationary processes; spectral and prediction theory;
evolutionary stochastic processes; applications to population growth, stores,
queues, inventories, etc. Mr. Smith.
U.N.C. ST. 237. Time Series Analysis 0-3
Prerequisite: ST 233.
Analysis of data involving trends, seasonal variations, cycles and serial
correlations; periodograms and correlograms; exogenous and endogenous
cycles; stochastic difference equations; tests for randomness; distributions
of serial correlation coffiecients; the sinusoidal limit theorem.
Offered in spring of 1959-1960 and alternate years. Mr. Hotelling.
U.N.C. ST. 250. Advanced Analysis of Variance and Covariance, with
Applications to Experimental Designs. 3-0
Prerequisite: ST 135.
Unified mathematical theory for the analysis of data from experimental
designs. Applications to lattice designs, balanced and partially balanced
incomplete block designs, Latin and Youden squares; modification for miss-
164
mg plots; mtra-block and inter-block analysis; split plot and factorial
designs; analysis of factorial designs in the case to total or partial con-
founding; use of concomitant information; analysis of covariance with the
general linear model; analysis of multiple classified data with unequal
numbers in different cells; general theory of components of variance in-
cluding mixed models; principles guiding the selection of a design.
Mr. Bose.
U.N.C. ST. 251. Combinatorial Problems of the Design of Experiments. 0-3
Prerequisite: ST 250.
Application of methods of modern algebra and finite geometry to prob-
lems arising in the design of experiments. Construction of orthogonal sets
of Latin squares, construction of balanced and partially balanced designs,
proofs of non-existence of certain classes of designs, construction of con-
founded factorial designs, fraction replications, orthogonal arrays and
multifactorial designs. jyj r# B ose#
U.N.C. ST. 260. Multivariate Analysis 3_0
Prerequisite: ST 135 and Mathematics 147 (Matrices).
Tests and confidence intervals in multivariate analysis of variance,
association between subsets of a multivariate normal set, the rank of a
matrix, factor analysis. M r- jj oy
U.N.C. ST. 261. Advanced Multivariate Analysis 0-3
Prerequisite: ST 260.
Distribution problems connected with the tests and confidence intervals-
discussed in Statistics 260; the power functions of the tests and the short-
ness of the confidence intervals against different classes of alternatives ;
some applications, especially to problems in sociology, psychology and
anthropology. Mr. Roy.
SCHOOL OF TEXTILES
Professors: Malcolm Eugene Campbell, Dean, Clarence Monroe Asbill..
Jr., John Francis Bogdan, Kenneth Stoddard Campbell, Elliot*
Brown Grover, Dame Scott Hamby, Edward Anne Murray, Henry
Ames Rutherford, William Edward Shinn, and Benjamin Lincoln
Whittier.
Visiting Professor: Charles F. Goldthwaite.
Associate Professors : Arthur Courtney Hayes, Joseph Alexander Porter..
Jr.
Assistant Professor: Davdd Marshall Cates.
The School of Textiles offers two graduate degrees: Master of Science
in Textile Manufacturing and Master of Science in Textile Chemistry..
The graduate student in Textile Manufacturing may carry on his major
work in one of the following fields: Fiber and Yarn Technology, Knitting
Technology, Synthetics, Fabric Development, or Quality Control.
An applicant for admission to the Graduate School for work in textiles
must possess a Bachelor of Science degree in Textiles or its equivalent,,
in addition to satisfying the general requirements for admission.
165
Hie physical resources of the School of Textiles are at the disposal of
our graduate students. Separate research laboratories for both ph;
and chemical investigations are provided for the use of graduate students
«md the specialized equipment of the Textile Research Department also is
available for graduate research. The textile equipment and testing instru-
ments available at the School of Textiles are of such quality and variety
that almost any type of textile problem can be investigated thoroughly.
A large and representative textile library is one of the important facilities
available for graduate study.
The unprecedented development of synthetic fibers currently underway
has opened a tremendous field for the textile scientist and technologist.
Fiber producers need men trained to condue: -; ?.Trr.atic investigations
which lead to product development and improvement.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
Fiber and Yarn Technology
TX 4*1. Tarn Manufacture IV i or 4
Prerequisite: TX Ml.
?.•=•■ -e: ::' ;;:.::; :z. Vs.— Mi:.:;::.:.:r 2.-: G-e-eri! leiti'.es Iz:.:t- i.*:r.ve
: - ; -.:- ; : - ::: : = - : ':. -■-- ' r: •: ; '•,-.-- - r :•: . ::::- 1 = • els :
-..:/ 3^;e::= -:.::;- irs.f:i-g ^ ; = - ~ - :; .-.*-•:•=•-=■ «. f z.U
;;:- — . . . :.i . : . . i : . : - 5 . r : : : . : r. :: r. : e . : ;• ; i r r i - : .- v t : i . ;_;-- - _ : - \- ..- ::•;:-:
5:e:.i. :--r:;r: =s ir.: :r: err j ".— v •""■="= ^rre -.■-.: -i.-r :>i.::::- :~ es cf
m eler= i-i r.rzrs :;:i'.:" = :"-£•£- .es Li' rr:.e-:: :r. = —.*,.. rr .-•
7:.:r- :-.:_? :e-:: r-:s iri r.e I-r.r.r .;:::;: :. ; er: : er -~>. Mr. =:_:.■. e;- .
TX Mlt Mill Tech»*Uer *-3
?-r ;.- 7X .:::.
re-: ::' -;:.::r: .r Vi.rr. M;:/;:'i::.r.:.; e:: ;:-- -.r.e: .:; I::::-- r..e-::. e :'_r
.:._.::' :e ..:_.- ~... ::' :::::-. :r ;;■ r.:r.e:. :■; :rre. ~~-es :f ~s.:-:r.er=
re I 3 or S
Y5.7- Mir. ■::i::_:.-r ir.i je-ers.". Tes-.i'.ss :,:::=. Zlerrl-e for
: .-. —:•:'. ir.i — :r;:e-: mies : : '.u;.r.:i:.:r.
i:.-r =:r-..r. ? i- : r. -....--■ r.e-:.i:~ e-i. — :■:.
= -: ; .err. e".:e: ::■ ;-.': :ri: : rr-- ;::..:i-. - = .
£.- £ :-e '-■: :.r . : ' :. ;. er. . . ;. •: :
:-:
- e rr. : r . i r= ire r. e . £ cr
■ e". :: — . er : 5: . : .-■? a-;
?_rrer.: :e:r.r. in.". :e-
: : a :e::.r. ::-.! :-; : n
TX <::. T-- - -: •;;. 1 or 1
2 or 2
168
• \ general course including : textile processing of continuous filament synthetic yarns
in the yarn producing plants; preparation of yarns for weaving and knitting including
crepe, voile and hosiery yarns ; the application of synthetic yarns for use as industrial
yarns and fabrics ; also, calculations involving the denier system and production. No credit
allowed for students majoring in synthetics.
Two 1-hour lectures per week. M r- Wiggins.
TX 433. Synthetics II . Q
Prerequisite: TX 481.
Required of seniors in Synthetics Option.
An advanced study of the physical properties and the relation of physical properties
to the processing characteristics and end product performances of the synthetic fibers. A
study of the influence of twist on physical properties of filament yarns ; comprehensive
studies of the processing of sized and unsized filament yarn as encountered in the throw-
ing industry and in preparation for knitting and weaving. A study of the industrial uses
of synthetic fibers and the requirements of such uses.
Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory period per week.
Messrs. Hamby, Wiggins.
TX 435. Synthetic Fiber Processing 4 or 4
Prerequisites: TX 301, TX 281.
Required of seniors in Yarn Manufacturing and Synthetic Options.
Elective for others.
Studies of the contributions of individual fibers to the entire blend covering both the
man-made as well as natural fibers. Processing of man-made fibers into spun yarn and
fabric, particularly on the cotton system. The processing of man-made fibers by new meth-
ods, such as by direct spinning and the Pacific Converter. Studies of the modification of
machines for processing synthetic fibers alone or in blend with other fibers.
Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory period per week.
Messrs. Grover, Hamby, Pardue.
Knitting Technology
TX 441. Flat Knitting 3-0
Prerequisite: TX 341.
Required of seniors in Knitting Technology Option. Elective for others.
A study of the leading types of flat knitting machines including warp knitting ma-
chines, design possibilities, and fabric adaptability.
Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory period per week. Mr. Shinn.
TX 443. Knittine Mechanics 3-0
Prerequisite: TX 341.
Required of seniors in Knitting Technology Option. Elective for others.
Mathematics and mechanics of flat and rib knitting. Inter-relation of yarn number,
yarn diameter, gauge, cut, stitch, length, fabric structure and weight ; proportions of
yarns in multiple-thread work ; production problems, etc.
Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory period per week. Mr. Shinn.
TX 444. Garment Manufacture 0-S
Prerequisite: TX 341.
Required of seniors in Knitting Technology Option. Elective for others.
A study of circular latch needle and spring needle machines for knit fabric production
styling, cutting and seaming of the basic garment types for underwear and outerwear ;
standard seam types ; high-speed sewing machines.
Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory period per week. Messrs. Shinn, Lewis.
TX 445. Full-fashioned Hosiery Manufacture 0-2
TX 447, 448. Knitting Laboratory II 2-2
Prerequisite: TX 341.
Required of seniors in Knitting Technology Option. Elective for others.
Mechanics of the full-fashioned hosiery machine including practical training in its ad-
justment and operation. Attention is given to yarn preparation, knitting, inspection, finish-
ing and packaging hosiery.
One 4-hour laboratory period per week each semester. Two 1-hour lectures per week
in spring semester. Mr. Shinn.
TX 449. Tricot Knitting 0-8
Prerequisite: TX 341.
Required of seniors in Knitting Technology Option. Elective for others.
A study of basic types of tricot knitting machines with emphasis on mechanisms and
fabrics. Attention is given to warp preparation methods applicable to the tricot machine,
the characteristics of yarns made from natural and synthetic fibers as they affect proc-
essing into warp knitted fabrics, machine settings for proper qualities and ratios;
economics of warp knitting, and end uses. Attention is given to fabric design and analysis.
Three 1-hour lectures per week. Mr. Shinn.
167
Fabric Development
TX 451. Wearinrr Laboratory IV 1 or 1
Prerequisite: TX S51.
Required of seniors in General Textiles and Weaving and Designing Options. Elective
for others.
Operations and fixing of dobby. pick and pick and jacquard looms ; preparation of
warps to weave rayon, wool and fine cotton fabrics ; building of box, dobby and multiplier
chains.
One 2-hour laboratory period per week. Messrs. Moser, Berry.
TX 452. Weaving Laboratory V 0-1
Prerequisite: TX 451.
Required of seniors in Weaving and Designing Option.
Continuation of Tex. 451 with special emphasis upon making original designs for dobby
fabrics, preparing the warps and weaving the fabrics.
One 2-hour laboratory period per week. Messrs. Moser. Berry.
TX 461. Dobby Design and Analysis II 3-0
Prerequisite: TX 361.
Required of seniors in General Textiles and Weaving and Designing Options. Elective
for others.
A details study of the design and weave of complicated fabrics such as double cloth,
•corduroy, velveteen, crepe and intricate figured designs, matellasse. velvet and frieze.
Analyzing samples of cotton, wool, worsted, linen, rayon and silk fabrics for size of
yarns, ends and picks per inch, weight of warp and filling, so as to accurately repro-
duce samples analyzed ; obtaining design drawing in draft, chain, and reed plan for
fancy fabrics, such as stripes, checks, extra warp and extra filling figures, leno fabrics,
jacquard fabrics, draperies.
Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory period per week. Mr. Berry.
TX 471. Development of Woven Design 2 or 2
Prerequisite: TX 361.
Elective.
A study of the factors which determine the quality, style and color of fabrics, including
the design specifications and production calculations necessary for the translation of design
ideas into woven textiles. Mr. Gaither.
TX 472. Fabric Analytics 2-2
A supplementary course in fabric structure to demonstrate how fabrics can be designed
to meet specific requirements for utility and aesthetic value. The methods and calculations
involved in predetermining weight, cast, texture, strength extensibility, thickness and other
important properties of fabrics are explained, using actual cases of consumer problems as
examples. Mr. Whittier.
TX 473. Fabric Characteristics 2 or 2
Prerequisite: TX 361.
Elective.
A study of the identification, classification and utilization of woven fabrics and how
these are affected by various properties such as geometry, weave, and finish. Actual in-
spection of a wide range of fabrics with emphasis on a study of defects and their influence
on quality will be included in the laboratory work.
One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour laboratory period per week. Mr. Whittier.
TX 476. Synthetics III
Prerequisites : TX 351 and TX 361.
Required of seniors in Synthetics Option.
Advanced study of the development and construction of fabrics made with synthetic
jams. The course includes lectures on the special problems encountered in the design,
■warp and filling preparation and weaving of fabrics made with filament yarns. The methods
tzsed by industry to overcome these difficulties are demonstrated in the laboratory sessions.
Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory period per week. Mr. Porter.
TEXTILE CHEMISTRY
TC 403, 404. Textile Chemistry IV 4-4
Prerequisite: TC 304.
Required of seniors in Textile Chemistry.
A continuation of TC 303 and 304 with special emphasis on modern dyeing methods.
Laboratory exercises and use of pilot and mill-scale equipment of many types in dyeing
all important fibers and fiber mixtures. Selected topics of importance to the totile chemist
with special attention to current technological advances in the field. Visits to mills selected
to cover a wide variety of processing techniques.
Two 1-hour lectures and one 4-hour laboratory per week. Mr. CampbelL
TC 411. Textile Chemical Analysis I 2-0
Prerequisite: Chem. 211.
Elective for students in Textile Chemistry.
Analysis and evaluation of textile chemicals and related materials such as water, soap,
wetting agents, synthetic detergents, bleaching and stripping agents, and finishing com-
168
££££; Ide ° ti fi ca < t . i . on a « d Quantitative determination of materials employed in several
finE W proce88inK such " 8izes . surface-active agents, dyestuffs and
Two 2-hour laboratories per week. Messrs. Rutherford, Campbell.
TC 412. Textile Chemical Analysis II n „
Prerequisites: Chem. 211 and TC 304.
Elective for students in Textile Chemistry.
Analysis of textile materials involving specialized instruments and techniques such as
spectrophotometry, pH measurements, electrometric titration, viscometry etc
Two 2-hour laboratories per week. Messrs. Rutherford! CampbeU.
TC 421. Fabric Finishing I 2 nr 9
Prerequisite: TC 201.
Required of seniors in Synthetics option. Elective for others, except not reauired nor
elective for students in Textile Chemistry.
A general course in fabric finishing designed for students not majoring in Textile Chem-
wtry. Emphasis placed on finishes used on garment-type fabrics, including stabilization
finishes, water repellency, crease resistance, moth and mildew proofing, fire-proofing, etc.
Emphasis on chemistry of finishes varied to fit requirements of students.
Two 1-hour lectures per week. Messrs. Hayes, Rutherford.
TC 423. Fabric Finishing II a _n
Prerequisite: TC 304.
Required of seniors in Textile Chemistry.
A study of the compounds used in the finishing of fabrics, and of the methods used
in laboratory development and plant application of finishing compounds. Studies of the
methods of evaluation of finishes are included in the laboratory work.
One 1-hour lecture and one 4-hour laboratory period per week. Mr. Campbell.
TC 431. Textile Printing 0-3
Prerequisite: TC 304.
Required of students in Textile Chemistry.
Fundamental of textile printing with major emphasis on modern roller printing methods :
design of printing machines, preparation of cloth for printing, formulation and proper-
ties of printing pastes, application techniques for all important types of dyestuff. styles
of printing, and ageing and aftertreating procedures.
One 1-hour lecture and one 4-hour laboratory period per week. Mr. Campbell.
GENERAL TEXTILE COURSES
TX 483. Textile Cost Methods 2 or 2
Prerequisites: TX 301 and TX 361.
Required of seniors in Textiles except those in Management Option.
A survey of cost methods applicable to textile mills with emphasis on calculations, the
preparation of cost reports, and their use in cost control.
Two 1-hour lectures per week. Mr. Shinn.
TX 484. Mill Organization 0-3
Prerequisites: TX 301 and TX 361.
Required of seniors in Textiles.
Studies of organizations of textile mills from personnel as well as functional viewpoints
and of the planning and scheduling of manufacturing contracts through opening and
weaving mills. Analysis of manufacturing organizations based on processes and equipment.
Three 1-hour lectures per week. Mr. Grover.
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
FIBER AND YARN TECHNOLOGY
TX 501. Yarn Technology Seminar 2 or 2
Prerequisite: TX 401.
Elective.
Lecture and discussion periods are designed for students who are par-
ticularly interested in the yarn manufacturing aspects of the textile in-
dustry. Subject matter will include such various aspects as training meth-
ods, safety programs, modern mill design, specialized techniques in set-
ting rates, employee relations, and developments that arise from technical
meetings.
Two 1-hour lectures per week. Mr. Grover and Graduate Staff.
169
TX 521. Testing and Quality Control 4-0
Prerequisite: TX 323 or TX 321.
Required of students in Quality Control option. Elective for others.
Testing of natural and man-made fibers and of yarns and fabrics with
emphasis on advanced testing techniques. Consideration of quality con-
trol programs, including "defect preventive" methods, pin-pointing of
troubles, and the relationship between the quality control department and
operating divisions. Technical report writing, literature research, and
study of military specifications and U. S. Government standards as CCC-
T-191-b. Attendance at technical meetings such as The Fiber Society, Amer-
ican Society for Testing Materials, American Society for Quality Control
is encouraged. Messrs. Hamby, Stuckey.
Two 1-hour lectures and one 4-hour laboratory period per week.
TX 522. Textile Testing III 0-4
Prerequisite: TX 521, or graduate standing with approval of instructor.
Required of students in Quality Control Option. Elective for others.
Mechanics of textile fabrics, with emphasis on the application of en-
gineering criteria to laboratory evaluation of natural and man-made fibrous
materials. Stress-strain relationships, modifications due to impact, tor-
sional properties, thermoplastic-material degradation, permeability to gases
and liquids, theory of induced wear with influence of abrasion. Influence on
fabric properties resulting from blending of fibers, and modification of
properties by varying fiber distribution. Specialized techniques of control-
ling attributes and variables of fabric quality.
Two 1-hour lectures and one 4-hour laboratory period per week.
Messrs. Hamby, Stuckey.
TX 525. Advanced Textile Microscopy 2 or 2
Prerequisite: TX 425.
Elective.
Experiments, lectures and demonstrations in more advanced techniques
of textile microscopy. Detailed studies of structures of fibers covered in
lecture series, supplemented by experiments on lecture topics. Detailed
study of all types of microscopes and their uses in textiles. Preparation of
slides for photography. Uses of photomicrographic equipment.
Lectures and laboratories arranged. Mr. Stuckey.
FABRIC DEVELOPMENT
TX 551. Complex Woven Textile Structures 0-3
Prerequisites: TX 451, TX 461.
Elective.
Consideration of design factors, operational problems, and fabric geom-
etry peculiar to complex woven textile structures such as terry cloth, plush,
and carpeting. Mr. Berry.
TX 561. Dobby Design and Analysis III 0-2
Prerequisite: TX 461.
Required of Seniors in Weaving and Designing Option. Elective for others.
The development of design specifications for selected complex fabrics
170
and a study of the geometrical and aesthetic factors influencing their suit-
ability for specific end uses. j^r. Berry.
TX 562. Jacquard Design and Weaving q_3
Prerequisite: TX 361.
Required of Seniors in Weaving and Designing Option. Elective for others.
The application of punched card techniques to the design and manufac-
ture of certain fabrics having intricate decorative patterns and special
surface characteristics. Mr. Berry.
TEXTILE CHEMISTRY
TC 501. Seminar in Textile Chemistry q_2
Prerequisite: TC 403.
Elective for Textile Chemistry students.
The course is designed to familiarize the student with the principal
sources of textile chemical literature and to emphasize the importance
of keeping abreast of developments in the field of textile chemistry. Par-
ticular attention is paid to the fundamentals of technical writing. Reports.
Lectures arranged. Mr. Campbell, Graduate Staff.
TC 511, 512. Chemistry of Fibers 2-2
Prerequisite: CH 422.
Required of seniors in Textile Chemistry.
A lecture course emphasizing the theory of fiber structure; the rela-
tionship between the chemical structure and physical properties of natural
and synthetic fibers; the nature of the chemical reactions that produce
degradation of fibers; the production of synthetic fibers.
Two 1-hour lectures per week. Mr. Rutherford.
TC 521. Textile Chemical Analysis III 3 or 3
Prerequisite: TC 421.
Elective for all textile students except those majoring in Textile Chemis-
try; no credit allowed for those majority in Textile Chemistry.
The work includes the chemical identification of fibers, the qualitative
and quantitative analysis of fiber blends by chemical means, and the eval-
uation techniques for dyed and finished materials.
Lectures and laboratories arranged. Mr. Rutherford.
GENERAL TEXTILES
TX 581. Textile Instrumentation and Control 3 or 3
Prerequisite: PY 212.
Required of all seniors in Textiles and Textile Chemistry.
A lecture series with coordinated laboratory exercises designed to
familiarize the student with the theory and application of instruments
and control apparatus that he will find in the modern textile plant.
The studies cover the measurement and control of temperature, humidity,
pressure, flow and liquid level, and the application of control apparatus
to chemical processes and physical finishing of textile products.
Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory period per week.
Mr. Asbill.
171
Courses for Graduates Only
TX 601, 602. Yarn Manufacture 3-3
Prerequisites: TX 401 or equivalent.
A study of breaking strength and related properties of cotton yarns
made under various atmospheric conditions; comparison of yarns produced
from long and short-staple cotton with regular and special carding proc-
esses; efficiency of various roller covering materials at the drawing proc-
cesses; elimination of roving processes by special methods of preparation;
comparison of regular and long-draft spinning. Messrs. Grover, Hamby.
TX 621. Textile Testing IV 2 or 2
Prerequisites: TX 522 or equivalent.
Design of textile laboratories, including conditioning equipment and in-
struments required for specific needs; performance of tests and analysis
of data on industrial problems; specialized physical tests; inter-laboratory
tests and analysis; study of A.S.T.M. specifications and work on task
groups for the A.S.T.M. Society. Mr. Hamby.
TX 631. Synthetics IV 0-2
Prerequisites: TX 433 or equivalent.
Setting up of an assigned project on problems peculiar to the processing
of continuous filament yarns, particularly in the initial preparatory stages
of processing, and including sizing, twisting, winding, and associated prob-
lems. Messrs. Grover, Hamby.
TX 641, 642. Advanced Knitting Systems and Mechanisms. 3-3
Prerequisites: TX 441 or equivalent.
A critical study of inventions which have contributed to the development
of the modern knitting industry; knitting needles and their adaptation
for specific uses; means for mounting them for individual and en masse
operation; construction and functioning of cooperating elements including
sliders, jacks, sinkers, dividers, pressing elements, narrowing and widen-
ing points, welting mechanisms; yarn feeding elements, fabric tensioning
and draw-off motions, regulating mechanisms; timing and control chains
and cams. Use will be made of patent literature such as U. S. Patents
2,413,601 and 2.431.160, Bitzer which represent important developments in
the full-fashioned hosiery industry.
Three one-hour lectures per week. Mr. Shinn.
TX 643. Knitting Research 3-3
Prerequisites: Graduate standing and 8 credits in knitting.
Problems of specific interest to the knitting industry will be assigned
for study and investigation. The use of experimental methods will be em-
phasized. Attention will be given to the preparation of reports for publi-
cation. Graduate Staff.
TX 651, 652. Fabric Development and Construction 3-3
Prerequisite: B.S. Degree in Textiles (Weaving and Designing option)
or equivalent.
Application of advanced technology to the development and construction
of woven fabrics. Mr. Whittier.
172
TX 681, 682. Textile Research Credits by Arrangement
Problems of specific interest to the textile industry will be assigned
for study and investigation. The use of experimental methods will be em-
phasized. Attention will be given to the preparation of reports for publi-
cation. The master's thesis may be based upon the data obtained.
Graduate Staff.
TX 683. Seminar 1 _ 1
Discussion of scientific articles of interest to textile industry; review
and discussion of student papers and research problems.
Graduate Staff.
TC 605. Physical Chemistry of Dyeing 3_0
Prerequisites: CH 422, PY 212, MA 212.
Dyeing is treated as physico-chemical process emphasizing equilibria,
kinetics, and practical aspects of research into dyeing processes.
Mr. Cates.
TC 606. Chemistry of Fiber-Forming High Polymeric Systems 0-3
Prerequisite Courses: CH 422, PY 212, MA 212.
The course will embody studies of the mechanism and kinetics of poly-
merization, the properties and behavior of high-polymer solutions, the
mechanical behavior of natural and synthetic fibrous materials as related
to molecular structure. Mr. Cates.
ZOOLOGY
A UNIT OF THE DIVISION OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Graduate Faculty.
Professors: Frederick Schenck Barkalow, Jr., Head, Bartholomew
Brandner Brandt, Daniel Swartwood Grosch, Reinard Harkema,
Thomas Lavelle Quay.
Assistant Professors: William Walton Hassler, Edward McLean Lowry.
The Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered
in Animal Ecology and Wildlife Conservation and Management. Graduate
programs leading to advanced degrees in Animal Parasitology can be ar-
ranged in cooperation with the Department of Zoology of the University
of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.
The new O. Max Gardner Biological Laboratories building has excellent
facilities for training and research. The classrooms and laboratories are
furnished with modern equipment. Spacious graduate student offices are
available as well as a number of well-equipped research laboratories which
provide space for graduate students' investigations. Excellent library fa-
cilities are provided for advanced study in the special areas of Zoology in
which graduate degrees are offered.
Accommodations are provided for the well-curated teaching collections
of fish, reptiles and amphibians. An advanced herpetological teaching and
research laboratory is located near the range room and the graduate stu-
dents' offices. A large bird and mammal range adequate to contain an esti-
mated 25,000 specimens is on the same floor as the wildlife teaching lab-
173
oratory. A separate cataloging and graduate workroom adjoins the bird
and mammal range. Comparison collections are available for food habits
research studies on all native game animals.
Excellent facilities for life history and ecologic studies are available in
the field of animal parasitology. A large autopsy and specimen preparation
laboratory is housed in an adjacent building, which also includes an aquari-
um room, small mammal room, and dermestid room.
Several farm ponds ranging in size from two to seven acres are located
on the state lands near Raleigh and are available for farm pond research
studies. Several experimental nursery pools are located adjacent to Gard-
ner Hall, and additional facilities near Fayetteville have been made avail-
able through a cooperative program with the North Carolina Wildilfe
Resources Commission.
A wide variety of positions are open to students holding advanced degrees
in Animal Ecology and Wildlife Conservation and Management. There is
particular need for young men with training in parasitology and related
subjects. While the various state game and fish departments, United States
Fish and Wildlife Service, United States Forest Service, United States Soil
Conservation Service, United States National Parks Service, and other state
and land use departments employ the majority of graduates, an increasing
number of teaching positions in these fields are available. There are, more-
over, more vacancies currently available for qualified individuals than can
be adequately filled. It appears that this condition will prevail for at least
several more years.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates
*ZO 442. Animal Microtechnique 0-3
Prerequisites: ZO 101 and 102, and CH 203.
The theory and practice of preparing temporary and permanent histo-
logical mounts for microscopic study. Mr. Harkema.
Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
**ZO 501. Advanced Ornithology 3-0
Prerequisites: ZO 252, and approval of the instructor.
Upland game birds, rails, and waterfowl — life histories, taxonomic rela-
tions, distribution, habitat and territory, display and behavior, instinct
and intelligence, food habits, census methods, populations and factors af-
fecting abundance, management problems and procedures, recent investi-
gations, current literature. Mr. Quay.
***ZO 513. Advanced Animal Physiology I 3-0
Prerequisite: ZO 301.
Fundamentals of animal psysiology from an advanced point of view.
Lectures, discussions, outside reading, written and oral reports. Topics in
the field of animal physiology will be selected for vigorous and detailed
consideration in lectures and collateral reading. Each student will, in ad-
• Offered in even years. Will be offered in Spring 1960.
•• Offered in odd years. Will be offered in Fall 1959.
•••Offered in even years. Will be offered in Fall 1960.
174
dition, prepare a term report, and his work will be supervised and evalu-
ated during the preparation as well as at the end of the report. Selection of
a few topics for study will be determined by the interests of the students
and by their needs as may be expressed by the supervisor of their major
work - Mr. Santolucito.
ZO 521. Fishery Biology 3 _
Prerequisites: ZO 101 and 102 and approval of instructor.
Lectures, discussions, reports, field trips and laboratories. Methods and
principles of fish management. Qualitative and quantitative studies of
the various factors influencing the growth and abundance of game fishes.
Life history studies of freshwater and marine sport fishes. Theories of
fishery science. Application of biometrical methods. Mr. Hassler.
ZO 522. Animal Ecology qo
Prerequisites: ZO 101 and 102.
The general principles of the interrelations among animals and their
environments — land, fresh water, marine. Mr. Quay.
*ZO 532 (GN 532). Biological Effects of Radiations 0-3
Prerequisites: ZO 101, and approval of the instructor.
Recommended Correlatives: GN 411, ZO 301, and BO 421.
Qualitative and quantitative effects of radiations (other than the visible
spectrum) on biological systems, to include both morphological and physi-
ological aspects in a consideration of genetics, cytology, histology, and
morphogenesis. Mr. Grosch.
**ZO 541. Cold-blooded Vertebrates (Ichthyology) 0-3
Prerequisites: ZO 101 and 102.
The classification and ecology of selected groups of fishes. Lectures,
laboratories, and field trips dealing with the systematic positions, life his-
tories, interrelationships, and distribution of the particular groups of fishes
selected in accordance with the needs and interests of the class.
Mr. Brandt.
*ZO 542. Cold-blooded Vertebrates (Herpetology) 0-3
Prerequisites: ZO 101 and 102.
The classification and ecology of selected groups of amphibians and rep-
tiles. Lectures, laboratories, and field trips dealing with the systematic
positions, life histories, interrelationships, and distribution of the particular
groups of amphibians and reptiles selected in accordance with the needs
and interests of the class. Mr. Brandt.
ZO 544. Mammalogy 0-3
Prerequisites: ZO 101, 102 and approval of the instructor.
The classification and ecology of the major groups of mammals with
particular emphasis on the orders native to the Southeastern United
States. Mr. Barkalow.
***ZO 545. Histology 4-0
Prerequisites: ZO 101 and 102.
The microscopic anatomy of animal tissues. Mr. Harkema.
♦Offered in even years. Will be offered in Spring 1960.
•♦Offered in odd years. Will be offered in Fall 1959.
♦•♦Offered in even years. Will be offered in Fall 1960.
175
ZO 551, 552. Wildlife Management. 3-3
Prerequisites: ZO 252 and BO 441.
The basic principles of wildlife management and their application are
studied in the field and laboratory. The course is designed primarily for
seniors majoring in the field of wildlife management. Mr. Barkalow.
**ZO 561. Animal Embryology 0-4
Prerequisites: ZO 101 and 102.
The study of fundamental principles which apply in the achievement of
complex animal structure, including both invertebrate and vertebrate ma-
terials. Correlative laboratory study to provide training in the basic dis-
ciplines and techniques. This course is intended for advanced students in
entomology, animal industry, poultry science, and zoology. Mr. Harkema.
ZO 571. Special Studies Credits by Arrangement
Prerequisites: ZO 101 and 102, and approval of the instructor.
A directed individual investigation of a particular problem in Zoology,
accompanied by a review of the pertinent literature. A maximum of three
credits allowed toward the bachelor's degree, six toward the master's de-
gree, and nine toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff.
'ZO 591. Parasitology I 4-0
Prerequisites: ZO 101, 102, and 223.
The study of the morphology, biology, and control of the parasitic pro-
tozoa and helminths of man, domestic and wild animals. Mr. Harkema.
ZO 592. (Ent. 582). Parasitology II. (Medical Entomology) 0-3
Prerequisite: Ent. 301 or 312.
A study of the morphology, biology and control of the parasitic arthro-
pods of man, domestic and wild animals. Mr. Harkema.
Courses for Graduates Only
ZO 603. Advanced Parasitology 0-3
Prerequisites: ZO 591 and 592.
The study of the theoretical and practical aspects of parasitism; taxo-
nomy, physiology, and immunology of animal parasites. Mr. Harkema.
ZO 614. Advanced Animal Physiology II 3-0
Prerequisites: ZO 301, and approval of the instructor.
Selected fundamental principles in physiology will be studied and in-
terpreted for their relation to the vertebrates. Lectures and critical reports
to promote acquaintance with general literature and recent advances. Lec-
tures, discussions, written and oral reports. Mr. Santolucito.
ZO 622. Seminar 1-1
The presentation and defense of current literature papers dealing either
with the findings of original research or with fundamental biological con-
cepts. Graduate Staff.
**ZO 627. Zoogeography 3-0
Prerequisites: ZO 522, and approval of instructor.
The geographic distribution of animals — land, fresh water, marine.
Mr. Quay.
• Offered in odd years. Will be offered in Fall 1959.
•• Offered in even years. Will b« offered in Fall 1958.
176
ZO 641. Research in Zoology r ,, ,
in S P t -r ites: Twelve ~ r — * * ^o^zxxttz
Problems in development, life history, morphology, physiology, ecology
game management, taxonomy, or parasitology. A maximum of s x credits
Lale maStGr ' S ^^ but Sny " Umber toward th "doc!
Graduate Staff.
177
INDEX
Administration, Officers of 7, 8
Administrative Board :
Chapel Hill Members 7, 8
State College Members 7
Woman's College Members 8
Admission :
Provisional admission 23
Regular graduate students 23, 24
Requirements 23
To candidacy 25, 31
Unclassified 23
Advisory Committees 25, 26, 27, 28
Aeronautical Engineering .... 118, 119, 121
Agricultural Economics 41-45
Agricultural Education 76-78
Agricultural Engineering 45-48
Agronomy 48
Animal Industry 48-51
Bacteriology 51, 53, 69. 154, 155
Botany 51-54
Calendar :
1958-59 3, 4
1959-60 5, 6
Ceramic Engineering 125-127
Chemical Engineering 54-58
Chemistry 59-63
Civil Engineering 63-68
Course of Study 27. 28, 29, 33
Course Loads :
for faculty members 24
for seniors 25
maximum 24
part-time students 24
Course numbers 40
Dairy Manufacturing 68-70
Diesel Engineering 118
Doctor of Philosophy Degree :
admission to candidacy 36
advisory committee 33, 36
diploma fee 38
dissertation 34
examination committee 34-36
final examination 35
language requirements 33-34
plan of study 33
preliminary (qualifying)
examination 34-35
procedures 36-37
resident requirements 33
Economics 70-73
Education 74-85
Electrical Engineering 85-89
Engineering Honors 89-90
Engineering Mechanics 90-91
Engineering Research,
Department of 20
English :
examination in 28. 34
requirements for foreign students. .28, 34
Entomology 92-94
Examinations :
language 28, 33
Master's 28
Ph.D. qualifying 34-35
Ph.D. final oral 35-36
physical 25
Examining Committee 28. 29, 34-36
Executive Council. Members of 7, 8
Extension Education 40
Fees 37-39
Fellowships 39-40
Field Crops 95-97
Foreign Language :
examinations in 28, 33-34
requirements for degrees 28, 33. 34
Forestry 97-103
Genetics 103-105
Geology 123, 124. 128, 129
Grades 27, 28
Graduate appointments :
applications 39, 40
assistantships 40
fee regulations 37, 38, 39
fellowships 39, 40
research assistantships 40
Graduate Credit:
for correspondence courses 26
for extension courses 26
for faculty members 24
for seniors 25
Graduate degrees offered 25, 29, 30, 32
Graduate Faculty:
conditions of membership in 8
members of 8-19
See list under each department.
Graduate Record Examinations . .23, 24, 31
Graduate School, organization of 20
History ] 05-107
Horticulture 107-110
Industrial Arts 78-81
Industrial Education 78-81
Industrial Engineering 110-113
In-State Students, definition of 39
Language Requirements :
for Master of Science 28
for Doctor of Philesophy 33-34
Library, resources of 21
Master's degree in a professional field. . .29
Master of Science degree 25-29
advisory committee 25, 27
candidacy 25
course work requirements 26
major field 27
minor field 27
oral and written examinations ... 28, 29
plan of study 27
residence requirements 26
scholastic requirements 27
summary of procedures 31, 32
thesis 28
Mathematics 113-118
Maximum course load :
for faculty members 24
for full-time students 24
for graduate assistants 24
for graduate fellows 39
for part-time students 24
for summer school 26
Mechanical Engineering 118-123
Mineral Industries 123-131
Modern Language:
courses in 131
See language requirements.
National Teachers Examination 23
North Carolina Agricultural
Experiment Station 20
Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies 22
Occupational Information
and Guidance 81-85
Out-of-State Students, definition of ....39
Physical Examinations ?5
Physics 132-137
Plant Pathology 137-139
Political Science 105-107
Poultry 139-141
Procedures :
for Master's degree 31-32
for Doctor of Philosophy 36-37
Psychology 141-146
Registration Procedures 3, 24
Research assistantships 39, 40
Residence:
facilities 40
requirements 26. 33
Rural Sociology 146-151
Sociology 151-153
Soils 153-156
Statistics :
Department of 156-165
Institute of 22
Textile Chemistry 168. 171
Textiles 165-173
Thesis 28. 29. 31. 32
abstracts of 28
Zoology 173-177
179
1> s? 1
Ml
%
§H 5 M
i
Key to Campus Map
north Carolina state college, raleigh
A.A.A. Building
50
Dorm. Office
1
Agr. Economics
35
Economics
9
Agr. Engineering
50
Education, Dean
15
Agr. Extension
32
Electrical Eng.
27
Agr. Dean
35
Engineering, Dean
26
Agronomy
43
Engineering Drawing
23
Alumni Secretary
2
Engineering Mechanics
26
Animal Husbandry
39
Engineering Research
25
Architecture
29
English
10
Athletics
58
Entomology
44
Auditorium
10
Ethics
9
Biology
44
Field Crops
43
Book Store
8
Forestry, Dean
49
Botany
44
Foundations
1
Building Supt.
21
General Studies, Dean
9
Business Office
1
Genetics
44
Cafeteria
14
Geology
11
Ceramics Eng.
18
Graduate School
44
Chancellor
1
History
9
Chemical Eng.
26
Home Demonstration
32
Chemistry
30
Horticulture
49
Civil Eng.
28
Industr. Arts
15
Coliseum
58
Industr. Engineering
26
College Engineer
31
Infirmary
52
College Extension
31
Landscape Design
29
Cotton
43
Laundry
20
Dairy Research
39
Library
40
Dean of Students
1
Marketing
35
Design, Dean
29
Mathematics
15
Diesel Eng.
37
Mechanical Engr.
38
Military Dept.
42
Modern Language
9
Navy R.O.T.C.
68
Nuclear Reactor
34
Physical Education
56
Physics
29
Plant Pathology
44
Poultry
46
Print Shop
63
Psychology
15
Purchasing
1
Registrar
1
Rural Sociology
31
Sanitary Engr.
28
Service Dept.
21
Shops
22
Sociology
9
Statistics
35
Supplies
21
Textiles, Dean
51
Textile Research
51
Tobacco
43
U. S. Post Office
36
Veterans Adm.
1
Vetville
64
Visual Aids
32
Wood Prod. Lab.
70
Y.M.C.A.
13
Zoology
44
1. Holladay Hall
2. Alumni Hall
3. Welch Hall
4. Gold Hall
5. Fourth Hall
6. Brooks Hall
7. First Hall
8. Watauga Hall
9. Peele Hall
10. Pullen Hall
11. Primrose Hall
12. Syme Hall
13. Y.M.C.A.
14. Leazer Hall
15. Tompkins Hall
1 6. Field House
17. Riddick Field
18. Ceramics
19. Power Plant
20. Laundry
21. Warehouse
22. Park Shops
23. Page Hall
24. Winston Hall
25. Enq. Research
26. Riddick Lab. Bldg.
27. Electrical Ena.
28. Civil Enqineerinq
29. Dqniels Hall
30. Withers Hall
31. 1911 Buildinq
32. Ricks Hall
33. Zoology Buildinq
34. Nucleor Reqctor
35. Potterson Hall
36. U. S. Post Office
37. Diesel Eng. Bldq.
38. Broughton Hall
39. Polk Holl
40. D. H. Hill Library
41. U. S. Bureau of Mines
42. Agronomy Greenhouses
43. Williams Hall
44. Gardner Hall
45. Student Union
47. Bot. & Zool. Gr. Hus.
48. Horticulture Gr. Hus.
49. Kilgore Hall
50. Manqum Hall
51. Textile Buildinq
52. Clark Hall
53. Berry Hall
54. Bagwell Hall
56. Thompson Gvm
57. Parking Area
58. Reynolds Coliseum
59. Alexander Hall
60. Turlington Hall
61. Owen Hall
62. Tucker Hall
63. Printing Shoo
64. Vetville
65. Track Bleachers
66. Baseball Field
67. Tennis Courts
68. U.S.N. R. Armory
69. N.Y.A. Group
70. Forestry Lab.
71. Trailer Park
TVNews
OpenLibrary